Модуль:Citation/CS1: различия между версиями

Материал из in.wiki
Перейти к навигации Перейти к поиску
м (Изменил уровень защиты Модуль:Citation/CS1: критический шаблон или модуль ([Редактирование=только администраторы] (бессрочно) [Переименование=только администраторы] (бессрочно)))
м (1 версия импортирована: Импорт из Википедии)
 
(не показано 13 промежуточных версий 6 участников)
Строка 1: Строка 1:
 
+
require ('strict');
local cs1 ={};
 
  
 
--[[--------------------------< F O R W A R D  D E C L A R A T I O N S >--------------------------------------
 
--[[--------------------------< F O R W A R D  D E C L A R A T I O N S >--------------------------------------
]]
 
  
local dates, year_date_check, reformat_dates, date_hyphen_to_dash, -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation
+
each of these counts against the Lua upvalue limit
date_name_xlate
 
  
local is_set, in_array, substitute, error_comment, set_error, select_one, -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities
+
]]
add_maint_cat, wrap_style, safe_for_italics, is_wikilink, make_wikilink;
 
  
local z ={}; -- tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities
+
local validation; -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation
  
local extract_ids, extract_id_access_levels, build_id_list, is_embargoed; -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers
+
local utilities; -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities
 
+
local z = {}; -- table of tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities
local make_coins_title, get_coins_pages, COinS; -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/COinS
 
  
 +
local identifiers; -- functions and tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers
 +
local metadata; -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/COinS
 
local cfg = {}; -- table of configuration tables that are defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration
 
local cfg = {}; -- table of configuration tables that are defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration
 
local whitelist = {}; -- table of tables listing valid template parameter names; defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist
 
local whitelist = {}; -- table of tables listing valid template parameter names; defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist
  
 +
local boxDate = require('Module:Calendar').bxDate; -- РУВИКИ: все даты делаем человекочитаемыми
  
--[[--------------------------< P A G E  S C O P E  V A R I A B L E S >--------------------------------------
 
  
delare variables here that have page-wide scope that are not brought in from other modules; thatare created here
+
--[[------------------< P A G E  S C O P E  V A R I A B L E S >---------------
and used here
+
 
 +
declare variables here that have page-wide scope that are not brought in from
 +
other modules; that are created here and used here
  
 
]]
 
]]
  
local added_deprecated_cat; -- boolean flag so that the category is added only once
+
local added_deprecated_cat; -- Boolean flag so that the category is added only once
local added_prop_cats = {}; -- list of property categories that have been added to z.properties_cats
+
local added_vanc_errs; -- Boolean flag so we only emit one Vancouver error / category
local added_vanc_errs; -- boolean flag so we only emit one Vancouver error / category
+
local added_generic_name_errs; -- Boolean flag so we only emit one generic name error / category and stop testing names once an error is encountered
 
+
local added_numeric_name_errs; -- Boolean flag so we only emit one numeric name error / category and stop testing names once an error is encountered
 +
local added_numeric_name_maint; -- Boolean flag so we only emit one numeric name maint category and stop testing names once a category has been emitted
 
local Frame; -- holds the module's frame table
 
local Frame; -- holds the module's frame table
 +
local is_preview_mode; -- true when article is in preview mode; false when using 'Preview page with this template' (previewing the module)
 +
local is_sandbox; -- true when using sandbox modules to render citation
  
  
Строка 49: Строка 51:
 
local i = 1;
 
local i = 1;
 
while i <= count do -- loop through all items in list
 
while i <= count do -- loop through all items in list
if is_set( list[i] ) then
+
if utilities.is_set( list[i] ) then
 
return list[i]; -- return the first set list member
 
return list[i]; -- return the first set list member
 
end
 
end
 
i = i + 1; -- point to next
 
i = i + 1; -- point to next
 
end
 
end
end
 
 
 
--[[--------------------------< A D D _ P R O P _ C A T >--------------------------------------------------------
 
 
Adds a category to z.properties_cats using names from the configuration file with additional text if any.
 
 
foreign_lang_source and foreign_lang_source_2 keys have a language code appended to them so that multiple languages
 
may be categorized but multiples of the same language are not categorized.
 
 
added_prop_cats is a table declared in page scope variables above
 
 
]]
 
 
local function add_prop_cat (key, arguments)
 
--[[ отключено для рувики
 
if not added_prop_cats [key] then
 
added_prop_cats [key] = true; -- note that we've added this category
 
key = key:gsub ('(foreign_lang_source_?2?)%a%a%a?', '%1'); -- strip lang code from keyname
 
table.insert( z.properties_cats, substitute (cfg.prop_cats [key], arguments)); -- make name then add to table
 
end
 
]]
 
 
end
 
end
  
Строка 84: Строка 64:
 
To prevent duplication, added_vanc_errs is nil until an error message is emitted.
 
To prevent duplication, added_vanc_errs is nil until an error message is emitted.
  
added_vanc_errs is a boolean declared in page scope variables above
+
added_vanc_errs is a Boolean declared in page scope variables above
  
 
]]
 
]]
  
local function add_vanc_error (source)
+
local function add_vanc_error (source, position)
if not added_vanc_errs then
+
if added_vanc_errs then return end
added_vanc_errs = true; -- note that we've added this category
+
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'vancouver', {source}, true ) } );
+
added_vanc_errs = true; -- note that we've added this category
end
+
utilities.set_message ('err_vancouver', {source, position});
 
end
 
end
  
Строка 98: Строка 78:
 
--[[--------------------------< I S _ S C H E M E >------------------------------------------------------------
 
--[[--------------------------< I S _ S C H E M E >------------------------------------------------------------
  
does this thing that purports to be a uri scheme seem to be a valid scheme?  The scheme is checked to see if it
+
does this thing that purports to be a URI scheme seem to be a valid scheme?  The scheme is checked to see if it
 
is in agreement with http://tools.ietf.org/html/std66#section-3.1 which says:
 
is in agreement with http://tools.ietf.org/html/std66#section-3.1 which says:
 
Scheme names consist of a sequence of characters beginning with a
 
Scheme names consist of a sequence of characters beginning with a
Строка 121: Строка 101:
 
Single character names are generally reserved; see https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-dnsind-iana-dns-01#page-15;
 
Single character names are generally reserved; see https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-dnsind-iana-dns-01#page-15;
 
see also [[Single-letter second-level domain]]
 
see also [[Single-letter second-level domain]]
list of tlds: https://www.iana.org/domains/root/db
+
list of TLDs: https://www.iana.org/domains/root/db
  
rfc952 (modified by rfc 1123) requires the first and last character of a hostname to be a letter or a digit.  Between
+
RFC 952 (modified by RFC 1123) requires the first and last character of a hostname to be a letter or a digit.  Between
 
the first and last characters the name may use letters, digits, and the hyphen.
 
the first and last characters the name may use letters, digits, and the hyphen.
  
 
Also allowed are IPv4 addresses. IPv6 not supported
 
Also allowed are IPv4 addresses. IPv6 not supported
  
domain is expected to be stripped of any path so that the last character in the last character of the tld.  tld
+
domain is expected to be stripped of any path so that the last character in the last character of the TLD.  tld
is two or more alpha characters.  Any preceding '//' (from splitting a url with a scheme) will be stripped
+
is two or more alpha characters.  Any preceding '//' (from splitting a URL with a scheme) will be stripped
here.  Perhaps not necessary but retained incase it is necessary for IPv4 dot decimal.
+
here.  Perhaps not necessary but retained in case it is necessary for IPv4 dot decimal.
  
 
There are several tests:
 
There are several tests:
 
the first character of the whole domain name including subdomains must be a letter or a digit
 
the first character of the whole domain name including subdomains must be a letter or a digit
internationalized domain name (ascii characters with .xn-- ASCII Compatible Encoding (ACE) prefix xn-- in the tld) see https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3490
+
internationalized domain name (ASCII characters with .xn-- ASCII Compatible Encoding (ACE) prefix xn-- in the TLD) see https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3490
single-letter/digit second-level domains in the .org and .cash TLDs
+
single-letter/digit second-level domains in the .org, .cash, and .today TLDs
 
q, x, and z SL domains in the .com TLD
 
q, x, and z SL domains in the .com TLD
 
i and q SL domains in the .net TLD
 
i and q SL domains in the .net TLD
Строка 143: Строка 123:
 
IPv4 dot-decimal address format; TLD not allowed
 
IPv4 dot-decimal address format; TLD not allowed
  
returns true if domain appears to be a proper name and tld or IPv4 address, else false
+
returns true if domain appears to be a proper name and TLD or IPv4 address, else false
  
 
]=]
 
]=]
Строка 154: Строка 134:
 
domain = domain:gsub ('^//', ''); -- strip '//' from domain name if present; done here so we only have to do it once
 
domain = domain:gsub ('^//', ''); -- strip '//' from domain name if present; done here so we only have to do it once
 
 
if not domain:match ('^[%a%d]') then -- first character must be letter or digit
+
if not domain:match ('^[%w]') then -- first character must be letter or digit
 
return false;
 
return false;
 
end
 
end
-- Do most common case first
+
 
if domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d][%a%d%-]+[%a%d]%.%a%a+$') then -- three or more character hostname.hostname or hostname.tld
+
if domain:match ('^%a+:') then -- hack to detect things that look like s:Page:Title where Page: is namespace at Wikisource
return true;
 
elseif domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d][%a%d%-]+[%a%d]%.xn%-%-[%a%d]+$') then -- internationalized domain name with ACE prefix
 
return true;
 
elseif domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d]%.cash$') then -- one character/digit .cash hostname
 
return true;
 
elseif domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d]%.org$') then -- one character/digit .org hostname
 
return true;
 
elseif domain:match ('%f[%a][qxz]%.com$') then -- assigned one character .com hostname (x.com times out 2015-12-10)
 
return true;
 
elseif domain:match ('%f[%a][iq]%.net$') then -- assigned one character .net hostname (q.net registered but not active 2015-12-10)
 
return true;
 
elseif domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d]%.%a%a$') then -- one character hostname and cctld (2 chars)
 
return true;
 
elseif domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d][%a%d]%.%a%a+$') then -- two character hostname and tld
 
return true;
 
elseif domain:match ('^%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?') then -- IPv4 address
 
return true;
 
else
 
 
return false;
 
return false;
 
end
 
end
end
+
 
 +
local patterns = { -- patterns that look like URLs
 +
'%f[%w][%w][%w%-]+[%w]%.%a%a+$', -- three or more character hostname.hostname or hostname.tld
 +
'%f[%w][%w][%w%-]+[%w]%.xn%-%-[%w]+$', -- internationalized domain name with ACE prefix
 +
'%f[%a][qxz]%.com$', -- assigned one character .com hostname (x.com times out 2015-12-10)
 +
'%f[%a][iq]%.net$', -- assigned one character .net hostname (q.net registered but not active 2015-12-10)
 +
'%f[%w][%w]%.%a%a$', -- one character hostname and ccTLD (2 chars)
 +
'%f[%w][%w][%w]%.%a%a+$', -- two character hostname and TLD
 +
'^%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?', -- IPv4 address
 +
}
 +
 
 +
for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns) do -- loop through the patterns list
 +
if domain:match (pattern) then
 +
return true; -- if a match then we think that this thing that purports to be a URL is a URL
 +
end
 +
end
 +
 
 +
for _, d in ipairs (cfg.single_letter_2nd_lvl_domains_t) do -- look for single letter second level domain names for these top level domains
 +
if domain:match ('%f[%w][%w]%.' .. d) then
 +
return true
 +
end
 +
end
 +
return false; -- no matches, we don't know what this thing is
 +
end
  
  
 
--[[--------------------------< I S _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------------
 
--[[--------------------------< I S _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------------
  
returns true if the scheme and domain parts of a url appear to be a valid url; else false.
+
returns true if the scheme and domain parts of a URL appear to be a valid URL; else false.
  
 
This function is the last step in the validation process.  This function is separate because there are cases that
 
This function is the last step in the validation process.  This function is separate because there are cases that
Строка 193: Строка 178:
  
 
local function is_url (scheme, domain)
 
local function is_url (scheme, domain)
if is_set (scheme) then -- if scheme is set check it and domain
+
if utilities.is_set (scheme) then -- if scheme is set check it and domain
 
return is_scheme (scheme) and is_domain_name (domain);
 
return is_scheme (scheme) and is_domain_name (domain);
 
else
 
else
return is_domain_name (domain); -- scheme not set when url is protocol relative
+
return is_domain_name (domain); -- scheme not set when URL is protocol-relative
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
Строка 203: Строка 188:
 
--[[--------------------------< S P L I T _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------
 
--[[--------------------------< S P L I T _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------
  
Split a url into a scheme, authority indicator, and domain.
+
Split a URL into a scheme, authority indicator, and domain.
  
First remove Fully Qualified Domain Name terminator (a dot following tld) (if any) and any path(/), query(?) or fragment(#).
+
First remove Fully Qualified Domain Name terminator (a dot following TLD) (if any) and any path(/), query(?) or fragment(#).
  
If protocol relative url, return nil scheme and domain else return nil for both scheme and domain.
+
If protocol-relative URL, return nil scheme and domain else return nil for both scheme and domain.
  
When not protocol relative, get scheme, authority indicator, and domain.  If there is an authority indicator (one
+
When not protocol-relative, get scheme, authority indicator, and domain.  If there is an authority indicator (one
 
or more '/' characters immediately following the scheme's colon), make sure that there are only 2.
 
or more '/' characters immediately following the scheme's colon), make sure that there are only 2.
 +
 +
Any URL that does not have news: scheme must have authority indicator (//).  TODO: are there other common schemes
 +
like news: that don't use authority indicator?
  
 
Strip off any port and path;
 
Strip off any port and path;
Строка 221: Строка 209:
 
url_str = url_str:gsub ('([%a%d])%.?[/%?#].*$', '%1'); -- strip FQDN terminator and path(/), query(?), fragment (#) (the capture prevents false replacement of '//')
 
url_str = url_str:gsub ('([%a%d])%.?[/%?#].*$', '%1'); -- strip FQDN terminator and path(/), query(?), fragment (#) (the capture prevents false replacement of '//')
  
if url_str:match ('^//%S*') then -- if there is what appears to be a protocol relative url
+
if url_str:match ('^//%S*') then -- if there is what appears to be a protocol-relative URL
 
domain = url_str:match ('^//(%S*)')
 
domain = url_str:match ('^//(%S*)')
 
elseif url_str:match ('%S-:/*%S+') then -- if there is what appears to be a scheme, optional authority indicator, and domain name
 
elseif url_str:match ('%S-:/*%S+') then -- if there is what appears to be a scheme, optional authority indicator, and domain name
 
scheme, authority, domain = url_str:match ('(%S-:)(/*)(%S+)'); -- extract the scheme, authority indicator, and domain portions
 
scheme, authority, domain = url_str:match ('(%S-:)(/*)(%S+)'); -- extract the scheme, authority indicator, and domain portions
authority = authority:gsub ('//', '', 1); -- replace place 1 pair of '/' with nothing;
+
if utilities.is_set (authority) then
if is_set(authority) then -- if anything left (1 or 3+ '/' where authority should be) then
+
authority = authority:gsub ('//', '', 1); -- replace place 1 pair of '/' with nothing;
return scheme; -- return scheme only making domain nil which will cause an error message
+
if utilities.is_set(authority) then -- if anything left (1 or 3+ '/' where authority should be) then
 +
return scheme; -- return scheme only making domain nil which will cause an error message
 +
end
 +
else
 +
if not scheme:match ('^news:') then -- except for news:..., MediaWiki won't link URLs that do not have authority indicator; TODO: a better way to do this test?
 +
return scheme; -- return scheme only making domain nil which will cause an error message
 +
end
 
end
 
end
 
domain = domain:gsub ('(%a):%d+', '%1'); -- strip port number if present
 
domain = domain:gsub ('(%a):%d+', '%1'); -- strip port number if present
Строка 238: Строка 232:
 
--[[--------------------------< L I N K _ P A R A M _ O K >---------------------------------------------------
 
--[[--------------------------< L I N K _ P A R A M _ O K >---------------------------------------------------
  
checks the content of |title-link=, |series-link=, |author-link= etc for properly formatted content: no wikilinks, no urls
+
checks the content of |title-link=, |series-link=, |author-link=, etc. for properly formatted content: no wikilinks, no URLs
  
Link parameters are to hold the title of a wikipedia article so none of the WP:TITLESPECIALCHARACTERS are allowed:
+
Link parameters are to hold the title of a Wikipedia article, so none of the WP:TITLESPECIALCHARACTERS are allowed:
 
# < > [ ] | { } _
 
# < > [ ] | { } _
except the underscore which is used as a space in wiki urls and # which is used for section links
+
except the underscore which is used as a space in wiki URLs and # which is used for section links
  
 
returns false when the value contains any of these characters.
 
returns false when the value contains any of these characters.
  
When there are no illegal characters, this function returns TRUE if value DOES NOT appear to be a valid url (the
+
When there are no illegal characters, this function returns TRUE if value DOES NOT appear to be a valid URL (the
|<param>-link= parameter is ok); else false when value appears to be a valid url (the |<param>-link= parameter is NOT ok).
+
|<param>-link= parameter is ok); else false when value appears to be a valid URL (the |<param>-link= parameter is NOT ok).
  
 
]]
 
]]
Строка 257: Строка 251:
 
end
 
end
  
scheme, domain = split_url (value); -- get scheme or nil and domain or nil from url;  
+
scheme, domain = split_url (value); -- get scheme or nil and domain or nil from URL;  
return not is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value DOES NOT appear to be a valid url
+
return not is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value DOES NOT appear to be a valid URL
 
end
 
end
  
Строка 266: Строка 260:
 
Use link_param_ok() to validate |<param>-link= value and its matching |<title>= value.
 
Use link_param_ok() to validate |<param>-link= value and its matching |<title>= value.
  
|<title>= may be wikilinked but not when |<param>-link= has a value.  This function emits an error message when
+
|<title>= may be wiki-linked but not when |<param>-link= has a value.  This function emits an error message when
 
that condition exists
 
that condition exists
 +
 +
check <link> for inter-language interwiki-link prefix.  prefix must be a MediaWiki-recognized language
 +
code and must begin with a colon.
  
 
]]
 
]]
  
 
local function link_title_ok (link, lorig, title, torig)
 
local function link_title_ok (link, lorig, title, torig)
local orig;
+
local orig;
 
+
if utilities.is_set (link) then -- don't bother if <param>-link doesn't have a value
if is_set (link) then -- don't bother if <param>-link doesn't have a value
 
 
if not link_param_ok (link) then -- check |<param>-link= markup
 
if not link_param_ok (link) then -- check |<param>-link= markup
 
orig = lorig; -- identify the failing link parameter
 
orig = lorig; -- identify the failing link parameter
 
elseif title:find ('%[%[') then -- check |title= for wikilink markup
 
elseif title:find ('%[%[') then -- check |title= for wikilink markup
 
orig = torig; -- identify the failing |title= parameter
 
orig = torig; -- identify the failing |title= parameter
 +
elseif link:match ('^%a+:') then -- if the link is what looks like an interwiki
 +
local prefix = link:match ('^(%a+):'):lower(); -- get the interwiki prefix
 +
 +
if cfg.inter_wiki_map[prefix] then -- if prefix is in the map, must have preceding colon
 +
orig = lorig; -- flag as error
 +
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
  
if is_set (orig) then
+
if utilities.is_set (orig) then
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'bad_paramlink', orig)}); -- url or wikilink in |title= with |title-link=;
+
link = ''; -- unset
 +
utilities.set_message ('err_bad_paramlink', orig); -- URL or wikilink in |title= with |title-link=;
 
end
 
end
 +
 +
return link; -- link if ok, empty string else
 
end
 
end
  
Строка 292: Строка 297:
 
Determines whether a URL string appears to be valid.
 
Determines whether a URL string appears to be valid.
  
First we test for space characters.  If any are found, return false.  Then split the url into scheme and domain
+
First we test for space characters.  If any are found, return false.  Then split the URL into scheme and domain
portions, or for protocol relative (//example.com) urls, just the domain.  Use is_url() to validate the two
+
portions, or for protocol-relative (//example.com) URLs, just the domain.  Use is_url() to validate the two
portions of the url.  If both are valid, or for protocol relative if domain is valid, return true, else false.
+
portions of the URL.  If both are valid, or for protocol-relative if domain is valid, return true, else false.
  
Because it is different from a standard url, and because this module used external_link() to make external links
+
Because it is different from a standard URL, and because this module used external_link() to make external links
 
that work for standard and news: links, we validate newsgroup names here.  The specification for a newsgroup name
 
that work for standard and news: links, we validate newsgroup names here.  The specification for a newsgroup name
 
is at https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5536#section-3.1.4
 
is at https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5536#section-3.1.4
Строка 303: Строка 308:
  
 
local function check_url( url_str )
 
local function check_url( url_str )
if nil == url_str:match ("^%S+$") then -- if there are any spaces in |url=value it can't be a proper url
+
if nil == url_str:match ("^%S+$") then -- if there are any spaces in |url=value it can't be a proper URL
 
return false;
 
return false;
 
end
 
end
 
local scheme, domain;
 
local scheme, domain;
  
scheme, domain = split_url (url_str); -- get scheme or nil and domain or nil from url;
+
scheme, domain = split_url (url_str); -- get scheme or nil and domain or nil from URL;
 
 
 
if 'news:' == scheme then -- special case for newsgroups
 
if 'news:' == scheme then -- special case for newsgroups
Строка 314: Строка 319:
 
end
 
end
 
 
return is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value appears to be a valid url
+
return is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value appears to be a valid URL
 
end
 
end
  
Строка 321: Строка 326:
  
 
Return true if a parameter value has a string that begins and ends with square brackets [ and ] and the first
 
Return true if a parameter value has a string that begins and ends with square brackets [ and ] and the first
non-space characters following the opening bracket appear to be a url.  The test will also find external wikilinks
+
non-space characters following the opening bracket appear to be a URL.  The test will also find external wikilinks
that use protocol relative urls. Also finds bare urls.
+
that use protocol-relative URLs. Also finds bare URLs.
  
The frontier pattern prevents a match on interwiki links which are similar to scheme:path urls.  The tests that
+
The frontier pattern prevents a match on interwiki-links which are similar to scheme:path URLs.  The tests that
find bracketed urls are required because the parameters that call this test (currently |title=, |chapter=, |work=,
+
find bracketed URLs are required because the parameters that call this test (currently |title=, |chapter=, |work=,
 
and |publisher=) may have wikilinks and there are articles or redirects like '//Hus' so, while uncommon, |title=[[//Hus]]
 
and |publisher=) may have wikilinks and there are articles or redirects like '//Hus' so, while uncommon, |title=[[//Hus]]
 
is possible as might be [[en://Hus]].
 
is possible as might be [[en://Hus]].
Строка 334: Строка 339:
 
local scheme, domain;
 
local scheme, domain;
  
if value:match ('%f[%[]%[%a%S*:%S+.*%]') then -- if ext wikilink with scheme and domain: [xxxx://yyyyy.zzz]
+
if value:match ('%f[%[]%[%a%S*:%S+.*%]') then -- if ext. wikilink with scheme and domain: [xxxx://yyyyy.zzz]
 
scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('%f[%[]%[(%a%S*:%S+).*%]'));
 
scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('%f[%[]%[(%a%S*:%S+).*%]'));
elseif value:match ('%f[%[]%[//%S+.*%]') then -- if protocol relative ext wikilink: [//yyyyy.zzz]
+
elseif value:match ('%f[%[]%[//%S+.*%]') then -- if protocol-relative ext. wikilink: [//yyyyy.zzz]
 
scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('%f[%[]%[(//%S+).*%]'));
 
scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('%f[%[]%[(//%S+).*%]'));
elseif value:match ('%a%S*:%S+') then -- if bare url with scheme; may have leading or trailing plain text
+
elseif value:match ('%a%S*:%S+') then -- if bare URL with scheme; may have leading or trailing plain text
 
scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('(%a%S*:%S+)'));
 
scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('(%a%S*:%S+)'));
elseif value:match ('//%S+') then -- if protocol relative bare url: //yyyyy.zzz; may have leading or trailing plain text
+
elseif value:match ('//%S+') then -- if protocol-relative bare URL: //yyyyy.zzz; may have leading or trailing plain text
 
scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('(//%S+)')); -- what is left should be the domain
 
scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('(//%S+)')); -- what is left should be the domain
 
else
 
else
return false; -- didn't find anything that is obviously a url
+
return false; -- didn't find anything that is obviously a URL
 
end
 
end
  
return is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value appears to be a valid url
+
return is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value appears to be a valid URL
 
end
 
end
  
Строка 356: Строка 361:
 
]]
 
]]
  
local function check_for_url (parameter_list)
+
local function check_for_url (parameter_list, error_list)
local error_message = '';
 
 
for k, v in pairs (parameter_list) do -- for each parameter in the list
 
for k, v in pairs (parameter_list) do -- for each parameter in the list
if is_parameter_ext_wikilink (v) then -- look at the value; if there is a url add an error message
+
if is_parameter_ext_wikilink (v) then -- look at the value; if there is a URL add an error message
if is_set(error_message) then -- once we've added the first portion of the error message ...
+
table.insert (error_list, utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', k));
error_message=error_message .. ", "; -- ... add a comma space separator
 
end
 
error_message=error_message .. "&#124;" .. k .. "="; -- add the failed parameter
 
 
end
 
end
end
 
if is_set (error_message) then -- done looping, if there is an error message, display it
 
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'param_has_ext_link', {error_message}, true ) } );
 
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
Строка 380: Строка 378:
 
local function safe_for_url( str )
 
local function safe_for_url( str )
 
if str:match( "%[%[.-%]%]" ) ~= nil then  
 
if str:match( "%[%[.-%]%]" ) ~= nil then  
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'wikilink_in_url', {}, true ) } );
+
utilities.set_message ('err_wikilink_in_url', {});
 
end
 
end
 
 
Строка 396: Строка 394:
 
]]
 
]]
  
local function external_link( URL, label, source, access)
+
local function external_link (URL, label, source, access)
local error_str = "";
+
local err_msg = '';
 
local domain;
 
local domain;
 
local path;
 
local path;
 
local base_url;
 
local base_url;
+
 
if not is_set( label ) then
+
if not utilities.is_set (label) then
 
label = URL;
 
label = URL;
if is_set( source ) then
+
if utilities.is_set (source) then
error_str = set_error( 'bare_url_missing_title', { wrap_style ('parameter', source) }, false, " " );
+
utilities.set_message ('err_bare_url_missing_title', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', source)});
 
else
 
else
error( cfg.messages["bare_url_no_origin"] );
+
error (cfg.messages["bare_url_no_origin"]); -- programmer error; valid parameter name does not have matching meta-parameter
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
if not check_url( URL ) then
+
if not check_url (URL) then
error_str = set_error( 'bad_url', {wrap_style ('parameter', source)}, false, " " ) .. error_str;
+
utilities.set_message ('err_bad_url', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', source)});
 
end
 
end
 
 
domain, path = URL:match ('^([/%.%-%+:%a%d]+)([/%?#].*)$'); -- split the url into scheme plus domain and path
+
domain, path = URL:match ('^([/%.%-%+:%a%d]+)([/%?#].*)$'); -- split the URL into scheme plus domain and path
 
if path then -- if there is a path portion
 
if path then -- if there is a path portion
path = path:gsub ('[%[%]]', {['[']='%5b',[']']='%5d'}); -- replace '[' and ']' with their percent encoded values
+
path = path:gsub ('[%[%]]', {['['] = '%5b', [']'] = '%5d'}); -- replace '[' and ']' with their percent-encoded values
 
URL = table.concat ({domain, path}); -- and reassemble
 
URL = table.concat ({domain, path}); -- and reassemble
 
end
 
end
  
base_url = table.concat({ "[", URL, " ", safe_for_url (label), "]" }); -- assemble a wikimarkup url
+
base_url = table.concat ({ "[", URL, " ", safe_for_url (label), "]" }); -- assemble a wiki-markup URL
+
 
if is_set (access) then -- access level (subscription, registration, limited)
+
if utilities.is_set (access) then -- access level (subscription, registration, limited)
base_url = substitute (cfg.presentation['ext-link-access-signal'], {cfg.presentation[access].class, cfg.presentation[access].title, base_url}); -- add the appropriate icon
+
base_url = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['ext-link-access-signal'], {cfg.presentation[access].class, cfg.presentation[access].title, base_url}); -- add the appropriate icon
 +
end
 +
 
 +
return base_url;
 +
end
 +
 
 +
--[[--------------------------< F O R M A T E _  D A T E >-----------------------------------------------------
 +
 
 +
Call a calendar module that turns all non-local language dates (including ISO dates) into local language dates.
 +
Used for archiving and review dates.
 +
 
 +
]]
 +
 
 +
local function formatDate(txtDateIn, strFormat, params)
 +
local txtDateOut, date, status = boxDate(txtDateIn, strFormat, params)
 +
if status.brk then
 +
return error(status.errorText)
 +
else
 +
return txtDateOut
 
end
 
end
 
return table.concat ({base_url, error_str});
 
 
end
 
end
  
Строка 436: Строка 450:
 
parameters in the citation.
 
parameters in the citation.
  
added_deprecated_cat is a boolean declared in page scope variables above
+
added_deprecated_cat is a Boolean declared in page scope variables above
  
 
]]
 
]]
Строка 443: Строка 457:
 
if not added_deprecated_cat then
 
if not added_deprecated_cat then
 
added_deprecated_cat = true; -- note that we've added this category
 
added_deprecated_cat = true; -- note that we've added this category
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'deprecated_params', {name}, true ) } ); -- add error message
+
utilities.set_message ('err_deprecated_params', {name}); -- add error message
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
Строка 450: Строка 464:
 
--[=[-------------------------< K E R N _ Q U O T E S >--------------------------------------------------------
 
--[=[-------------------------< K E R N _ Q U O T E S >--------------------------------------------------------
  
Apply kerning to open the space between the quote mark provided by the Module and a leading or trailing quote
+
Apply kerning to open the space between the quote mark provided by the module and a leading or trailing quote
 
mark contained in a |title= or |chapter= parameter's value.
 
mark contained in a |title= or |chapter= parameter's value.
  
Строка 456: Строка 470:
 
"'Unkerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks'"
 
"'Unkerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks'"
 
" 'Kerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks' " (in real life the kerning isn't as wide as this example)
 
" 'Kerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks' " (in real life the kerning isn't as wide as this example)
Double single quotes (italic or bold wikimarkup) are not kerned.
+
Double single quotes (italic or bold wiki-markup) are not kerned.
  
Replaces unicode quotemarks in plain text or in the label portion of a [[L|D]] style wikilink with typewriter
+
Replaces Unicode quote marks in plain text or in the label portion of a [[L|D]] style wikilink with typewriter
 
quote marks regardless of the need for kerning.  Unicode quote marks are not replaced in simple [[D]] wikilinks.
 
quote marks regardless of the need for kerning.  Unicode quote marks are not replaced in simple [[D]] wikilinks.
  
Call this function for chapter titles, for website titles, etc; not for book titles.
+
Call this function for chapter titles, for website titles, etc.; not for book titles.
  
 
]=]
 
]=]
  
 
local function kern_quotes (str)
 
local function kern_quotes (str)
local cap='';
+
local cap = '';
local cap2='';
 
 
local wl_type, label, link;
 
local wl_type, label, link;
  
wl_type, label, link = is_wikilink (str); -- wl_type is: 0, no wl (text in label variable); 1, [[D]]; 2, [[L|D]]
+
wl_type, label, link = utilities.is_wikilink (str); -- wl_type is: 0, no wl (text in label variable); 1, [[D]]; 2, [[L|D]]
 
 
 
if 1 == wl_type then -- [[D]] simple wikilink with or without quote marks
 
if 1 == wl_type then -- [[D]] simple wikilink with or without quote marks
 
if mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[[\"“”\'‘’].+[\"“”\'‘’]%]%]') then -- leading and trailing quote marks
 
if mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[[\"“”\'‘’].+[\"“”\'‘’]%]%]') then -- leading and trailing quote marks
str = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-wl-both'], str);
+
str = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-left'], str);
 +
str = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-right'], str);
 
elseif mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[[\"“”\'‘’].+%]%]') then -- leading quote marks
 
elseif mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[[\"“”\'‘’].+%]%]') then -- leading quote marks
str = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-wl-left'], str);
+
str = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-left'], str);
 
elseif mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[.+[\"“”\'‘’]%]%]') then -- trailing quote marks
 
elseif mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[.+[\"“”\'‘’]%]%]') then -- trailing quote marks
str = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-wl-right'], str);
+
str = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-right'], str);
 
end
 
end
  
 
else -- plain text or [[L|D]]; text in label variable
 
else -- plain text or [[L|D]]; text in label variable
label= mw.ustring.gsub (label, '[“”]', '\"'); -- replace “” (U+201C & U+201D) with " (typewriter double quote mark)
+
label = mw.ustring.gsub (label, '[“”]', '\"'); -- replace “” (U+201C & U+201D) with " (typewriter double quote mark)
label= mw.ustring.gsub (label, '[‘’]', '\''); -- replace ‘’ (U+2018 & U+2019) with ' (typewriter single quote mark)
+
label = mw.ustring.gsub (label, '[‘’]', '\''); -- replace ‘’ (U+2018 & U+2019) with ' (typewriter single quote mark)
  
cap, cap2 = mw.ustring.match (label, "^([\"\'])([^\'].+)"); -- match leading double or single quote but not doubled single quotes (italic markup)
+
cap = mw.ustring.match (label, "^([\"\'][^\'].+)"); -- match leading double or single quote but not doubled single quotes (italic markup)
if is_set (cap) then
+
if utilities.is_set (cap) then
label = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-left'], {cap, cap2});
+
label = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-left'], cap);
 
end
 
end
 
 
cap, cap2 = mw.ustring.match (label, "^(.+[^\'])([\"\'])$") -- match trailing double or single quote but not doubled single quotes (italic markup)
+
cap = mw.ustring.match (label, "^(.+[^\'][\"\'])$") -- match trailing double or single quote but not doubled single quotes (italic markup)
if is_set (cap) then
+
if utilities.is_set (cap) then
label = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-right'], {cap, cap2});
+
label = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-right'], cap);
 
end
 
end
 
 
 
if 2 == wl_type then
 
if 2 == wl_type then
str = make_wikilink (link, label); -- reassemble the wikilink
+
str = utilities.make_wikilink (link, label); -- reassemble the wikilink
 
else
 
else
 
str = label;
 
str = label;
Строка 507: Строка 521:
 
--[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ S C R I P T _ V A L U E >----------------------------------------
 
--[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ S C R I P T _ V A L U E >----------------------------------------
  
|script-title= holds title parameters that are not written in Latin based scripts: Chinese, Japanese, Arabic, Hebrew, etc. These scripts should
+
|script-title= holds title parameters that are not written in Latin-based scripts: Chinese, Japanese, Arabic, Hebrew, etc. These scripts should
 
not be italicized and may be written right-to-left.  The value supplied by |script-title= is concatenated onto Title after Title has been wrapped
 
not be italicized and may be written right-to-left.  The value supplied by |script-title= is concatenated onto Title after Title has been wrapped
 
in italic markup.
 
in italic markup.
  
Regardless of language, all values provided by |script-title= are wrapped in <bdi>...</bdi> tags to isolate rtl languages from the English left to right.
+
Regardless of language, all values provided by |script-title= are wrapped in <bdi>...</bdi> tags to isolate RTL languages from the English left to right.
  
|script-title= provides a unique feature.  The value in |script-title= may be prefixed with a two-character ISO639-1 language code and a colon:
+
|script-title= provides a unique feature.  The value in |script-title= may be prefixed with a two-character ISO 639-1 language code and a colon:
 
|script-title=ja:*** *** (where * represents a Japanese character)
 
|script-title=ja:*** *** (where * represents a Japanese character)
 
Spaces between the two-character code and the colon and the colon and the first script character are allowed:
 
Spaces between the two-character code and the colon and the colon and the first script character are allowed:
Строка 521: Строка 535:
 
Spaces preceding the prefix are allowed: |script-title = ja:*** ***
 
Spaces preceding the prefix are allowed: |script-title = ja:*** ***
  
The prefix is checked for validity.  If it is a valid ISO639-1 language code, the lang attribute (lang="ja") is added to the <bdi> tag so that browsers can
+
The prefix is checked for validity.  If it is a valid ISO 639-1 language code, the lang attribute (lang="ja") is added to the <bdi> tag so that browsers can
 
know the language the tag contains.  This may help the browser render the script more correctly.  If the prefix is invalid, the lang attribute
 
know the language the tag contains.  This may help the browser render the script more correctly.  If the prefix is invalid, the lang attribute
 
is not added.  At this time there is no error message for this condition.
 
is not added.  At this time there is no error message for this condition.
  
Supports |script-title= and |script-chapter=
+
Supports |script-title=, |script-chapter=, |script-<periodical>=
  
TODO: error messages when prefix is invalid ISO639-1 code; when script_value has prefix but no script;
 
 
]]
 
]]
  
local function format_script_value (script_value)
+
local function format_script_value (script_value, script_param)
 
local lang=''; -- initialize to empty string
 
local lang=''; -- initialize to empty string
 
local name;
 
local name;
if script_value:match('^%l%l%s*:') then -- if first 3 non-space characters are script language prefix
+
if script_value:match('^%l%l%l?%s*:') then -- if first 3 or 4 non-space characters are script language prefix
lang = script_value:match('^(%l%l)%s*:%s*%S.*'); -- get the language prefix or nil if there is no script
+
lang = script_value:match('^(%l%l%l?)%s*:%s*%S.*'); -- get the language prefix or nil if there is no script
if not is_set (lang) then
+
if not utilities.is_set (lang) then
 +
utilities.set_message ('err_script_parameter', {script_param, cfg.err_msg_supl['missing title part']}); -- prefix without 'title'; add error message
 
return ''; -- script_value was just the prefix so return empty string
 
return ''; -- script_value was just the prefix so return empty string
 
end
 
end
 
-- if we get this far we have prefix and script
 
-- if we get this far we have prefix and script
name = cfg.lang_code_remap[lang] or mw.language.fetchLanguageName( lang, "en" ); -- get language name so that we can use it to categorize
+
name = cfg.lang_tag_remap[lang] or mw.language.fetchLanguageName( lang, cfg.this_wiki_code ); -- get language name so that we can use it to categorize
if is_set (name) then -- is prefix a proper ISO 639-1 language code?
+
if utilities.is_set (name) then -- is prefix a proper ISO 639-1 language code?
script_value = script_value:gsub ('^%l%l%s*:%s*', ''); -- strip prefix from script
+
script_value = script_value:gsub ('^%l+%s*:%s*', ''); -- strip prefix from script
 
-- is prefix one of these language codes?
 
-- is prefix one of these language codes?
if in_array (lang, cfg.script_lang_codes) then
+
if utilities.in_array (lang, cfg.script_lang_codes) then
add_prop_cat ('script_with_name', {name, lang})
+
utilities.add_prop_cat ('script', {name, lang})
 
else
 
else
add_prop_cat ('script')
+
utilities.set_message ('err_script_parameter', {script_param, cfg.err_msg_supl['unknown language code']}); -- unknown script-language; add error message
 
end
 
end
 
lang = ' lang="' .. lang .. '" '; -- convert prefix into a lang attribute
 
lang = ' lang="' .. lang .. '" '; -- convert prefix into a lang attribute
 
else
 
else
 +
utilities.set_message ('err_script_parameter', {script_param, cfg.err_msg_supl['invalid language code']}); -- invalid language code; add error message
 
lang = ''; -- invalid so set lang to empty string
 
lang = ''; -- invalid so set lang to empty string
 
end
 
end
 +
else
 +
utilities.set_message ('err_script_parameter', {script_param, cfg.err_msg_supl['missing prefix']}); -- no language code prefix; add error message
 
end
 
end
script_value = substitute (cfg.presentation['bdi'], {lang, script_value}); -- isolate in case script is rtl
+
script_value = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['bdi'], {lang, script_value}); -- isolate in case script is RTL
  
 
return script_value;
 
return script_value;
Строка 561: Строка 578:
 
--[[--------------------------< S C R I P T _ C O N C A T E N A T E >------------------------------------------
 
--[[--------------------------< S C R I P T _ C O N C A T E N A T E >------------------------------------------
  
Initially for |title= and |script-title=, this function concatenates those two parameter values after the script value has been  
+
Initially for |title= and |script-title=, this function concatenates those two parameter values after the script
wrapped in <bdi> tags.
+
value has been wrapped in <bdi> tags.
 +
 
 
]]
 
]]
  
local function script_concatenate (title, script)
+
local function script_concatenate (title, script, script_param)
if is_set (script) then
+
if utilities.is_set (script) then
script = format_script_value (script); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; returns empty string on error
+
script = format_script_value (script, script_param); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; returns empty string on error
if is_set (script) then
+
if utilities.is_set (script) then
 
title = title .. ' ' .. script; -- concatenate title and script title
 
title = title .. ' ' .. script; -- concatenate title and script title
 
end
 
end
Строка 585: Строка 603:
  
 
local function wrap_msg (key, str, lower)
 
local function wrap_msg (key, str, lower)
if not is_set( str ) then
+
if not utilities.is_set ( str ) then
 
return "";
 
return "";
 
end
 
end
Строка 591: Строка 609:
 
local msg;
 
local msg;
 
msg = cfg.messages[key]:lower(); -- set the message to lower case before  
 
msg = cfg.messages[key]:lower(); -- set the message to lower case before  
return substitute( msg, str ); -- including template text
+
return utilities.substitute ( msg, str ); -- including template text
 
else
 
else
return substitute( cfg.messages[key], str );
+
return utilities.substitute ( cfg.messages[key], str );
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
  
  
--[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ C H A P T E R _ T I T L E >--------------------------------------
+
--[[----------------< W I K I S O U R C E _ U R L _ M A K E >-------------------
  
Format the four chapter parameters: |script-chapter=, |chapter=, |trans-chapter=, and |chapter-url= into a single Chapter meta-
+
Makes a Wikisource URL from Wikisource interwiki-link.  Returns the URL and appropriate
parameter (chapter_url_source used for error messages).
+
label; nil else.
 +
 
 +
str is the value assigned to |chapter= (or aliases) or |title= or |title-link=
  
 
]]
 
]]
  
local function format_chapter_title (scriptchapter, chapter, transchapter, chapterurl, chapter_url_source, no_quotes, access)
+
local function wikisource_url_make (str)
local chapter_error = '';
+
local wl_type, D, L;
+
local ws_url, ws_label;
if not is_set (chapter) then
+
local wikisource_prefix = table.concat ({'https://', cfg.this_wiki_code, '.wikisource.org/wiki/'});
chapter = ''; -- to be safe for concatenation
+
 
else
+
wl_type, D, L = utilities.is_wikilink (str); -- wl_type is 0 (not a wikilink), 1 (simple wikilink), 2 (complex wikilink)
if false == no_quotes then
+
 
chapter = kern_quotes (chapter); -- if necessary, separate chapter title's leading and trailing quote marks from Module provided quote marks
+
if 0 == wl_type then -- not a wikilink; might be from |title-link=
chapter = wrap_style ('quoted-title', chapter);
+
str = D:match ('^[Ww]ikisource:(.+)') or D:match ('^[Ss]:(.+)'); -- article title from interwiki link with long-form or short-form namespace
 +
if utilities.is_set (str) then
 +
ws_url = table.concat ({ -- build a Wikisource URL
 +
wikisource_prefix, -- prefix
 +
str, -- article title
 +
});
 +
ws_label = str; -- label for the URL
 +
end
 +
elseif 1 == wl_type then -- simple wikilink: [[Wikisource:ws article]]
 +
str = D:match ('^[Ww]ikisource:(.+)') or D:match ('^[Ss]:(.+)'); -- article title from interwiki link with long-form or short-form namespace
 +
if utilities.is_set (str) then
 +
ws_url = table.concat ({ -- build a Wikisource URL
 +
wikisource_prefix, -- prefix
 +
str, -- article title
 +
});
 +
ws_label = str; -- label for the URL
 +
end
 +
elseif 2 == wl_type then -- non-so-simple wikilink: [[Wikisource:ws article|displayed text]] ([[L|D]])
 +
str = L:match ('^[Ww]ikisource:(.+)') or L:match ('^[Ss]:(.+)'); -- article title from interwiki link with long-form or short-form namespace
 +
if utilities.is_set (str) then
 +
ws_label = D; -- get ws article name from display portion of interwiki link
 +
ws_url = table.concat ({ -- build a Wikisource URL
 +
wikisource_prefix, -- prefix
 +
str, -- article title without namespace from link portion of wikilink
 +
});
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
  
chapter = script_concatenate (chapter, scriptchapter) -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped
+
if ws_url then
 +
ws_url = mw.uri.encode (ws_url, 'WIKI'); -- make a usable URL
 +
ws_url = ws_url:gsub ('%%23', '#'); -- undo percent-encoding of fragment marker
 +
end
 +
 
 +
return ws_url, ws_label, L or D; -- return proper URL or nil and a label or nil
 +
end
  
if is_set (chapterurl) then
 
chapter = external_link (chapterurl, chapter, chapter_url_source, access); -- adds bare_url_missing_title error if appropriate
 
end
 
  
if is_set (transchapter) then
+
--[[----------------< F O R M A T _ P E R I O D I C A L >-----------------------
transchapter = wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', transchapter);
 
if is_set (chapter) then
 
chapter = chapter ..  ' ' .. transchapter;
 
else -- here when transchapter without chapter or script-chapter
 
chapter = transchapter; --  
 
chapter_error = ' ' .. set_error ('trans_missing_title', {'chapter'});
 
end
 
end
 
  
-- if is_set (chapterurl) then
+
Format the three periodical parameters: |script-<periodical>=, |<periodical>=,
-- chapter = external_link (chapterurl, chapter, chapter_url_source, access); -- adds bare_url_missing_title error if appropriate
+
and |trans-<periodical>= into a single Periodical meta-parameter.
-- end
 
  
return chapter .. chapter_error;
+
]]
end
+
 
 +
local function format_periodical (script_periodical, script_periodical_source, periodical, trans_periodical)
  
 +
if not utilities.is_set (periodical) then
 +
periodical = ''; -- to be safe for concatenation
 +
else
 +
periodical = utilities.wrap_style ('italic-title', periodical); -- style 
 +
end
  
--[[--------------------------< H A S _ I N V I S I B L E _ C H A R S >----------------------------------------
+
periodical = script_concatenate (periodical, script_periodical, script_periodical_source); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped
  
This function searches a parameter's value for nonprintable or invisible characters. The search stops at the
+
if utilities.is_set (trans_periodical) then
first match.
+
trans_periodical = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-italic-title', trans_periodical);
 +
if utilities.is_set (periodical) then
 +
periodical = periodical .. ' ' .. trans_periodical;
 +
else -- here when trans-periodical without periodical or script-periodical
 +
periodical = trans_periodical;
 +
utilities.set_message ('err_trans_missing_title', {'periodical'});
 +
end
 +
end
  
This function will detect the visible replacement character when it is part of the wikisource.
+
return periodical;
 +
end
  
Detects but ignores nowiki and math stripmarkers.  Also detects other named stripmarkers (gallery, math, pre, ref)
 
and identifies them with a slightly different error message.  See also coins_cleanup().
 
  
Detects but ignores the character pattern that results from the transclusion of {{'}} templates.
+
--[[------------------< F O R M A T _ C H A P T E R _ T I T L E >---------------
  
Output of this function is an error message that identifies the character or the Unicode group, or the stripmarker
+
Format the four chapter parameters: |script-chapter=, |chapter=, |trans-chapter=,
that was detected along with its position (or, for multi-byte characters, the position of its first byte) in the
+
and |chapter-url= into a single chapter meta- parameter (chapter_url_source used
parameter value.
+
for error messages).
  
 
]]
 
]]
  
local function has_invisible_chars (param, v)
+
local function format_chapter_title (script_chapter, script_chapter_source, chapter, chapter_source, trans_chapter, trans_chapter_source, chapter_url, chapter_url_source, no_quotes, access)
local position = ''; -- position of invisible char or starting position of stripmarker
+
local ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (chapter); -- make a wikisource URL and label from a wikisource interwiki link
local dummy; -- end of matching string; not used but required to hold end position when a capture is returned
+
if ws_url then
local capture; -- used by stripmarker detection to hold name of the stripmarker
+
ws_label = ws_label:gsub ('_', ' '); -- replace underscore separators with space characters
local i=1;
+
chapter = ws_label;
local stripmarker, apostrophe;
 
 
capture = string.match (v, '[%w%p ]*'); -- Test for values that are simple ASCII text and bypass other tests if true
 
if capture == v then -- if same there are no unicode characters
 
return;
 
 
end
 
end
  
while cfg.invisible_chars[i] do
+
if not utilities.is_set (chapter) then
local char=cfg.invisible_chars[i][1] -- the character or group name
+
chapter = ''; -- to be safe for concatenation
local pattern=cfg.invisible_chars[i][2] -- the pattern used to find it
+
else
position, dummy, capture = mw.ustring.find (v, pattern) -- see if the parameter value contains characters that match the pattern
+
if false == no_quotes then
 +
chapter = kern_quotes (chapter); -- if necessary, separate chapter title's leading and trailing quote marks from module provided quote marks
 +
chapter = utilities.wrap_style ('quoted-title', chapter);
 +
end
 +
end
 +
 
 +
chapter = script_concatenate (chapter, script_chapter, script_chapter_source); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped
 +
 
 +
if utilities.is_set (chapter_url) then
 +
chapter = external_link (chapter_url, chapter, chapter_url_source, access); -- adds bare_url_missing_title error if appropriate
 +
elseif ws_url then
 +
chapter = external_link (ws_url, chapter .. '&nbsp;', 'ws link in chapter'); -- adds bare_url_missing_title error if appropriate; space char to move icon away from chap text; TODO: better way to do this?
 +
chapter = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, chapter});
 +
end
 +
 
 +
if utilities.is_set (trans_chapter) then
 +
trans_chapter = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', trans_chapter);
 +
if utilities.is_set (chapter) then
 +
chapter = chapter .. ' ' .. trans_chapter;
 +
else -- here when trans_chapter without chapter or script-chapter
 +
chapter = trans_chapter;
 +
chapter_source = trans_chapter_source:match ('trans%-?(.+)'); -- when no chapter, get matching name from trans-<param>
 +
utilities.set_message ('err_trans_missing_title', {chapter_source});
 +
end
 +
end
 +
 
 +
return chapter;
 +
end
 +
 
 +
 
 +
--[[----------------< H A S _ I N V I S I B L E _ C H A R S >-------------------
 +
 
 +
This function searches a parameter's value for non-printable or invisible characters.
 +
The search stops at the first match.
 +
 
 +
This function will detect the visible replacement character when it is part of the Wikisource.
 +
 
 +
Detects but ignores nowiki and math stripmarkers.  Also detects other named stripmarkers
 +
(gallery, math, pre, ref) and identifies them with a slightly different error message.
 +
See also coins_cleanup().
 +
 
 +
Output of this function is an error message that identifies the character or the
 +
Unicode group, or the stripmarker that was detected along with its position (or,
 +
for multi-byte characters, the position of its first byte) in the parameter value.
 +
 
 +
]]
 +
 
 +
local function has_invisible_chars (param, v)
 +
local position = ''; -- position of invisible char or starting position of stripmarker
 +
local capture; -- used by stripmarker detection to hold name of the stripmarker
 +
local stripmarker; -- boolean set true when a stripmarker is found
 +
 
 +
capture = string.match (v, '[%w%p ]*'); -- test for values that are simple ASCII text and bypass other tests if true
 +
if capture == v then -- if same there are no Unicode characters
 +
return;
 +
end
 +
 
 +
for _, invisible_char in ipairs (cfg.invisible_chars) do
 +
local char_name = invisible_char[1]; -- the character or group name
 +
local pattern = invisible_char[2]; -- the pattern used to find it
 +
position, _, capture = mw.ustring.find (v, pattern); -- see if the parameter value contains characters that match the pattern
 
 
if position and (char == 'zero width joiner') then -- if we found a zero width joiner character
+
if position and (cfg.invisible_defs.zwj == capture) then -- if we found a zero-width joiner character
if mw.ustring.find (v, cfg.indic_script) then -- its ok if one of the indic scripts
+
if mw.ustring.find (v, cfg.indic_script) then -- it's ok if one of the Indic scripts
 +
position = nil; -- unset position
 +
elseif cfg.emoji_t[mw.ustring.codepoint (v, position+1)] then -- is zwj followed by a character listed in emoji{}?
 
position = nil; -- unset position
 
position = nil; -- unset position
 
end
 
end
Строка 684: Строка 791:
 
if position then
 
if position then
 
if 'nowiki' == capture or 'math' == capture or -- nowiki and math stripmarkers (not an error condition)
 
if 'nowiki' == capture or 'math' == capture or -- nowiki and math stripmarkers (not an error condition)
('templatestyles' == capture and in_array (param, {'id', 'quote'})) then -- templatestyles stripmarker allowed in these parameters
+
('templatestyles' == capture and utilities.in_array (param, {'id', 'quote'})) then -- templatestyles stripmarker allowed in these parameters
 
stripmarker = true; -- set a flag
 
stripmarker = true; -- set a flag
elseif true == stripmarker and 'delete' == char then -- because stripmakers begin and end with the delete char, assume that we've found one end of a stripmarker
+
elseif true == stripmarker and cfg.invisible_defs.del == capture then -- because stripmakers begin and end with the delete char, assume that we've found one end of a stripmarker
 
position = nil; -- unset
 
position = nil; -- unset
 
else
 
else
 
local err_msg;
 
local err_msg;
if capture then
+
if capture and not (cfg.invisible_defs.del == capture or cfg.invisible_defs.zwj == capture) then
err_msg = capture .. ' ' .. char; -- для рувики: TODO: не согласуется?
+
err_msg = capture .. ' ' .. char_name;
 
else
 
else
err_msg = 'Символ' .. ' ' .. char; -- для рувики
+
err_msg = char_name .. ' ' .. 'character';
 
end
 
end
  
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'invisible_char', {err_msg, wrap_style ('parameter', param), position}, true ) } ); -- add error message
+
utilities.set_message ('err_invisible_char', {err_msg, utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', param), position}); -- add error message
 
return; -- and done with this parameter
 
return; -- and done with this parameter
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
i=i+1; -- bump our index
 
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
  
  
--[[--------------------------< A R G U M E N T _ W R A P P E R >----------------------------------------------
+
--[[-------------------< A R G U M E N T _ W R A P P E R >----------------------
  
Argument wrapper.  This function provides support for argument mapping defined in the configuration file so that
+
Argument wrapper.  This function provides support for argument mapping defined
multiple names can be transparently aliased to single internal variable.
+
in the configuration file so that multiple names can be transparently aliased to
 +
single internal variable.
  
 
]]
 
]]
  
local function argument_wrapper( args )
+
local function argument_wrapper ( args )
 
local origin = {};
 
local origin = {};
 
 
 
return setmetatable({
 
return setmetatable({
ORIGIN = function( self, k )
+
ORIGIN = function ( self, k )
local dummy = self[k]; --force the variable to be loaded.
+
local dummy = self[k]; -- force the variable to be loaded.
 
return origin[k];
 
return origin[k];
 
end
 
end
Строка 730: Строка 837:
 
 
 
if type( list ) == 'table' then
 
if type( list ) == 'table' then
v, origin[k] = select_one( args, list, 'redundant_parameters' );
+
v, origin[k] = utilities.select_one ( args, list, 'err_redundant_parameters' );
 
if origin[k] == nil then
 
if origin[k] == nil then
origin[k] = ''; -- Empty string, not nil
+
origin[k] = ''; -- Empty string, not nil
 
end
 
end
 
elseif list ~= nil then
 
elseif list ~= nil then
Строка 739: Строка 846:
 
-- maybe let through instead of raising an error?
 
-- maybe let through instead of raising an error?
 
-- v, origin[k] = args[k], k;
 
-- v, origin[k] = args[k], k;
error( cfg.messages['unknown_argument_map'] );
+
error( cfg.messages['unknown_argument_map'] .. ': ' .. k);
 
end
 
end
 
 
 
-- Empty strings, not nil;
 
-- Empty strings, not nil;
 
if v == nil then
 
if v == nil then
v = cfg.defaults[k] or '';
+
v = '';
 
origin[k] = '';
 
origin[k] = '';
 
end
 
end
Строка 755: Строка 862:
  
  
--[[--------------------------< N O W R A P _ D A T E >--------------------------------------------------------
+
--[[--------------------------< N O W R A P _ D A T E >-------------------------
  
When date is YYYY-MM-DD format wrap in nowrap span: <span ...>YYYY-MM-DD</span>. When date is DD MMMM YYYY or is
+
When date is YYYY-MM-DD format wrap in nowrap span: <span ...>YYYY-MM-DD</span>.
MMMM DD, YYYY then wrap in nowrap span: <span ...>DD MMMM</span> YYYY or <span ...>MMMM DD,</span> YYYY
+
When date is DD MMMM YYYY or is MMMM DD, YYYY then wrap in nowrap span:
 +
<span ...>DD MMMM</span> YYYY or <span ...>MMMM DD,</span> YYYY
  
 
DOES NOT yet support MMMM YYYY or any of the date ranges.
 
DOES NOT yet support MMMM YYYY or any of the date ranges.
Строка 765: Строка 873:
  
 
local function nowrap_date (date)
 
local function nowrap_date (date)
local cap='';
+
local cap = '';
local cap2='';
+
local cap2 = '';
  
 
if date:match("^%d%d%d%d%-%d%d%-%d%d$") then
 
if date:match("^%d%d%d%d%-%d%d%-%d%d$") then
date = substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap1'], date);
+
date = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap1'], date);
 
 
 
elseif date:match("^%a+%s*%d%d?,%s+%d%d%d%d$") or date:match ("^%d%d?%s*%a+%s+%d%d%d%d$") then
 
elseif date:match("^%a+%s*%d%d?,%s+%d%d%d%d$") or date:match ("^%d%d?%s*%a+%s+%d%d%d%d$") then
 
cap, cap2 = string.match (date, "^(.*)%s+(%d%d%d%d)$");
 
cap, cap2 = string.match (date, "^(.*)%s+(%d%d%d%d)$");
date = substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap2'], {cap, cap2});
+
date = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap2'], {cap, cap2});
 
end
 
end
 
 
Строка 780: Строка 888:
  
  
--[[--------------------------< S E T _ T I T L E T Y P E >----------------------------------------------------
+
--[[--------------------------< S E T _ T I T L E T Y P E >---------------------
  
This function sets default title types (equivalent to the citation including |type=<default value>) for those templates that have defaults.
+
This function sets default title types (equivalent to the citation including
Also handles the special case where it is desirable to omit the title type from the rendered citation (|type=none).
+
|type=<default value>) for those templates that have defaults. Also handles the
 +
special case where it is desirable to omit the title type from the rendered citation
 +
(|type=none).
  
 
]]
 
]]
  
 
local function set_titletype (cite_class, title_type)
 
local function set_titletype (cite_class, title_type)
if is_set(title_type) then
+
if utilities.is_set (title_type) then
if "none" == title_type then
+
if 'none' == cfg.keywords_xlate[title_type] then
title_type = ""; -- if |type=none then type parameter not displayed
+
title_type = ''; -- if |type=none then type parameter not displayed
 
end
 
end
 
return title_type; -- if |type= has been set to any other value use that value
 
return title_type; -- if |type= has been set to any other value use that value
Строка 799: Строка 909:
  
  
--[[--------------------------< H Y P H E N _ T O _ D A S H >--------------------------------------------------
+
--[[--------------------------< S A F E _ J O I N >-----------------------------
  
Converts a hyphen to a dash under certain conditions.  The hyphen must separate like items; unlike items are
+
Joins a sequence of strings together while checking for duplicate separation characters.
returned unmodified.  These forms are modified:
 
letter - letter (A - B)
 
digit - digit (4-5)
 
digit separator digit - digit separator digit (4.1-4.5 or 4-1-4-5)
 
letterdigit - letterdigit (A1-A5) (an optional separator between letter and digit is supported – a.1-a.5 or a-1-a-5)
 
digitletter - digitletter (5a - 5d) (an optional separator between letter and digit is supported – 5.a-5.d or 5-a-5-d)
 
 
 
any other forms are returned unmodified.
 
 
 
str may be a comma- or semicolon-separated list
 
  
 
]]
 
]]
  
local function hyphen_to_dash( str )
+
local function safe_join( tbl, duplicate_char )
if not is_set (str) then
+
local f = {}; -- create a function table appropriate to type of 'duplicate character'
return str;
+
if 1 == #duplicate_char then -- for single byte ASCII characters use the string library functions
end
+
f.gsub = string.gsub
+
f.match = string.match
str, count = str:gsub ('^%(%((.+)%)%)$', '%1'); -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of str
+
f.sub = string.sub
if 0 ~= count then -- non-zero when markup removed; zero else
+
else -- for multi-byte characters use the ustring library functions
return str; -- nothing to do, we're done
+
f.gsub = mw.ustring.gsub
end
+
f.match = mw.ustring.match
+
f.sub = mw.ustring.sub
local out = {};
+
end
local list = mw.text.split (str, '%s*[,;]%s*'); -- split str at comma or semicolon separators if there are any
 
 
 
for _, item in ipairs (list) do -- for each item in the list
 
if mw.ustring.match (item, '^%w*[%.%-]?%w+%s*[%-–—]%s*%w*[%.%-]?%w+$') then -- if a hyphenated range or has endash or emdash separators
 
if item:match ('%a+[%.%-]?%d+%s*%-%s*%a+[%.%-]?%d+') or -- letterdigit hyphen letterdigit (optional separator between letter and digit)
 
item:match ('%d+[%.%-]?%a+%s*%-%s*%d+[%.%-]?%a+') or -- digitletter hyphen digitletter (optional separator between digit and letter)
 
item:match ('%d+[%.%-]%d+%s*%-%s*%d+[%.%-]%d+') or -- digit separator digit hyphen digit separator digit
 
item:match ('%d+%s*%-%s*%d+') or -- digit hyphen digit
 
item:match ('%a+%s*%-%s*%a+') then -- letter hyphen letter
 
item = item:gsub ('(%w*[%.%-]?%w+)%s*%-%s*(%w*[%.%-]?%w+)', '%1–%2'); -- replace hyphen, remove extraneous space characters
 
else -- для рувики: всё наоборот
 
item = mw.ustring.gsub (item, '%s*[–—]%s*', '—'); -- for endash or emdash separated ranges, replace em with en, remove extraneous white space
 
end
 
end
 
item = item:gsub ('^%(%((.+)%)%)$', '%1'); -- remove the accept-this-as-written markup
 
table.insert (out, item); -- add the (possibly modified) item to the output table
 
end
 
 
 
return table.concat (out, ', '); -- concatenate the output table into a comma separated string
 
end
 
 
 
 
 
--[[--------------------------< S A F E _ J O I N >------------------------------------------------------------
 
 
 
Joins a sequence of strings together while checking for duplicate separation characters.
 
 
 
]]
 
 
 
local function safe_join( tbl, duplicate_char )
 
local f = {}; -- create a function table appropriate to type of 'dupicate character'
 
if 1 == #duplicate_char then -- for single byte ascii characters use the string library functions
 
f.gsub=string.gsub
 
f.match=string.match
 
f.sub=string.sub
 
else -- for multi-byte characters use the ustring library functions
 
f.gsub=mw.ustring.gsub
 
f.match=mw.ustring.match
 
f.sub=mw.ustring.sub
 
end
 
  
 
local str = ''; -- the output string
 
local str = ''; -- the output string
Строка 876: Строка 937:
 
str = value; -- assign value to it (first time through the loop)
 
str = value; -- assign value to it (first time through the loop)
 
elseif value ~= '' then
 
elseif value ~= '' then
if value:sub(1,1) == '<' then -- Special case of values enclosed in spans and other markup.
+
if value:sub(1, 1) == '<' then -- special case of values enclosed in spans and other markup.
comp = value:gsub( "%b<>", "" ); -- remove html markup (<span>string</span> -> string)
+
comp = value:gsub( "%b<>", "" ); -- remove HTML markup (<span>string</span> -> string)
 
else
 
else
 
comp = value;
 
comp = value;
 
end
 
end
 
-- typically duplicate_char is sepc
 
-- typically duplicate_char is sepc
if f.sub(comp, 1,1) == duplicate_char then -- is first character same as duplicate_char? why test first character?
+
if f.sub(comp, 1, 1) == duplicate_char then -- is first character same as duplicate_char? why test first character?
 
--  Because individual string segments often (always?) begin with terminal punct for the
 
--  Because individual string segments often (always?) begin with terminal punct for the
--  preceding segment: 'First element' .. 'sepc next element' .. etc?
+
--  preceding segment: 'First element' .. 'sepc next element' .. etc.?
 
trim = false;
 
trim = false;
end_chr = f.sub(str, -1,-1); -- get the last character of the output string
+
end_chr = f.sub(str, -1, -1); -- get the last character of the output string
-- str = str .. "<HERE(enchr=" .. end_chr.. ")" -- debug stuff?
+
-- str = str .. "<HERE(enchr=" .. end_chr .. ")" -- debug stuff?
 
if end_chr == duplicate_char then -- if same as separator
 
if end_chr == duplicate_char then -- if same as separator
str = f.sub(str, 1,-2); -- remove it
+
str = f.sub(str, 1, -2); -- remove it
elseif end_chr == "'" then -- if it might be wikimarkup
+
elseif end_chr == "'" then -- if it might be wiki-markup
if f.sub(str, -3,-1) == duplicate_char .. "''" then -- if last three chars of str are sepc''  
+
if f.sub(str, -3, -1) == duplicate_char .. "''" then -- if last three chars of str are sepc''  
 
str = f.sub(str, 1, -4) .. "''"; -- remove them and add back ''
 
str = f.sub(str, 1, -4) .. "''"; -- remove them and add back ''
elseif  f.sub(str, -5,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]]''" then -- if last five chars of str are sepc]]''  
+
elseif  f.sub(str, -5, -1) == duplicate_char .. "]]''" then -- if last five chars of str are sepc]]''  
 
trim = true; -- why? why do this and next differently from previous?
 
trim = true; -- why? why do this and next differently from previous?
elseif f.sub(str, -4,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]''" then -- if last four chars of str are sepc]''  
+
elseif f.sub(str, -4, -1) == duplicate_char .. "]''" then -- if last four chars of str are sepc]''  
 
trim = true; -- same question
 
trim = true; -- same question
 
end
 
end
elseif end_chr == "]" then -- if it might be wikimarkup
+
elseif end_chr == "]" then -- if it might be wiki-markup
if f.sub(str, -3,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]]" then -- if last three chars of str are sepc]] wikilink  
+
if f.sub(str, -3, -1) == duplicate_char .. "]]" then -- if last three chars of str are sepc]] wikilink  
 
trim = true;
 
trim = true;
elseif f.sub(str, -3,-1) == duplicate_char .. '"]' then -- if last three chars of str are sepc"] quoted external link  
+
elseif f.sub(str, -3, -1) == duplicate_char .. '"]' then -- if last three chars of str are sepc"] quoted external link  
 
trim = true;
 
trim = true;
elseif  f.sub(str, -2,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]" then -- if last two chars of str are sepc] external link
+
elseif  f.sub(str, -2, -1) == duplicate_char .. "]" then -- if last two chars of str are sepc] external link
 
trim = true;
 
trim = true;
elseif f.sub(str, -4,-1) == duplicate_char .. "'']" then -- normal case when |url=something & |title=Title.
+
elseif f.sub(str, -4, -1) == duplicate_char .. "'']" then -- normal case when |url=something & |title=Title.
 
trim = true;
 
trim = true;
 
end
 
end
 
elseif end_chr == " " then -- if last char of output string is a space
 
elseif end_chr == " " then -- if last char of output string is a space
if f.sub(str, -2,-1) == duplicate_char .. " " then -- if last two chars of str are <sepc><space>
+
if f.sub(str, -2, -1) == duplicate_char .. " " then -- if last two chars of str are <sepc><space>
str = f.sub(str, 1,-3); -- remove them both
+
str = f.sub(str, 1, -3); -- remove them both
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
  
 
if trim then
 
if trim then
if value ~= comp then -- value does not equal comp when value contains html markup
+
if value ~= comp then -- value does not equal comp when value contains HTML markup
 
local dup2 = duplicate_char;
 
local dup2 = duplicate_char;
 
if f.match(dup2, "%A" ) then dup2 = "%" .. dup2; end -- if duplicate_char not a letter then escape it
 
if f.match(dup2, "%A" ) then dup2 = "%" .. dup2; end -- if duplicate_char not a letter then escape it
 
 
value = f.gsub(value, "(%b<>)" .. dup2, "%1", 1 ) -- remove duplicate_char if it follows html markup
+
value = f.gsub(value, "(%b<>)" .. dup2, "%1", 1 ) -- remove duplicate_char if it follows HTML markup
 
else
 
else
 
value = f.sub(value, 2, -1 ); -- remove duplicate_char when it is first character
 
value = f.sub(value, 2, -1 ); -- remove duplicate_char when it is first character
Строка 925: Строка 986:
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
str = str .. value; --add it to the output string
+
str = str .. value; -- add it to the output string
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
Строка 932: Строка 993:
  
  
--[[--------------------------< I S _ S U F F I X >------------------------------------------------------------
+
--[[--------------------------< I S _ S U F F I X >-----------------------------
  
returns true is suffix is properly formed Jr, Sr, or ordinal in the range 2–9. Puncutation not allowed.
+
returns true if suffix is properly formed Jr, Sr, or ordinal in the range 1–9.
 +
Puncutation not allowed.
  
 
]]
 
]]
  
 
local function is_suffix (suffix)
 
local function is_suffix (suffix)
if in_array (suffix, {'Jr', 'Sr', '2nd', '3rd'}) or suffix:match ('^%dth$') then
+
if utilities.in_array (suffix, {'Jr', 'Sr', 'Jnr', 'Snr', '1st', '2nd', '3rd'}) or suffix:match ('^%dth$') then
 
return true;
 
return true;
 
end
 
end
Строка 946: Строка 1008:
  
  
--[[--------------------------< I S _ G O O D _ V A N C _ N A M E >--------------------------------------------
+
--[[--------------------< I S _ G O O D _ V A N C _ N A M E >-------------------
  
For Vancouver Style, author/editor names are supposed to be rendered in Latin (read ASCII) characters.  When a name
+
For Vancouver style, author/editor names are supposed to be rendered in Latin
uses characters that contain diacritical marks, those characters are to converted to the corresponding Latin character.
+
(read ASCII) characters.  When a name uses characters that contain diacritical
When a name is written using a non-Latin alphabet or logogram, that name is to be transliterated into Latin characters.
+
marks, those characters are to be converted to the corresponding Latin
These things are not currently possible in this module so are left to the editor to do.
+
character. When a name is written using a non-Latin alphabet or logogram, that
 +
name is to be transliterated into Latin characters. The module doesn't do this
 +
so editors may/must.
  
This test allows |first= and |last= names to contain any of the letters defined in the four Unicode Latin character sets
+
This test allows |first= and |last= names to contain any of the letters defined
 +
in the four Unicode Latin character sets
 
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0000.pdf C0 Controls and Basic Latin] 0041–005A, 0061–007A
 
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0000.pdf C0 Controls and Basic Latin] 0041–005A, 0061–007A
 
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0080.pdf C1 Controls and Latin-1 Supplement] 00C0–00D6, 00D8–00F6, 00F8–00FF
 
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0080.pdf C1 Controls and Latin-1 Supplement] 00C0–00D6, 00D8–00F6, 00F8–00FF
Строка 959: Строка 1024:
 
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0180.pdf Latin Extended-B] 0180–01BF, 01C4–024F
 
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0180.pdf Latin Extended-B] 0180–01BF, 01C4–024F
  
|lastn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, and apostrophes. (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/)
+
|lastn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, and apostrophes.
 +
(http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/)
 
|firstn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, apostrophes, and periods
 
|firstn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, apostrophes, and periods
  
 
This original test:
 
This original test:
if nil == mw.ustring.find (last, "^[A-Za-zÀ-ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%']*$") or nil == mw.ustring.find (first, "^[A-Za-zÀ-ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%'%.]+[2-6%a]*$") then
+
if nil == mw.ustring.find (last, "^[A-Za-zÀ-ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%']*$")
was written ouside of the code editor and pasted here because the code editor gets confused between character insertion point and cursor position.
+
or nil == mw.ustring.find (first, "^[A-Za-zÀ-ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%'%.]+[2-6%a]*$") then
The test has been rewritten to use decimal character escape sequence for the individual bytes of the unicode characters so that it is not necessary
+
was written outside of the code editor and pasted here because the code editor
to use an external editor to maintain this code.
+
gets confused between character insertion point and cursor position. The test has
 +
been rewritten to use decimal character escape sequence for the individual bytes
 +
of the Unicode characters so that it is not necessary to use an external editor
 +
to maintain this code.
  
 
\195\128-\195\150 – À-Ö (U+00C0–U+00D6 – C0 controls)
 
\195\128-\195\150 – À-Ö (U+00C0–U+00D6 – C0 controls)
Строка 975: Строка 1044:
 
]]
 
]]
  
local function is_good_vanc_name (last, first)
+
local function is_good_vanc_name (last, first, suffix, position)
local first, suffix = first:match ('(.-),?%s*([%dJS][%drndth]+)%.?$') or first; -- if first has something that looks like a generational suffix, get it
+
if not suffix then
 
+
if first:find ('[,%s]') then -- when there is a space or comma, might be first name/initials + generational suffix
if is_set (suffix) then
+
first = first:match ('(.-)[,%s]+'); -- get name/initials
 +
suffix = first:match ('[,%s]+(.+)$'); -- get generational suffix
 +
end
 +
end
 +
if utilities.is_set (suffix) then
 
if not is_suffix (suffix) then
 
if not is_suffix (suffix) then
add_vanc_error ('suffix');
+
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.suffix, position);
 
return false; -- not a name with an appropriate suffix
 
return false; -- not a name with an appropriate suffix
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
if nil == mw.ustring.find (last, "^[A-Za-z\195\128-\195\150\195\152-\195\182\195\184-\198\191\199\132-\201\143%-%s%']*$") or
+
if nil == mw.ustring.find (last, "^[A-Za-z\195\128-\195\150\195\152-\195\182\195\184-\198\191\199\132-\201\143\225\184\128-\225\187\191%-%s%']*$") or
nil == mw.ustring.find (first, "^[A-Za-z\195\128-\195\150\195\152-\195\182\195\184-\198\191\199\132-\201\143%-%s%'%.]*$") then
+
nil == mw.ustring.find (first, "^[A-Za-z\195\128-\195\150\195\152-\195\182\195\184-\198\191\199\132-\201\143\225\184\128-\225\187\191%-%s%'%.]*$") then
add_vanc_error ('non-Latin character');
+
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl['non-Latin char'], position);
return false; -- not a string of latin characters; Vancouver requires Romanization
+
return false; -- not a string of Latin characters; Vancouver requires Romanization
 
end;
 
end;
 
return true;
 
return true;
Строка 995: Строка 1068:
 
--[[--------------------------< R E D U C E _ T O _ I N I T I A L S >------------------------------------------
 
--[[--------------------------< R E D U C E _ T O _ I N I T I A L S >------------------------------------------
  
Attempts to convert names to initials in support of |name-list-format=vanc.   
+
Attempts to convert names to initials in support of |name-list-style=vanc.   
  
Names in |firstn= may be separated by spaces or hyphens, or for initials, a period. See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35062/.
+
Names in |firstn= may be separated by spaces or hyphens, or for initials, a period.
 +
See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35062/.
  
Vancouver style requires family rank designations (Jr, II, III, etc) to be rendered as Jr, 2nd, 3rd, etc.  See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35085/.
+
Vancouver style requires family rank designations (Jr, II, III, etc.) to be rendered
This code only accepts and understands generational suffix in the Vancouver format because Roman numerals look like, and can be mistaken for, initials.
+
as Jr, 2nd, 3rd, etc.  See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35085/.
 +
This code only accepts and understands generational suffix in the Vancouver format
 +
because Roman numerals look like, and can be mistaken for, initials.
  
This function uses ustring functions because firstname initials may be any of the unicode Latin characters accepted by is_good_vanc_name ().
+
This function uses ustring functions because firstname initials may be any of the
 +
Unicode Latin characters accepted by is_good_vanc_name ().
  
 
]]
 
]]
  
local function reduce_to_initials(first)
+
local function reduce_to_initials (first, position)
local name, suffix = mw.ustring.match(first, "^(%u+) ([%dJS][%drndth]+)$");
+
if first:find (',', 1, true) then
 +
return first; -- commas not allowed; abandon
 +
end
 +
 
 +
local name, suffix = mw.ustring.match (first, "^(%u+) ([%dJS][%drndth]+)$");
  
 
if not name then -- if not initials and a suffix
 
if not name then -- if not initials and a suffix
name = mw.ustring.match(first, "^(%u+)$"); -- is it just intials?
+
name = mw.ustring.match (first, "^(%u+)$"); -- is it just initials?
 
end
 
end
  
Строка 1019: Строка 1100:
 
return first; -- one or two initials and a valid suffix so nothing to do
 
return first; -- one or two initials and a valid suffix so nothing to do
 
else
 
else
add_vanc_error ('suffix'); -- one or two initials with invalid suffix so error message
+
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.suffix, position); -- one or two initials with invalid suffix so error message
 
return first; -- and return first unmolested
 
return first; -- and return first unmolested
 
end
 
end
Строка 1028: Строка 1109:
 
end -- if here then name has 3 or more uppercase letters so treat them as a word
 
end -- if here then name has 3 or more uppercase letters so treat them as a word
  
 
+
local initials_t, names_t = {}, {}; -- tables to hold name parts and initials
local initials, names = {}, {}; -- tables to hold name parts and initials
 
 
local i = 1; -- counter for number of initials
 
local i = 1; -- counter for number of initials
  
names = mw.text.split (first, '[%s,]+'); -- split into a table of names and possible suffix
+
names_t = mw.text.split (first, '[%s%-]+'); -- split into a sequence of names and possible suffix
  
while names[i] do -- loop through the table
+
while names_t[i] do -- loop through the sequence
if 1 < i and names[i]:match ('[%dJS][%drndth]+%.?$') then -- if not the first name, and looks like a suffix (may have trailing dot)
+
if 1 < i and names_t[i]:match ('[%dJS][%drndth]+%.?$') then -- if not the first name, and looks like a suffix (may have trailing dot)
names[i] = names[i]:gsub ('%.', ''); -- remove terminal dot if present
+
names_t[i] = names_t[i]:gsub ('%.', ''); -- remove terminal dot if present
if is_suffix (names[i]) then -- if a legitimate suffix
+
if is_suffix (names_t[i]) then -- if a legitimate suffix
table.insert (initials, ' ' .. names[i]); -- add a separator space, insert at end of initials table
+
table.insert (initials_t, ' ' .. names_t[i]); -- add a separator space, insert at end of initials sequence
 
break; -- and done because suffix must fall at the end of a name
 
break; -- and done because suffix must fall at the end of a name
 
end -- no error message if not a suffix; possibly because of Romanization
 
end -- no error message if not a suffix; possibly because of Romanization
 
end
 
end
 
if 3 > i then
 
if 3 > i then
table.insert (initials, mw.ustring.sub(names[i],1,1)); -- insert the intial at end of initials table
+
table.insert (initials_t, mw.ustring.sub (names_t[i], 1, 1)); -- insert the initial at end of initials sequence
 
end
 
end
i = i+1; -- bump the counter
+
i = i + 1; -- bump the counter
 
end
 
end
 
 
return table.concat(initials) -- Vancouver format does not include spaces.
+
return table.concat (initials_t); -- Vancouver format does not include spaces.
 
end
 
end
  
  
--[[--------------------------< L I S T _ P E O P L E >-------------------------------------------------------
+
--[[--------------------------< I N T E R W I K I _ P R E F I X E N _ G E T >----------------------------------
 +
 
 +
extract interwiki prefixen from <value>.  Returns two one or two values:
 +
false – no prefixen
 +
nil – prefix exists but not recognized
 +
project prefix, language prefix – when value has either of:
 +
:<project>:<language>:<article>
 +
:<language>:<project>:<article>
 +
project prefix, nil – when <value> has only a known single-letter prefix
 +
nil, language prefix – when <value> has only a known language prefix
  
Formats a list of people (e.g. authors / editors)
+
accepts single-letter project prefixen: 'd' (wikidata), 's' (wikisource), and 'w' (wikipedia) prefixes; at this
 +
writing, the other single-letter prefixen (b (wikibook), c (commons), m (meta), n (wikinews), q (wikiquote), and
 +
v (wikiversity)) are not supported.
  
 
]]
 
]]
  
local function list_people(control, people, etal)
+
local function interwiki_prefixen_get (value, is_link)
local sep;
+
if not value:find (':%l+:') then -- if no prefix
local namesep;
+
return false; -- abandon; boolean here to distinguish from nil fail returns later
local format = control.format
+
end
local maximum = control.maximum
 
local lastauthoramp = control.lastauthoramp;
 
local text = {}
 
  
if 'vanc' == format then -- Vancouver-like author/editor name styling?
+
local prefix_patterns_linked_t = { -- sequence of valid interwiki and inter project prefixen
sep = cfg.presentation['sep_nl_vanc']; -- name-list separator between authors is a comma
+
'^%[%[:([dsw]):(%l%l+):', -- wikilinked; project and language prefixes
namesep = cfg.presentation['sep_name_vanc']; -- last/first separator is a space
+
'^%[%[:(%l%l+):([dsw]):', -- wikilinked; language and project prefixes
else
+
'^%[%[:([dsw]):', -- wikilinked; project prefix
sep = cfg.presentation['sep_nl']; -- name-list separator between authors is a semicolon
+
'^%[%[:(%l%l+):', -- wikilinked; language prefix
 +
}
 +
 +
local prefix_patterns_unlinked_t = { -- sequence of valid interwiki and inter project prefixen
 +
'^:([dsw]):(%l%l+):', -- project and language prefixes
 +
'^:(%l%l+):([dsw]):', -- language and project prefixes
 +
'^:([dsw]):', -- project prefix
 +
'^:(%l%l+):', -- language prefix
 +
}
 +
 +
local cap1, cap2;
 +
for _, pattern in ipairs ((is_link and prefix_patterns_linked_t) or prefix_patterns_unlinked_t) do
 +
cap1, cap2 = value:match (pattern);
 +
if cap1 then
 +
break; -- found a match so stop looking
 +
end
 +
end
 +
 +
if cap1 and cap2 then -- when both then :project:language: or :language:project: (both forms allowed)
 +
if 1 == #cap1 then -- length == 1 then :project:language:
 +
if cfg.inter_wiki_map[cap2] then -- is language prefix in the interwiki map?
 +
return cap1, cap2; -- return interwiki project and interwiki language
 +
end
 +
else -- here when :language:project:
 +
if cfg.inter_wiki_map[cap1] then -- is language prefix in the interwiki map?
 +
return cap2, cap1; -- return interwiki project and interwiki language
 +
end
 +
end
 +
return nil; -- unknown interwiki language
 +
elseif not (cap1 or cap2) then -- both are nil?
 +
return nil; -- we got something that looks like a project prefix but isn't; return fail
 +
elseif 1 == #cap1 then -- here when one capture
 +
return cap1, nil; -- length is 1 so return project, nil language
 +
else -- here when one capture and its length it more than 1
 +
if cfg.inter_wiki_map[cap1] then -- is language prefix in the interwiki map?
 +
return nil, cap1; -- return nil project, language
 +
end
 +
end
 +
end
 +
 
 +
 
 +
--[[--------------------------< L I S T _ P E O P L E >--------------------------
 +
 
 +
Formats a list of people (authors, contributors, editors, interviewers, translators)
 +
 
 +
names in the list will be linked when
 +
|<name>-link= has a value
 +
|<name>-mask- does NOT have a value; masked names are presumed to have been
 +
rendered previously so should have been linked there
 +
 
 +
when |<name>-mask=0, the associated name is not rendered
 +
 
 +
]]
 +
 
 +
local function list_people (control, people, etal)
 +
local sep;
 +
local namesep;
 +
local format = control.format;
 +
local maximum = control.maximum;
 +
local name_list = {};
 +
 
 +
if 'vanc' == format then -- Vancouver-like name styling?
 +
sep = cfg.presentation['sep_nl_vanc']; -- name-list separator between names is a comma
 +
namesep = cfg.presentation['sep_name_vanc']; -- last/first separator is a space
 +
else
 +
sep = cfg.presentation['sep_nl']; -- name-list separator between names is a semicolon
 
namesep = cfg.presentation['sep_name']; -- last/first separator is <comma><space>
 
namesep = cfg.presentation['sep_name']; -- last/first separator is <comma><space>
 
end
 
end
 
 
if sep:sub(-1,-1) ~= " " then sep = sep .. " " end
+
if sep:sub (-1, -1) ~= " " then sep = sep .. " " end
if is_set (maximum) and maximum < 1 then return "", 0; end -- returned 0 is for EditorCount; not used for authors
+
if utilities.is_set (maximum) and maximum < 1 then return "", 0; end -- returned 0 is for EditorCount; not used for other names
 
 
for i,person in ipairs(people) do
+
for i, person in ipairs (people) do
if is_set(person.last) then
+
if utilities.is_set (person.last) then
local mask = person.mask
+
local mask = person.mask;
local one
+
local one;
 
local sep_one = sep;
 
local sep_one = sep;
if is_set (maximum) and i > maximum then
+
 
 +
if utilities.is_set (maximum) and i > maximum then
 
etal = true;
 
etal = true;
 
break;
 
break;
elseif (mask ~= nil) then
+
end
local n = tonumber(mask)
+
if (n ~= nil) then
+
if mask then
one = string.rep("&mdash;",n)
+
local n = tonumber (mask); -- convert to a number if it can be converted; nil else
 +
if n then
 +
one = 0 ~= n and string.rep("&mdash;", n) or nil; -- make a string of (n > 0) mdashes, nil else, to replace name
 +
person.link = nil; -- don't create link to name if name is replaces with mdash string or has been set nil
 
else
 
else
one = mask;
+
one = mask; -- replace name with mask text (must include name-list separator)
sep_one = " ";
+
sep_one = " "; -- modify name-list separator
 
end
 
end
 
else
 
else
one = person.last
+
one = person.last; -- get surname
local first = person.first
+
local first = person.first -- get given name
if is_set(first) then
+
if utilities.is_set (first) then
if ( "vanc" == format ) then -- if vancouver format
+
if ("vanc" == format) then -- if Vancouver format
 
one = one:gsub ('%.', ''); -- remove periods from surnames (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/)
 
one = one:gsub ('%.', ''); -- remove periods from surnames (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/)
if not person.corporate and is_good_vanc_name (one, first) then -- and name is all Latin characters; corporate authors not tested
+
if not person.corporate and is_good_vanc_name (one, first, nil, i) then -- and name is all Latin characters; corporate authors not tested
first = reduce_to_initials(first) -- attempt to convert first name(s) to initials
+
first = reduce_to_initials (first, i); -- attempt to convert first name(s) to initials
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
one = one .. namesep .. first;
 
one = one .. namesep .. first;
 
end
 
end
if is_set(person.link) and person.link ~= control.page_name then
 
one = make_wikilink (person.link, one); -- link author/editor if this page is not the author's/editor's page
 
end
 
 
end
 
end
table.insert( text, one )
+
if utilities.is_set (person.link) then
table.insert( text, sep_one )
+
one = utilities.make_wikilink (person.link, one); -- link author/editor
end
+
end
end
+
 
 +
if one then -- if <one> has a value (name, mdash replacement, or mask text replacement)
 +
local proj, tag = interwiki_prefixen_get (one, true); -- get the interwiki prefixen if present
  
local count = #text / 2; -- (number of names + number of separators) divided by 2
+
if 'w' == proj and ('Wikipedia' == mw.site.namespaces.Project['name']) then
if count > 0 then  
+
proj = nil; -- for stuff like :w:de:<article>, :w is unnecessary TODO: maint cat?
if count > 1 and is_set(lastauthoramp) and not etal then
+
end
text[#text-2] = " & "; -- replace last separator with ampersand text
+
if proj then
end
+
local proj_name = ({['d'] = 'Wikidata', ['s'] = 'Wikisource', ['w'] = 'Wikipedia'})[proj]; -- :w (wikipedia) for linking from a non-wikipedia project
text[#text] = nil; -- erase the last separator
+
if proj_name then  
 +
one = one .. utilities.wrap_style ('interproj', proj_name); -- add resized leading space, brackets, static text, language name
 +
utilities.add_prop_cat ('interproj-linked-name', proj); -- categorize it; <proj> is sort key
 +
tag = nil; -- unset; don't do both project and language
 +
end
 +
end
 +
if tag == cfg.this_wiki_code then
 +
tag = nil; -- stuff like :en:<article> at en.wiki is pointless TODO: maint cat?
 +
end
 +
if tag then
 +
local lang = cfg.lang_tag_remap[tag] or cfg.mw_languages_by_tag_t[tag];
 +
if lang then -- error messaging done in extract_names() where we know parameter names
 +
one = one .. utilities.wrap_style ('interwiki', lang); -- add resized leading space, brackets, static text, language name
 +
utilities.add_prop_cat ('interwiki-linked-name', tag); -- categorize it; <tag> is sort key
 +
end
 +
end
 +
 
 +
table.insert (name_list, one); -- add it to the list of names
 +
table.insert (name_list, sep_one); -- add the proper name-list separator
 +
end
 +
end
 
end
 
end
+
 
local result = table.concat(text) -- construct list
+
local count = #name_list / 2; -- (number of names + number of separators) divided by 2
if etal and is_set (result) then -- etal may be set by |display-authors=etal but we might not have a last-first list
+
if 0 < count then
result = result .. sep .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- we've go a last-first list and etal so add et al.
+
if 1 < count and not etal then
 +
if 'amp' == format then
 +
name_list[#name_list-2] = " & "; -- replace last separator with ampersand text
 +
elseif 'and' == format then
 +
if 2 == count then
 +
name_list[#name_list-2] = cfg.presentation.sep_nl_and; -- replace last separator with 'and' text
 +
else
 +
name_list[#name_list-2] = cfg.presentation.sep_nl_end; -- replace last separator with '(sep) and' text
 +
end
 +
end
 +
end
 +
name_list[#name_list] = nil; -- erase the last separator
 +
end
 +
 
 +
local result = table.concat (name_list); -- construct list
 +
if etal and utilities.is_set (result) then -- etal may be set by |display-authors=etal but we might not have a last-first list
 +
result = result .. sep .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- we've got a last-first list and etal so add et al.
 
end
 
end
 
 
return result, count
+
return result, count; -- return name-list string and count of number of names (count used for editor names only)
 
end
 
end
  
  
--[[--------------------------< A N C H O R _ I D >------------------------------------------------------------
+
--[[--------------------< M A K E _ C I T E R E F _ I D >-----------------------
  
Generates a CITEREF anchor ID if we have at least one name or a date.  Otherwise returns an empty string.
+
Generates a CITEREF anchor ID if we have at least one name or a date.  Otherwise
 +
returns an empty string.
  
namelist is one of the contributor-, author-, or editor-name lists chosen in that order.  year is Year or anchor_year.
+
namelist is one of the contributor-, author-, or editor-name lists chosen in that
 +
order.  year is Year or anchor_year.
  
 
]]
 
]]
local function anchor_id (namelist, year)
+
 
local names={}; -- a table for the one to four names and year
+
local function make_citeref_id (namelist, year)
for i,v in ipairs (namelist) do -- loop through the list and take up to the first four last names
+
local names={}; -- a table for the one to four names and year
names[i] = v.last  
+
for i,v in ipairs (namelist) do -- loop through the list and take up to the first four last names
if i == 4 then break end -- if four then done
+
names[i] = v.last
 +
if i == 4 then break end -- if four then done
 
end
 
end
table.insert (names, year); -- add the year at the end
+
table.insert (names, year); -- add the year at the end
local id = table.concat(names); -- concatenate names and year for CITEREF id
+
local id = table.concat(names); -- concatenate names and year for CITEREF id
if is_set (id) then -- if concatenation is not an empty string
+
if utilities.is_set (id) then -- if concatenation is not an empty string
return "CITEREF" .. id; -- add the CITEREF portion
+
return "CITEREF" .. id; -- add the CITEREF portion
 
else
 
else
return ''; -- return an empty string; no reason to include CITEREF id in this citation
+
return ''; -- return an empty string; no reason to include CITEREF id in this citation
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
  
  
--[[--------------------------< N A M E _ H A S _ E T A L >----------------------------------------------------
+
--[[--------------------------< C I T E _ C L A S S _A T T R I B U T E _M A K E >------------------------------
  
Evaluates the content of author and editor name parameters for variations on the theme of et al.  If found,
+
construct <cite> tag class attribute for this citation.
the et al. is removed, a flag is set to true and the function returns the modified name and the flag.
 
  
This function never sets the flag to false but returns it's previous state because it may have been set by
+
<cite_class> – config.CitationClass from calling template
previous passes through this function or by the parameters |display-authors=etal or |display-editors=etal
+
<mode> – value from |mode= parameter
  
 
]]
 
]]
  
local function name_has_etal (name, etal, nocat)
+
local function cite_class_attribute_make (cite_class, mode)
 +
local class_t = {};
 +
table.insert (class_t, 'citation'); -- required for blue highlight
 +
if 'citation' ~= cite_class then
 +
table.insert (class_t, cite_class); -- identify this template for user css
 +
table.insert (class_t, utilities.is_set (mode) and mode or 'cs1'); -- identify the citation style for user css or javascript
 +
else
 +
table.insert (class_t, utilities.is_set (mode) and mode or 'cs2'); -- identify the citation style for user css or javascript
 +
end
 +
for _, prop_key in ipairs (z.prop_keys_t) do
 +
table.insert (class_t, prop_key); -- identify various properties for user css or javascript
 +
end
  
if is_set (name) then -- name can be nil in which case just return
+
return table.concat (class_t, ' '); -- make a big string and done
local etal_pattern = "[;,]? *[\"']*%f[%a][Ee][Tt] *[Aa][Ll][%.\"']*$" -- variations on the 'et al' theme
 
local others_pattern = "[;,]? *%f[%a]and [Oo]thers"; -- and alternate to et al.
 
 
if name:match (etal_pattern) then -- variants on et al.
 
name = name:gsub (etal_pattern, ''); -- if found, remove
 
etal = true; -- set flag (may have been set previously here or by |display-authors=etal)
 
if not nocat then -- no categorization for |vauthors=
 
add_maint_cat ('etal'); -- and add a category if not already added
 
end
 
elseif name:match (others_pattern) then -- if not 'et al.', then 'and others'?
 
name = name:gsub (others_pattern, ''); -- if found, remove
 
etal = true; -- set flag (may have been set previously here or by |display-authors=etal)
 
if not nocat then -- no categorization for |vauthors=
 
add_maint_cat ('etal'); -- and add a category if not already added
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
return name, etal; --
 
 
end
 
end
  
  
--[[--------------------------< N A M E _ H A S _ E D _ M A R K U P >------------------------------------------
+
--[[---------------------< N A M E _ H A S _ E T A L >--------------------------
 +
 
 +
Evaluates the content of name parameters (author, editor, etc.) for variations on
 +
the theme of et al.  If found, the et al. is removed, a flag is set to true and
 +
the function returns the modified name and the flag.
  
Evaluates the content of author and editor parameters for extranious editor annotations: ed, ed., eds, (Ed.), etc.
+
This function never sets the flag to false but returns its previous state because
These annotation do not belong in author parameters and are redundant in editor parameters.  If found, the function
+
it may have been set by previous passes through this function or by the associated
adds the editor markup maintenance category.
+
|display-<names>=etal parameter
  
 
]]
 
]]
  
local function name_has_ed_markup (name, list_name)
+
local function name_has_etal (name, etal, nocat, param)
local _, pattern;
+
 
local patterns = { -- these patterns match annotations at end of name
+
if utilities.is_set (name) then -- name can be nil in which case just return
'%f[%(%[][%(%[]%s*[Ee][Dd][Ss]?%.?%s*[%)%]]?$', -- (ed) or (eds): leading '(', case insensitive 'ed', optional 's', '.' and/or ')'
+
local patterns = cfg.et_al_patterns; -- get patterns from configuration
'[,%.%s]%f[e]eds?%.?$', -- ed or eds: without '('or ')'; case sensitive (ED could be initials Ed could be name)
 
'%f[%(%[][%(%[]%s*[Ee][Dd][Ii][Tt][Oo][Rr][Ss]?%.?%s*[%)%]]?$', -- (editor) or (editors): leading '(', case insensitive, optional '.' and/or ')'
 
'[,%.%s]%f[Ee][Ee][Dd][Ii][Tt][Oo][Rr][Ss]?%.?$', -- editor or editors: without '('or ')'; case insensitive
 
 
 
-- these patterns match annotations at beginning of name
+
for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns) do -- loop through all of the patterns
'^eds?[%.,;]', -- ed. or eds.: lower case only, optional 's', requires '.'
+
if name:match (pattern) then -- if this 'et al' pattern is found in name
'^[%(%[]%s*[Ee][Dd][Ss]?%.?%s*[%)%]]', -- (ed) or (eds): also sqare brackets, case insensitive, optional 's', '.'
+
name = name:gsub (pattern, ''); -- remove the offending text
'^[%(%[]?%s*[Ee][Dd][Ii][Tt][Oo][Rr][Ss]?%A', -- (editor or (editors: also sq brackets, case insensitive, optional brackets, 's'
+
etal = true; -- set flag (may have been set previously here or by |display-<names>=etal)
'^[%(%[]?%s*[Ee][Dd][Ii][Tt][Ee][Dd]%A', -- (edited: also sq brackets, case insensitive, optional brackets
+
if not nocat then -- no categorization for |vauthors=
}
+
utilities.set_message ('err_etal', {param}); -- and set an error if not added
 
+
end
if is_set (name) then
 
for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns) do -- spin through patterns table and
 
if name:match (pattern) then
 
add_maint_cat ('extra_text_names', cfg.special_case_translation [list_name]); -- add a maint cat for this template
 
break;
 
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
return name; -- and done
+
 
 +
return name, etal;
 
end
 
end
  
  
--[[--------------------------< N A M E _ H A S _ M U L T _ N A M E S >----------------------------------------
+
--[[---------------------< N A M E _ I S _ N U M E R I C >----------------------
  
Evaluates the content of author and editor (surnames only) parameters for multiple namesMultiple names are
+
Add an error message and category when <name> parameter value does not contain letters.   
indicated if there is more than one comma and or semicolon. If found, the function adds the multiple name
+
 
(author or editor) maintenance category.
+
Add a maintenance category when <name> parameter value has numeric characters mixed with characters that are  
 +
not numeric characters; could be letters and/or punctuation characters.
 +
 
 +
This function will only emit one error and one maint message for the current template.  Does not emit both error
 +
and maint messages/categories for the same parameter value.
  
 
]]
 
]]
  
local function name_has_mult_names (name, list_name)
+
local function name_is_numeric (name, name_alias, list_name)
local count, _;
+
local patterns = {
if is_set (name) then
+
'^%D+%d', -- <name> must have digits preceded by other characters
_, count = name:gsub ('[;,]', ''); -- count the number of separator-like characters
+
'^%D*%d+%D+', -- <name> must have digits followed by other characters
+
}
if 1 < count then -- param could be |author= or |editor= so one separator character is acceptable
+
 
add_maint_cat ('mult_names', cfg.special_case_translation [list_name]); -- more than one separator indicates multiple names so add a maint cat for this template
+
if not added_numeric_name_errs and mw.ustring.match (name, '^[%A]+$') then -- if we have not already set an error message and <name> does not have any alpha characters
 +
utilities.set_message ('err_numeric_names', name_alias); -- add an error message
 +
added_numeric_name_errs = true; -- set the flag so we emit only one error message
 +
return; -- when here no point in further testing; abandon
 +
end
 +
 
 +
if not added_numeric_name_maint then -- if we have already set a maint message
 +
for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns) do -- spin through list of patterns
 +
if mw.ustring.match (name, pattern) then -- digits preceded or followed by anything but digits; %D+ includes punctuation
 +
utilities.set_message ('maint_numeric_names', cfg.special_case_translation [list_name]); -- add a maint cat for this template
 +
added_numeric_name_maint = true; -- set the flag so we emit only one maint message
 +
return; -- when here no point in further testing; abandon
 +
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
return name; -- and done
 
 
end
 
end
  
  
--[[--------------------------< N A M E _ C H E C K S >--------------------------------------------------------
+
--[[-----------------< N A M E _ H A S _ M U L T _ N A M E S >------------------
This function calls various name checking functions used to validate the content of the various name-holding
+
 
parameters.
+
Evaluates the content of last/surname (authors etc.) parameters for multiple names.
 +
Multiple names are indicated if there is more than one comma or any "unescaped"
 +
semicolons. Escaped semicolons are ones used as part of selected HTML entities.
 +
If the condition is met, the function adds the multiple name maintenance category.
 +
 
 +
Same test for first except that commas should not appear in given names (MOS:JR says
 +
that the generational suffix does not take a separator character).  Titles, degrees,
 +
postnominals, affiliations, all normally comma separated don't belong in a citation.
 +
 
 +
<name> – name parameter value
 +
<list_name> – AuthorList, EditorList, etc
 +
<limit> – number of allowed commas; 1 (default) for surnames; 0 for given names
 +
 
 +
returns nothing
  
 
]]
 
]]
  
local function name_checks (last, first, list_name)
+
local function name_has_mult_names (name, list_name, limit)
if is_set (last) then
+
local _, commas, semicolons, nbsps;
if last:match ('^%(%(.*%)%)$') then -- if wrapped in doubled parentheses, accept as written
+
limit = limit and limit or 1;
last = last:match ('^%(%((.*)%)%)$'); -- strip parens
+
if utilities.is_set (name) then
else
+
_, commas = name:gsub (',', ''); -- count the number of commas
last = name_has_mult_names (last, list_name); -- check for multiple names in the parameter (last only)
+
_, semicolons = name:gsub (';', ''); -- count the number of semicolons
last = name_has_ed_markup (last, list_name); -- check for extraneous 'editor' annotation
+
-- nbsps probably should be its own separate count rather than merged in
 +
-- some way with semicolons because Lua patterns do not support the
 +
-- grouping operator that regex does, which means there is no way to add
 +
-- more entities to escape except by adding more counts with the new
 +
-- entities
 +
_, nbsps = name:gsub ('&nbsp;',''); -- count nbsps
 +
 +
-- There is exactly 1 semicolon per &nbsp; entity, so subtract nbsps
 +
-- from semicolons to 'escape' them. If additional entities are added,
 +
-- they also can be subtracted.
 +
if limit < commas or 0 < (semicolons - nbsps) then
 +
utilities.set_message ('maint_mult_names', cfg.special_case_translation [list_name]); -- add a maint message
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
if is_set (first) then
+
end
if first:match ('^%(%(.*%)%)$') then -- if wrapped in doubled parentheses, accept as written
 
first = first:match ('^%(%((.*)%)%)$'); -- strip parens
 
else
 
first = name_has_ed_markup (first, list_name); -- check for extraneous 'editor' annotation
 
end
 
end
 
return last, first; -- done
 
end
 
  
  
--[[--------------------------< E X T R A C T _ N A M E S >----------------------------------------------------
+
--[=[-------------------------< I S _ G E N E R I C >----------------------------------------------------------
Gets name list from the input arguments
 
  
Searches through args in sequential order to find |lastn= and |firstn= parameters (or their aliases), and their matching link and mask parameters.
+
Compares values assigned to various parameters according to the string provided as <item> in the function call.
Stops searching when both |lastn= and |firstn= are not found in args after two sequential attempts: found |last1=, |last2=, and |last3= but doesn't
+
<item> can have on of two values:
find |last4= and |last5= then the search is done.
+
'generic_names' – for name-holding parameters: |last=, |first=, |editor-last=, etc
 +
'generic_titles' – for |title=
  
This function emits an error message when there is a |firstn= without a matching |lastn=When there are 'holes' in the list of last names, |last1= and |last3=
+
There are two types of generic testsThe 'accept' tests look for a pattern that should not be rejected by the
are present but |last2= is missing, an error message is emitted. |lastn= is not required to have a matching |firstn=.
+
'reject' test.  For example,
 +
|author=[[John Smith (author)|Smith, John]]
 +
would be rejected by the 'author' reject test. But piped wikilinks with 'author' disambiguation should not be
 +
rejected so the 'accept' test prevents that from happening.  Accept tests are always performed before reject
 +
tests.
  
When an author or editor parameter contains some form of 'et al.', the 'et al.' is stripped from the parameter and a flag (etal) returned
+
Each of the 'accept' and 'reject' sequence tables hold tables for en.wiki (['en']) and local.wiki (['local'])
that will cause list_people() to add the static 'et al.' text from Module:Citation/CS1/ConfigurationThis keeps 'et al.' out of the
+
that each can hold a test sequence table  The sequence table holds, at index [1], a test pattern, and, at index
template's metadata.  When this occurs, the page is added to a maintenance category.
+
[2], a boolean control value.  The control value tells string.find() or mw.ustring.find() to do plain-text search (true)
 +
or a pattern search (false)The intent of all this complexity is to make these searches as fast as possible so
 +
that we don't run out of processing time on very large articles.
  
]]
+
Returns
 +
true when a reject test finds the pattern or string
 +
false when an accept test finds the pattern or string
 +
nil else
  
local function extract_names(args, list_name)
+
]=]
local names = {}; -- table of names
 
local last; -- individual name components
 
local first;
 
local link;
 
local mask;
 
local i = 1; -- loop counter/indexer
 
local n = 1; -- output table indexer
 
local count = 0; -- used to count the number of times we haven't found a |last= (or alias for authors, |editor-last or alias for editors)
 
local etal=false; -- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. in an author parameter
 
  
local err_msg_list_name = list_name:match ("(%w+)List") .. 's list'; -- modify AuthorList or EditorList for use in error messages if necessary
+
local function is_generic (item, value, wiki)
while true do
+
local test_val;
last = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'redundant_parameters', i ); -- search through args for name components beginning at 1
+
local str_lower = { -- use string.lower() for en.wiki (['en']) and use mw.ustring.lower() or local.wiki (['local'])
first = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'redundant_parameters', i );
+
['en'] = string.lower,
link = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'redundant_parameters', i );
+
['local'] = mw.ustring.lower,
mask = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'redundant_parameters', i );
+
}
 +
local str_find = { -- use string.find() for en.wiki (['en']) and use mw.ustring.find() or local.wiki (['local'])
 +
['en'] = string.find,
 +
['local'] = mw.ustring.find,
 +
}
  
last, etal = name_has_etal (last, etal, false); -- find and remove variations on et al.
+
local function test (val, test_t, wiki) -- local function to do the testing; <wiki> selects lower() and find() functions
first, etal = name_has_etal (first, etal, false); -- find and remove variations on et al.
+
val = test_t[2] and str_lower[wiki](value) or val; -- when <test_t[2]> set to 'true', plaintext search using lowercase value
last, first= name_checks (last, first, list_name); -- multiple names, extraneous annotation, etc checks
+
return str_find[wiki] (val, test_t[1], 1, test_t[2]); -- return nil when not found or matched
 +
end
 
 
if first and not last then -- if there is a firstn without a matching lastn
+
local test_types_t = {'accept', 'reject'}; -- test accept patterns first, then reject patterns
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'first_missing_last', {err_msg_list_name, i}, true ) } ); -- add this error message
+
local wikis_t = {'en', 'local'}; -- do tests for each of these keys; en.wiki first, local.wiki second
elseif not first and not last then -- if both firstn and lastn aren't found, are we done?
+
 
count = count + 1; -- number of times we haven't found last and first
+
for _, test_type in ipairs (test_types_t) do -- for each test type
if 2 <= count then -- two missing names and we give up
+
for _, generic_value in pairs (cfg.special_case_translation[item][test_type]) do -- spin through the list of generic value fragments to accept or reject
break; -- normal exit or there is a two-name hole in the list; can't tell which
+
for _, wiki in ipairs (wikis_t) do
 +
if generic_value[wiki] then
 +
if test (value, generic_value[wiki], wiki) then -- go do the test
 +
return ('reject' == test_type); -- param value rejected, return true; false else
 +
end
 +
end
 
end
 
end
else -- we have last with or without a first
 
link_title_ok (link, list_name:match ("(%w+)List"):lower() .. '-link' .. i, last, list_name:match ("(%w+)List"):lower() .. '-last' .. i); -- check for improper wikimarkup
 
 
names[n] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate=false}; -- add this name to our names list (corporate for |vauthors= only)
 
n = n + 1; -- point to next location in the names table
 
if 1 == count then -- if the previous name was missing
 
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'missing_name', {err_msg_list_name, i-1}, true ) } ); -- add this error message
 
end
 
count = 0; -- reset the counter, we're looking for two consecutive missing names
 
 
end
 
end
i = i + 1; -- point to next args location
 
 
end
 
end
 
return names, etal; -- all done, return our list of names
 
 
end
 
end
  
  
--[[--------------------------< G E T _ I S O 6 3 9 _ C O D E >------------------------------------------------
+
--[[--------------------------< N A M E _ I S _ G E N E R I C >------------------------------------------------
  
Validates language names provided in |language= parameter if not an ISO639-1 or 639-2 code.
+
calls is_generic() to determine if <name> is a 'generic name' listed in cfg.generic_names; <name_alias> is the
 +
parameter name used in error messaging
  
Returns the language name and associated two- or three-character code.  Because case of the source may be incorrect
+
]]
or different from the case that WikiMedia uses, the name comparisons are done in lower case and when a match is
+
 
found, the Wikimedia version (assumed to be correct) is returned along with the code.  When there is no match, we
+
local function name_is_generic (name, name_alias)
return the original language name string.
+
if not added_generic_name_errs  and is_generic ('generic_names', name) then
 +
utilities.set_message ('err_generic_name', name_alias); -- set an error message
 +
added_generic_name_errs = true;
 +
end
 +
end
  
mw.language.fetchLanguageNames(<local wiki language>, 'all') returns a list of languages that in some cases may include
 
extensions. For example, code 'cbk-zam' and its associated name 'Chavacano de Zamboanga' (MediaWiki does not support
 
code 'cbk' or name 'Chavacano'.  Most (all?) of these languages are not used a 'language' codes per se, rather they
 
are used as sub-domain names: cbk-zam.wikipedia.org.  These names can be found (for the time being) at
 
https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/diffusion/ECLD/browse/master/LocalNames/LocalNamesEn.php
 
  
Names but that are included in the list will be found if that name is provided in the |language= parameter.  For example,
+
--[[--------------------------< N A M E _ C H E C K S >--------------------------------------------------------
if |language=Chavacano de Zamboanga, that name will be found with the associated code 'cbk-zam'.  When names are found
 
and the associated code is not two or three characters, this function returns only the Wikimedia language name.
 
  
Adapted from code taken from Module:Check ISO 639-1.
+
This function calls various name checking functions used to validate the content of the various name-holding parameters.
  
 
]]
 
]]
  
local function get_iso639_code (lang, this_wiki_code)
+
local function name_checks (last, first, list_name, last_alias, first_alias)
if cfg.lang_name_remap[lang:lower()] then -- if there is a remapped name (because MediaWiki uses something that we don't think is correct)
+
local accept_name;
return cfg.lang_name_remap[lang:lower()][1], cfg.lang_name_remap[lang:lower()][2]; -- for this language 'name', return a possibly new name and appropriate code
+
 
 +
if utilities.is_set (last) then
 +
last, accept_name = utilities.has_accept_as_written (last); -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of <last>
 +
 
 +
if not accept_name then -- <last> not wrapped in accept-as-written markup
 +
name_has_mult_names (last, list_name); -- check for multiple names in the parameter
 +
name_is_numeric (last, last_alias, list_name); -- check for names that have no letters or are a mix of digits and other characters
 +
name_is_generic (last, last_alias); -- check for names found in the generic names list
 +
end
 
end
 
end
  
local languages = mw.language.fetchLanguageNames(this_wiki_code, 'all') -- get a list of language names known to Wikimedia
+
if utilities.is_set (first) then
-- ('all' is required for North Ndebele, South Ndebele, and Ojibwa)
+
first, accept_name = utilities.has_accept_as_written (first); -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of <first>
local langlc = mw.ustring.lower(lang); -- lower case version for comparisons
+
 
+
if not accept_name then -- <first> not wrapped in accept-as-written markup
for code, name in pairs(languages) do -- scan the list to see if we can find our language
+
name_has_mult_names (first, list_name, 0); -- check for multiple names in the parameter; 0 is number of allowed commas in a given name
if langlc == mw.ustring.lower(name) then
+
name_is_numeric (first, first_alias, list_name); -- check for names that have no letters or are a mix of digits and other characters
if 2 ~= code:len() and 3 ~= code:len() then -- two- or three-character codes only; extensions not supported
+
name_is_generic (first, first_alias); -- check for names found in the generic names list
return name; -- so return the name but not the code
+
end
end
+
local wl_type, D = utilities.is_wikilink (first);
return name, code; -- found it, return name to ensure proper capitalization and the the code
+
if 0 ~= wl_type then
 +
first = D;
 +
utilities.set_message ('err_bad_paramlink', first_alias);
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
return lang; -- not valid language; return language in original case and nil for the code
+
 
 +
return last, first; -- done
 
end
 
end
  
  
--[[--------------------------< L A N G U A G E _ P A R A M E T E R >------------------------------------------
+
--[[----------------------< E X T R A C T _ N A M E S >-------------------------
  
Gets language name from a provided two- or three-character ISO 639 code.  If a code is recognized by MediaWiki,
+
Gets name list from the input arguments
use the returned name; if not, then use the value that was provided with the language parameter.
 
  
When |language= contains a recognized language (either code or name), the page is assigned to the category for
+
Searches through args in sequential order to find |lastn= and |firstn= parameters
that code: Category:Norwegian-language sources (no).  For valid three-character code languages, the page is assigned
+
(or their aliases), and their matching link and mask parameters. Stops searching
to the single category for '639-2' codes: Category:CS1 ISO 639-2 language sources.
+
when both |lastn= and |firstn= are not found in args after two sequential attempts:
 +
found |last1=, |last2=, and |last3= but doesn't find |last4= and |last5= then the
 +
search is done.
  
Languages that are the same as the local wiki are not categorizedMediaWiki does not recognize three-character
+
This function emits an error message when there is a |firstn= without a matching
equivalents of two-character codes: code 'ar' is recognized bit code 'ara' is not.
+
|lastn=When there are 'holes' in the list of last names, |last1= and |last3=
 +
are present but |last2= is missing, an error message is emitted. |lastn= is not
 +
required to have a matching |firstn=.
  
This function supports multiple languages in the form |language=nb, French, th where the language names or codes are
+
When an author or editor parameter contains some form of 'et al.', the 'et al.'
separated from each other by commas.
+
is stripped from the parameter and a flag (etal) returned that will cause list_people()
 +
to add the static 'et al.' text from Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration.  This keeps
 +
'et al.' out of the template's metadata.  When this occurs, an error is emitted.
  
 
]]
 
]]
  
local function language_parameter (lang)
+
local function extract_names(args, list_name)
local code; -- the two- or three-character language code
+
local names = {}; -- table of names
local name; -- the language name
+
local last; -- individual name components
local language_list = {}; -- table of language names to be rendered
+
local first;
local names_table = {}; -- table made from the value assigned to |language=
+
local link;
 +
local mask;
 +
local i = 1; -- loop counter/indexer
 +
local n = 1; -- output table indexer
 +
local count = 0; -- used to count the number of times we haven't found a |last= (or alias for authors, |editor-last or alias for editors)
 +
local etal = false; -- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. in an author parameter
  
local this_wiki = mw.getContentLanguage(); -- get a language object for this wiki
+
local last_alias, first_alias, link_alias; -- selected parameter aliases used in error messaging
local this_wiki_code = this_wiki:getCode() -- get this wiki's language code
+
while true do
local this_wiki_name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName(this_wiki_code, this_wiki_code); -- get this wiki's language name
+
last, last_alias = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i ); -- search through args for name components beginning at 1
 +
first, first_alias = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i );
 +
link, link_alias = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i );
 +
mask = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i );
 +
 +
if last then -- error check |lastn= alias for unknown interwiki link prefix; done here because this is where we have the parameter name
 +
local project, language = interwiki_prefixen_get (last, true); -- true because we expect interwiki links in |lastn= to be wikilinked
 +
if nil == project and nil == language then -- when both are nil
 +
utilities.set_message ('err_bad_paramlink', last_alias); -- not known, emit an error message -- TODO: err_bad_interwiki?
 +
last = utilities.remove_wiki_link (last); -- remove wikilink markup; show display value only
 +
end
 +
end
 +
 +
if link then -- error check |linkn= alias for unknown interwiki link prefix
 +
local project, language = interwiki_prefixen_get (link, false); -- false because wiki links in |author-linkn= is an error
 +
if nil == project and nil == language then -- when both are nil
 +
utilities.set_message ('err_bad_paramlink', link_alias); -- not known, emit an error message -- TODO: err_bad_interwiki?
 +
link = nil; -- unset so we don't link
 +
link_alias = nil;
 +
end
 +
end
 +
 +
last, etal = name_has_etal (last, etal, false, last_alias); -- find and remove variations on et al.
 +
first, etal = name_has_etal (first, etal, false, first_alias); -- find and remove variations on et al.
 +
last, first = name_checks (last, first, list_name, last_alias, first_alias); -- multiple names, extraneous annotation, etc. checks
  
names_table = mw.text.split (lang, '%s*,%s*'); -- names should be a comma separated list
+
if first and not last then -- if there is a firstn without a matching lastn
 +
local alias = first_alias:find ('given', 1, true) and 'given' or 'first'; -- get first or given form of the alias
 +
utilities.set_message ('err_first_missing_last', {
 +
first_alias, -- param name of alias missing its mate
 +
first_alias:gsub (alias, {['first'] = 'last', ['given'] = 'surname'}), -- make param name appropriate to the alias form
 +
}); -- add this error message
 +
elseif not first and not last then -- if both firstn and lastn aren't found, are we done?
 +
count = count + 1; -- number of times we haven't found last and first
 +
if 2 <= count then -- two missing names and we give up
 +
break; -- normal exit or there is a two-name hole in the list; can't tell which
 +
end
 +
else -- we have last with or without a first
 +
local result;
 +
link = link_title_ok (link, link_alias, last, last_alias); -- check for improper wiki-markup
  
for _, lang in ipairs (names_table) do -- reuse lang
+
if first then
 +
link = link_title_ok (link, link_alias, first, first_alias); -- check for improper wiki-markup
 +
end
  
if lang:match ('^%a%a%-') then -- strip ietf language tags from code; TODO: is there a need to support 3-char with tag?
+
names[n] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate = false}; -- add this name to our names list (corporate for |vauthors= only)
lang = lang:match ('(%a%a)%-') -- keep only 639-1 code portion to lang; TODO: do something with 3166 alpha 2 country code?
+
n = n + 1; -- point to next location in the names table
end
+
if 1 == count then -- if the previous name was missing
+
utilities.set_message ('err_missing_name', {list_name:match ("(%w+)List"):lower(), i - 1}); -- add this error message
-- костыль для рувики: замена распространённых англоназваний на коды
+
end
local fromEnglishToCode = {
+
count = 0; -- reset the counter, we're looking for two consecutive missing names
['Arabic'] = 'ar',
 
['Azerbaijani'] = 'az',
 
['Belarusian'] = 'be',
 
['Bulgarian'] = 'bg',
 
['Czech'] = 'cs',
 
['Danish'] = 'da',
 
['German'] = 'de',
 
['Greek'] = 'el',
 
['Spanish'] = 'es',
 
['English'] = 'en',
 
['Finnish'] = 'fi',
 
['French'] = 'fr',
 
['Hebrew'] = 'he',
 
['Croatian'] = 'hr',
 
['Hungarian'] = 'hu',
 
['Armenian'] = 'hy',
 
['Indonesian'] = 'id',
 
['Italian'] = 'it',
 
['Japanese'] = 'ja',
 
['Korean'] = 'ko',
 
['Latin'] = 'la',
 
['Dutch'] = 'nl',
 
['Norwegian'] = 'no',
 
['Polish'] = 'pl',
 
['Portuguese'] = 'pt',
 
['Romanian'] = 'ro',
 
['Russian'] = 'ru',
 
['Slovenian'] = 'sl',
 
['Serbian'] = 'sr',
 
['Swedish'] = 'sv',
 
['Thai'] = 'th',
 
['Turkish'] = 'tr',
 
['Ukrainian'] = 'uk',
 
['Chinese'] = 'zh',
 
}
 
if fromEnglishToCode[lang] then
 
lang = fromEnglishToCode[lang]
 
end
 
 
if 2 == lang:len() or 3 == lang:len() then -- if two-or three-character code
 
-- для рувики: замена полного названия на сокращение вроде фр. или англ.
 
name = mw.getCurrentFrame():expandTemplate{
 
title='lg',
 
args={lang}
 
}
 
if name == '' then
 
name = nil
 
end
 
if not is_set (name) then
 
name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName( lang:lower(), this_wiki_code); -- get language name if |language= is a proper code
 
end
 
 
if not is_set (name) then
 
name = cfg.lang_code_remap[lang]; -- not supported by MediaWiki; is it in remap?
 
end
 
 
end
 
end
 +
i = i + 1; -- point to next args location
 +
end
 +
 +
return names, etal; -- all done, return our list of names and the etal flag
 +
end
 +
 +
 +
--[[--------------------------< N A M E _ T A G _ G E T >------------------------------------------------------
 +
 +
attempt to decode |language=<lang_param> and return language name and matching tag; nil else.
 +
 +
This function looks for:
 +
<lang_param> as a tag in cfg.lang_tag_remap{}
 +
<lang_param> as a name in cfg.lang_name_remap{}
 +
 +
<lang_param> as a name in cfg.mw_languages_by_name_t
 +
<lang_param> as a tag in cfg.mw_languages_by_tag_t
 +
when those fail, presume that <lang_param> is an IETF-like tag that MediaWiki does not recognize.  Strip all
 +
script, region, variant, whatever subtags from <lang_param> to leave just a two or three character language tag
 +
and look for the new <lang_param> in cfg.mw_languages_by_tag_t{}
 +
 +
on success, returns name (in properly capitalized form) and matching tag (in lowercase); on failure returns nil
 +
 +
]]
 +
 +
local function name_tag_get (lang_param)
 +
local lang_param_lc = mw.ustring.lower (lang_param); -- use lowercase as an index into the various tables
 +
local name;
 +
local tag;
 +
 +
name = cfg.lang_tag_remap[lang_param_lc]; -- assume <lang_param_lc> is a tag; attempt to get remapped language name
 +
if name then -- when <name>, <lang_param> is a tag for a remapped language name
 +
if cfg.lang_name_remap[name:lower()][2] ~= lang_param_lc then
 +
utilities.set_message ('maint_unknown_lang'); -- add maint category if not already added
 +
return name, cfg.lang_name_remap[name:lower()][2]; -- so return name and tag from lang_name_remap[name]; special case to xlate sr-ec and sr-el to sr-cyrl and sr-latn
 +
end
 +
return name, lang_param_lc; -- so return <name> from remap and <lang_param_lc>
 +
end
 +
 +
tag = lang_param_lc:match ('^(%a%a%a?)%-.*'); -- still assuming that <lang_param_lc> is a tag; strip script, region, variant subtags
 +
name = cfg.lang_tag_remap[tag]; -- attempt to get remapped language name with language subtag only
 +
if name then -- when <name>, <tag> is a tag for a remapped language name
 +
return name, tag; -- so return <name> from remap and <tag>
 +
end
 +
 +
if cfg.lang_name_remap[lang_param_lc] then -- not a remapped tag, assume <lang_param_lc> is a name; attempt to get remapped language tag
 +
return cfg.lang_name_remap[lang_param_lc][1], cfg.lang_name_remap[lang_param_lc][2]; -- for this <lang_param_lc>, return a (possibly) new name and appropriate tag
 +
end
 +
 +
name = cfg.mw_languages_by_tag_t[lang_param_lc]; -- assume that <lang_param_lc> is a tag; attempt to get its matching language name
 +
 +
if name then
 +
return name, lang_param_lc; -- <lang_param_lc> is a tag so return it and <name>
 +
end
 
 
if is_set (name) then -- if |language= specified a valid code
+
tag = cfg.mw_languages_by_name_t[lang_param_lc]; -- assume that <lang_param_lc> is a language name; attempt to get its matching tag
code = lang:lower(); -- save it
 
else
 
name, code = get_iso639_code (lang, this_wiki_code); -- attempt to get code from name (assign name here so that we are sure of proper capitalization)
 
end
 
 
 
if is_set (code) then -- only 2- or 3-character codes
+
if tag then
name = cfg.lang_code_remap[code] or name; -- override wikimedia when they misuse language codes/names
+
return cfg.mw_languages_by_tag_t[tag], tag; -- <lang_param_lc> is a name so return the name from the table and <tag>
 +
end
 +
 
 +
tag = lang_param_lc:match ('^(%a%a%a?)%-.*'); -- is <lang_param_lc> an IETF-like tag that MediaWiki doesn't recognize? <tag> gets the language subtag; nil else
  
if this_wiki_code ~= code then -- when the language is not the same as this wiki's language
+
if tag then
if 2 == code:len() then -- and is a two-character code
+
name = cfg.mw_languages_by_tag_t[tag]; -- attempt to get a language name using the shortened <tag>
add_prop_cat ('foreign_lang_source' .. code, {name, code}) -- categorize it
+
if name then
else -- or is a recognized language (but has a three-character code)
+
return name, tag; -- <lang_param_lc> is an unrecognized IETF-like tag so return <name> and language subtag
add_prop_cat ('foreign_lang_source_2' .. code, {code}) -- categorize it differently TODO: support mutliple three-character code categories per cs1|2 template
 
end
 
end
 
else
 
add_maint_cat ('unknown_lang'); -- add maint category if not already added
 
 
end
 
end
 
table.insert (language_list, name);
 
name = ''; -- so we can reuse it
 
 
end
 
end
 
code = #language_list -- reuse code as number of languages in the list
 
if 2 >= code then
 
name = table.concat (language_list, ' and ') -- insert '<space>and<space>' between two language names
 
elseif 2 < code then
 
language_list[code] = 'and ' .. language_list[code]; -- prepend last name with 'and<space>'
 
name = table.concat (language_list, ', ') -- and concatenate with '<comma><space>' separators
 
end
 
if this_wiki_name == name then
 
return ''; -- if one language and that language is this wiki's return an empty string (no annotation)
 
end
 
return (" " .. wrap_msg ('language', name)); -- otherwise wrap with '(in ...)'
 
--[[ TODO: should only return blank or name rather than full list
 
so we can clean up the bunched parenthetical elements Language, Type, Format
 
]]
 
 
end
 
end
  
  
--[[--------------------------< S E T _ C S 1 _ S T Y L E >----------------------------------------------------
+
--[[-------------------< L A N G U A G E _ P A R A M E T E R >------------------
 
 
Set style settings for CS1 citation templates. Returns separator and postscript settings
 
At en.wiki, for cs1:
 
ps gets: '.'
 
sep gets: '.'
 
 
 
]]
 
  
local function set_cs1_style (ps)
+
Gets language name from a provided two- or three-character ISO 639 code.  If a code
if not is_set (ps) then -- unless explicitely set to something
+
is recognized by MediaWiki, use the returned name; if not, then use the value that
ps = cfg.presentation['ps_cs1']; -- terminate the rendered citation
+
was provided with the language parameter.
end
 
return cfg.presentation['sep_cs1'], ps; -- element separator
 
end
 
  
 +
When |language= contains a recognized language (either code or name), the page is
 +
assigned to the category for that code: Category:Norwegian-language sources (no).
 +
For valid three-character code languages, the page is assigned to the single category
 +
for '639-2' codes: Category:CS1 ISO 639-2 language sources.
  
--[[--------------------------< S E T _ C S 2 _ S T Y L E >----------------------------------------------------
+
Languages that are the same as the local wiki are not categorized.  MediaWiki does
 +
not recognize three-character equivalents of two-character codes: code 'ar' is
 +
recognized but code 'ara' is not.
  
Set style settings for CS2 citation templates. Returns separator, postscript, ref settings
+
This function supports multiple languages in the form |language=nb, French, th
At en.wiki, for cs2:
+
where the language names or codes are separated from each other by commas with
ps gets: '' (empty string - no terminal punctuation)
+
optional space characters.
sep gets: ','
 
  
 
]]
 
]]
  
local function set_cs2_style (ps, ref)
+
local function language_parameter (lang)
if not is_set (ps) then -- if |postscript= has not been set, set cs2 default
+
local tag; -- some form of IETF-like language tag; language subtag with optional region, sript, vatiant, etc subtags
ps = cfg.presentation['ps_cs2']; -- terminate the rendered citation
+
local lang_subtag; -- ve populates |language= with mostly unecessary region subtags the MediaWiki does not recognize; this is the base language subtag
end
+
local name; -- the language name
if not is_set (ref) then -- if |ref= is not set
+
local language_list = {}; -- table of language names to be rendered
ref = "harv"; -- set default |ref=harv
+
local names_t = {}; -- table made from the value assigned to |language=
end
 
return cfg.presentation['sep_cs2'], ps, ref; -- element separator
 
end
 
  
 +
local this_wiki_name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName (cfg.this_wiki_code, cfg.this_wiki_code); -- get this wiki's language name
  
--[[--------------------------< G E T _ S E T T I N G S _ F R O M _ C I T E _ C L A S S >----------------------
+
names_t = mw.text.split (lang, '%s*,%s*'); -- names should be a comma separated list
  
When |mode= is not set or when its value is invalid, use config.CitationClass and parameter values to establish
+
for _, lang in ipairs (names_t) do -- reuse lang here because we don't yet know if lang is a language name or a language tag
rendered style.
+
 
+
local fromEnglishToCode = { -- костыль для РУВИКИ: замена распространённых англоназваний на коды, в следующей итерации использовать Module:Language.
]]
+
['Arabic'] = 'ar',
 
+
['Azerbaijani'] = 'az',
local function get_settings_from_cite_class (ps, ref, cite_class)
+
['Belarusian'] = 'be',
local sep;
+
['Bulgarian'] = 'bg',
if (cite_class == "citation") then -- for citation templates (CS2)
+
['Czech'] = 'cs',
sep, ps, ref = set_cs2_style (ps, ref);
+
['Danish'] = 'da',
else -- not a citation template so CS1
+
['German'] = 'de',
sep, ps = set_cs1_style (ps);
+
['Greek'] = 'el',
end
+
['Spanish'] = 'es',
 
+
['English'] = 'en',
return sep, ps, ref -- return them all
+
['Finnish'] = 'fi',
end
+
['French'] = 'fr',
 
+
['Hebrew'] = 'he',
 
+
['Croatian'] = 'hr',
--[[--------------------------< S E T _ S T Y L E >------------------------------------------------------------
+
['Hungarian'] = 'hu',
 
+
['Armenian'] = 'hy',
Establish basic style settings to be used when rendering the citation.  Uses |mode= if set and valid or uses
+
['Indonesian'] = 'id',
config.CitationClass from the template's #invoke: to establish style.
+
['Italian'] = 'it',
 
+
['Japanese'] = 'ja',
]]
+
['Korean'] = 'ko',
 
+
['Latin'] = 'la',
local function set_style (mode, ps, ref, cite_class)
+
['Dutch'] = 'nl',
local sep;
+
['Norwegian'] = 'no',
if 'cs2' == mode then -- if this template is to be rendered in CS2 (citation) style
+
['Polish'] = 'pl',
sep, ps, ref = set_cs2_style (ps, ref);
+
['Portuguese'] = 'pt',
elseif 'cs1' == mode then -- if this template is to be rendered in CS1 (cite xxx) style
+
['Romanian'] = 'ro',
sep, ps = set_cs1_style (ps);
+
['Russian'] = 'ru',
else -- anything but cs1 or cs2
+
['Slovenian'] = 'sl',
sep, ps, ref = get_settings_from_cite_class (ps, ref, cite_class); -- get settings based on the template's CitationClass
+
['Serbian'] = 'sr',
end
+
['Swedish'] = 'sv',
if 'none' == ps:lower() then -- if assigned value is 'none' then
+
['Thai'] = 'th',
ps = ''; -- set to empty string
+
['Turkish'] = 'tr',
end
+
['Ukrainian'] = 'uk',
+
['Chinese'] = 'zh',
return sep, ps, ref
+
}
end
+
if fromEnglishToCode[lang] then
 
+
lang = fromEnglishToCode[lang]
 
+
end
--[=[-------------------------< I S _ P D F >------------------------------------------------------------------
+
 
+
name, tag = name_tag_get (lang); -- attempt to get name/tag pair for <lang>; <name> has proper capitalization; <tag> is lowercase
Determines if a url has the file extension that is one of the pdf file extensions used by [[MediaWiki:Common.css]] when
 
applying the pdf icon to external links.
 
  
returns true if file extension is one of the recognized extensions, else false
+
if utilities.is_set (tag) then
 +
lang_subtag = tag:gsub ('^(%a%a%a?)%-.*', '%1'); -- for categorization, strip any IETF-like tags from language tag
  
]=]
+
if cfg.this_wiki_code ~= lang_subtag then -- when the language is not the same as this wiki's language
 
+
if 2 == lang_subtag:len() then -- and is a two-character tag
local function is_pdf (url)
+
utilities.add_prop_cat ('foreign-lang-source', {name, tag}, lang_subtag); -- categorize it; tag appended to allow for multiple language categorization
return url:match ('%.pdf$') or url:match ('%.PDF$') or url:match ('%.pdf[%?#]') or url:match ('%.PDF[%?#]');
+
else -- or is a recognized language (but has a three-character tag)
end
+
utilities.add_prop_cat ('foreign-lang-source-2', {lang_subtag}, lang_subtag); -- categorize it differently TODO: support multiple three-character tag categories per cs1|2 template?
 
+
end
 
+
elseif cfg.local_lang_cat_enable then -- when the language and this wiki's language are the same and categorization is enabled
--[[--------------------------< S T Y L E _ F O R M A T >------------------------------------------------------
+
utilities.add_prop_cat ('local-lang-source', {name, lang_subtag}); -- categorize it
 
+
end
Applies css style to |format=, |chapter-format=, etc. Also emits an error message if the format parameter does
+
else
not have a matching url parameter. If the format parameter is not set and the url contains a file extension that
+
name = lang; -- return whatever <lang> has so that we show something
is recognized as a pdf document by MediaWiki's commons.css, this code will set the format parameter to (PDF) with
+
utilities.set_message ('maint_unknown_lang'); -- add maint category if not already added
the appropriate styling.
+
end
 +
 +
table.insert (language_list, name);
 +
name = ''; -- so we can reuse it
 +
end
 +
 +
name = utilities.make_sep_list (#language_list, language_list);
 +
if (1 == #language_list) and (lang_subtag == cfg.this_wiki_code) then -- when only one language, find lang name in this wiki lang name; for |language=en-us, 'English' in 'American English'
 +
return ''; -- if one language and that language is this wiki's return an empty string (no annotation)
 +
end
 +
return (mw.getCurrentFrame():expandTemplate{ -- РУВИКИ: используем шаблон для отображения языка
 +
title= utilities.substitute (cfg.messages ['language'], tag)
 +
}); -- otherwise wrap with '(in ...)'
 +
--[[ TODO: should only return blank or name rather than full list
 +
so we can clean up the bunched parenthetical elements Language, Type, Format
 +
]]
 +
end
 +
 
 +
 
 +
--[[-----------------------< S E T _ C S _ S T Y L E >--------------------------
 +
 
 +
Gets the default CS style configuration for the given mode.
 +
Returns default separator and either postscript as passed in or the default.
 +
In CS1, the default postscript and separator are '.'.
 +
In CS2, the default postscript is the empty string and the default separator is ','.
  
 
]]
 
]]
  
local function style_format (format, url, fmt_param, url_param)
+
local function set_cs_style (postscript, mode)
if is_set (format) then
+
if utilities.is_set(postscript) then
format = wrap_style ('format', format); -- add leading space, parentheses, resize
+
-- emit a maintenance message if user postscript is the default cs1 postscript
if not is_set (url) then
+
-- we catch the opposite case for cs2 in set_style
format = format .. set_error( 'format_missing_url', {fmt_param, url_param} ); -- add an error message
+
if mode == 'cs1' and postscript == cfg.presentation['ps_' .. mode] then
 +
utilities.set_message ('maint_postscript');
 
end
 
end
elseif is_pdf (url) then -- format is not set so if url is a pdf file then
 
format = wrap_style ('format', 'PDF'); -- set format to pdf
 
 
else
 
else
format = ''; -- empty string for concatenation
+
postscript = cfg.presentation['ps_' .. mode];
 
end
 
end
return format;
+
return cfg.presentation['sep_' .. mode], postscript;
 
end
 
end
  
  
--[[--------------------------< G E T _ D I S P L A Y _ A U T H O R S _ E D I T O R S >------------------------
+
--[[--------------------------< S E T _ S T Y L E >-----------------------------
  
Returns a number that defines the number of names displayed for author and editor name lists and a boolean flag
+
Sets the separator and postscript styles. Checks the |mode= first and the
to indicate when et al. should be appended to the name list.
+
#invoke CitationClass second. Removes the postscript if postscript == none.
  
When the value assigned to |display-xxxxors= is a number greater than or equal to zero, return the number and
+
]]
the previous state of the 'etal' flag (false by default but may have been set to true if the name list contains
+
 
some variant of the text 'et al.').
+
local function set_style (mode, postscript, cite_class)
 +
local sep;
 +
if 'cs2' == mode then
 +
sep, postscript = set_cs_style (postscript, 'cs2');
 +
elseif 'cs1' == mode then
 +
sep, postscript = set_cs_style (postscript, 'cs1');
 +
elseif 'citation' == cite_class then
 +
sep, postscript = set_cs_style (postscript, 'cs2');
 +
else
 +
sep, postscript = set_cs_style (postscript, 'cs1');
 +
end
 +
 
 +
if cfg.keywords_xlate[postscript:lower()] == 'none' then
 +
-- emit a maintenance message if user postscript is the default cs2 postscript
 +
-- we catch the opposite case for cs1 in set_cs_style
 +
if 'cs2' == mode or ('cs1' ~= mode and 'citation' == cite_class) then -- {{citation |title=Title |mode=cs1 |postscript=none}} should not emit maint message
 +
utilities.set_message ('maint_postscript');
 +
end
 +
postscript = '';
 +
end
 +
 +
return sep, postscript
 +
end
  
When the value assigned to |display-xxxxors= is the keyword 'etal', return a number that is one greater than the
 
number of authors in the list and set the 'etal' flag true.  This will cause the list_people() to display all of
 
the names in the name list followed by 'et al.'
 
  
In all other cases, returns nil and the previous state of the 'etal' flag.
+
--[=[-------------------------< I S _ P D F >-----------------------------------
  
inputs:
+
Determines if a URL has the file extension that is one of the PDF file extensions
max: A['DisplayAuthors'] or A['DisplayEditors']; a number or some flavor of etal
+
used by [[MediaWiki:Common.css]] when applying the PDF icon to external links.
count: #a or #e
 
list_name: 'authors' or 'editors'
 
etal: author_etal or editor_etal
 
  
]]
+
returns true if file extension is one of the recognized extensions, else false
  
local function get_display_authors_editors (max, count, list_name, etal)
+
]=]
if is_set (max) then
+
 
if 'etal' == max:lower():gsub("[ '%.]", '') then -- the :gsub() portion makes 'etal' from a variety of 'et al.' spellings and stylings
+
local function is_pdf (url)
max = count + 1; -- number of authors + 1 so display all author name plus et al.
+
return url:match ('%.pdf$') or url:match ('%.PDF$') or
etal = true; -- overrides value set by extract_names()
+
url:match ('%.pdf[%?#]') or url:match ('%.PDF[%?#]') or
elseif max:match ('^%d+$') then -- if is a string of numbers
+
url:match ('%.PDF&#035') or url:match ('%.pdf&#035');
max = tonumber (max); -- make it a number
 
if max >= count then -- if |display-xxxxors= value greater than or equal to number of authors/editors
 
add_maint_cat ('disp_auth_ed', cfg.special_case_translation [list_name]);
 
end
 
else -- not a valid keyword or number
 
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'invalid_param_val', {'display-' .. list_name, max}, true ) } ); -- add error message
 
max = nil; -- unset; as if |display-xxxxors= had not been set
 
end
 
end
 
 
return max, etal;
 
 
end
 
end
  
  
--[[--------------------------< E X T R A _ T E X T _ I N _ P A G E _ C H E C K >------------------------------
+
--[[--------------------------< S T Y L E _ F O R M A T >-----------------------
  
Adds page to Category:CS1 maint: extra text if |page= or |pages= has what appears to be some form of p. or pp.  
+
Applies CSS style to |format=, |chapter-format=, etc. Also emits an error message
abbreviation in the first characters of the parameter content.
+
if the format parameter does not have a matching URL parameter. If the format parameter
 
+
is not set and the URL contains a file extension that is recognized as a PDF document
check Page and Pages for extraneous p, p., pp, and pp. at start of parameter value:
+
by MediaWiki's commons.css, this code will set the format parameter to (PDF) with
good pattern: '^P[^%.P%l]' matches when |page(s)= begins PX or P# but not Px where x and X are letters and # is a dgiit
+
the appropriate styling.
bad pattern: '^[Pp][Pp]' matches matches when |page(s)= begins pp or pP or Pp or PP
 
  
 
]]
 
]]
  
local function extra_text_in_page_check (page)
+
local function style_format (format, url, fmt_param, url_param)
local good_pattern = '^P[^%.Pp]'; -- ok to begin with uppercase P: P7 (pg 7 of section P) but not p123 (page 123) TODO: add Gg for PG or Pg?
+
if utilities.is_set (format) then
local bad_pattern = '^[Pp]?[Pp]%.?[ %d]';
+
format = utilities.wrap_style ('format', format); -- add leading space, parentheses, resize
 
+
if not utilities.is_set (url) then
if not page:match (good_pattern) and (page:match (bad_pattern) or  page:match ('^[Pp]ages?')) then
+
utilities.set_message ('err_format_missing_url', {fmt_param, url_param}); -- add an error message
add_maint_cat ('extra_text');
+
end
 +
elseif is_pdf (url) then -- format is not set so if URL is a PDF file then
 +
format = utilities.wrap_style ('format', 'PDF'); -- set format to PDF
 +
else
 +
format = ''; -- empty string for concatenation
 
end
 
end
 +
return format;
 
end
 
end
  
  
--[=[-------------------------< G E T _ V _ N A M E _ T A B L E >----------------------------------------------
+
--[[---------------------< G E T _ D I S P L A Y _ N A M E S >------------------
 +
 
 +
Returns a number that defines the number of names displayed for author and editor
 +
name lists and a Boolean flag to indicate when et al. should be appended to the name list.
  
split apart a |vauthors= or |veditors= parameter.  This function allows for corporate names, wrapped in doubled
+
When the value assigned to |display-xxxxors= is a number greater than or equal to zero,
parentheses to also have commas; in the old version of the code, the doubled parnetheses were included in the
+
return the number and the previous state of the 'etal' flag (false by default
rendered citation and in the metadata. Individual author names may be wikilinked
+
but may have been set to true if the name list contains some variant of the text 'et al.').
  
|vauthors=Jones AB, [[E. B. White|White EB]], ((Black, Brown, and Co.))
+
When the value assigned to |display-xxxxors= is the keyword 'etal', return a number
 +
that is one greater than the number of authors in the list and set the 'etal' flag true.
 +
This will cause the list_people() to display all of the names in the name list followed by 'et al.'
  
]=]
+
In all other cases, returns nil and the previous state of the 'etal' flag.
  
local function get_v_name_table (vparam, output_table, output_link_table)
+
inputs:
local name_table = mw.text.split(vparam, "%s*,%s*"); -- names are separated by commas
+
max: A['DisplayAuthors'] or A['DisplayEditors'], etc; a number or some flavor of etal
local wl_type, label, link; -- wl_type not used here; just a place holder
+
count: #a or #e
+
list_name: 'authors' or 'editors'
local i = 1;
+
etal: author_etal or editor_etal
 
while name_table[i] do
 
if name_table[i]:match ('^%(%(.*[^%)][^%)]$') then -- first segment of corporate with one or more commas; this segment has the opening doubled parens
 
local name = name_table[i];
 
i=i+1; -- bump indexer to next segment
 
while name_table[i] do
 
name = name .. ', ' .. name_table[i]; -- concatenate with previous segments
 
if name_table[i]:match ('^.*%)%)$') then -- if this table member has the closing doubled parens
 
break; -- and done reassembling so
 
end
 
i=i+1; -- bump indexer
 
end
 
table.insert (output_table, name); -- and add corporate name to the output table
 
table.insert (output_link_table, ''); -- no wikilink
 
else
 
wl_type, label, link = is_wikilink (name_table[i]); -- wl_type is: 0, no wl (text in label variable); 1, [[D]]; 2, [[L|D]]
 
table.insert (output_table, label); -- add this name
 
if 1 == wl_type then
 
table.insert (output_link_table, label); -- simple wikilink [[D]]
 
else
 
table.insert (output_link_table, link); -- no wikilink or [[L|D]]; add this link if there is one, else empty string
 
end
 
end
 
i = i+1;
 
end
 
return output_table;
 
end
 
  
 +
This function sets an error message when |display-xxxxors= value greater than or equal to number of names but
 +
not when <max> comes from {{cs1 config}} global settings.  When using global settings, <param> is set to the
 +
keyword 'cs1 config' which is used to supress the normal error.  Error is suppressed because it is to be expected
 +
that some citations in an article will have the same or fewer names that the limit specified in {{cs1 config}}.
  
--[[--------------------------< P A R S E _ V A U T H O R S _ V E D I T O R S >--------------------------------
+
]]
  
This function extracts author / editor names from |vauthors= or |veditors= and finds matching |xxxxor-maskn= and
+
local function get_display_names (max, count, list_name, etal, param)
|xxxxor-linkn= in args.  It then returns a table of assembled names just as extract_names() does.
+
if utilities.is_set (max) then
 
+
if 'etal' == max:lower():gsub("[ '%.]", '') then -- the :gsub() portion makes 'etal' from a variety of 'et al.' spellings and stylings
Author / editor names in |vauthors= or |veditors= must be in Vancouver system style. Corporate or institutional names
+
max = count + 1; -- number of authors + 1 so display all author name plus et al.
may sometimes be required and because such names will often fail the is_good_vanc_name() and other format compliance
+
etal = true; -- overrides value set by extract_names()
tests, are wrapped in doubled paranethese ((corporate name)) to suppress the format tests.
+
elseif max:match ('^%d+$') then -- if is a string of numbers
 +
max = tonumber (max); -- make it a number
 +
if (max >= count) and ('cs1 config' ~= param) then -- error when local |display-xxxxors= value greater than or equal to number of names; not an error when using global setting
 +
utilities.set_message ('err_disp_name', {param, max}); -- add error message
 +
max = nil;
 +
end
 +
else -- not a valid keyword or number
 +
utilities.set_message ('err_disp_name', {param, max}); -- add error message
 +
max = nil; -- unset; as if |display-xxxxors= had not been set
 +
end
 +
end
 +
 +
return max, etal;
 +
end
 +
 
 +
 
 +
--[[----------< E X T R A _ T E X T _ I N _ P A G E _ C H E C K >---------------
  
Supports generational suffixes Jr, 2nd, 3rd, 4th–6th.
+
Adds error if |page=, |pages=, |quote-page=, |quote-pages= has what appears to be
 +
some form of p. or pp. abbreviation in the first characters of the parameter content.
  
This function sets the vancouver error when a reqired comma is missing and when there is a space between an author's initials.
+
check page for extraneous p, p., pp, pp., pg, pg. at start of parameter value:
 +
good pattern: '^P[^%.P%l]' matches when page begins PX or P# but not Px
 +
      where x and X are letters and # is a digit
 +
bad pattern:  '^[Pp][PpGg]' matches when page begins pp, pP, Pp, PP, pg, pG, Pg, PG
  
 
]]
 
]]
  
local function parse_vauthors_veditors (args, vparam, list_name)
+
local function extra_text_in_page_check (val, name)
local names = {}; -- table of names assembled from |vauthors=, |author-maskn=, |author-linkn=
+
if not val:match (cfg.vol_iss_pg_patterns.good_ppattern) then
local v_name_table = {};
+
for _, pattern in ipairs (cfg.vol_iss_pg_patterns.bad_ppatterns) do -- spin through the selected sequence table of patterns
local v_link_table = {}; -- when name is wikilinked, targets go in this table
+
if val:match (pattern) then -- when a match, error so
local etal = false; -- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. vauthors parameter
+
utilities.set_message ('err_extra_text_pages', name); -- add error message
local last, first, link, mask, suffix;
+
return; -- and done
local corporate = false;
+
end
 +
end
 +
end
 +
end
 +
 
  
vparam, etal = name_has_etal (vparam, etal, true); -- find and remove variations on et al. do not categorize (do it here because et al. might have a period)
+
--[[--------------------------< E X T R A _ T E X T _ I N _ V O L _ I S S _ C H E C K >------------------------
v_name_table = get_v_name_table (vparam, v_name_table, v_link_table); -- names are separated by commas
 
  
for i, v_name in ipairs(v_name_table) do
+
Adds error if |volume= or |issue= has what appears to be some form of redundant 'type' indicator. Applies to
if v_name:match ('^%(%(.+%)%)$') then -- corporate authors are wrapped in doubled parentheses to supress vanc formatting and error detection
+
both; this function looks for issue text in both |issue= and |volume= and looks for volume-like text in |voluem=
first = ''; -- set to empty string for concatenation and because it may have been set for previous author/editor
+
and |issue=.
last = v_name:match ('^%(%((.+)%)%)$') -- remove doubled parntheses
+
 
corporate = true; -- flag used in list_people()
+
For |volume=:
elseif string.find(v_name, "%s") then
+
'V.', or 'Vol.' (with or without the dot) abbreviations or 'Volume' in the first characters of the parameter
if v_name:find('[;%.]') then -- look for commonly occurring punctuation characters;
+
content (all case insensitive). 'V' and 'v' (without the dot) are presumed to be roman numerals so
add_vanc_error ('punctuation');
+
are allowed.
end
 
local lastfirstTable = {}
 
lastfirstTable = mw.text.split(v_name, "%s")
 
first = table.remove(lastfirstTable); -- removes and returns value of last element in table which should be author intials
 
if is_suffix (first) then -- if a valid suffix
 
suffix = first -- save it as a suffix and
 
first = table.remove(lastfirstTable); -- get what should be the initials from the table
 
end -- no suffix error message here because letter combination may be result of Romanization; check for digits?
 
last = table.concat(lastfirstTable, " ") -- returns a string that is the concatenation of all other names that are not initials
 
if mw.ustring.match (last, '%a+%s+%u+%s+%a+') then
 
add_vanc_error ('missing comma'); -- matches last II last; the case when a comma is missing
 
end
 
if mw.ustring.match (v_name, ' %u %u$') then -- this test is in the wrong place TODO: move or replace with a more appropriate test
 
add_vanc_error ('name'); -- matches a space between two intiials
 
end
 
else
 
first = ''; -- set to empty string for concatenation and because it may have been set for previous author/editor
 
last = v_name; -- last name or single corporate name?  Doesn't support multiword corporate names? do we need this?
 
end
 
 
if is_set (first) then
 
if not mw.ustring.match (first, "^%u?%u$") then -- first shall contain one or two upper-case letters, nothing else
 
add_vanc_error ('initials'); -- too many initials; mixed case initials (which may be ok Romanization); hyphenated initials
 
end
 
is_good_vanc_name (last, first); -- check first and last before restoring the suffix which may have a non-Latin digit
 
if is_set (suffix) then
 
first = first .. ' ' .. suffix; -- if there was a suffix concatenate with the initials
 
suffix = ''; -- unset so we don't add this suffix to all subsequent names
 
end
 
else
 
if not corporate then
 
is_good_vanc_name (last, '');
 
end
 
end
 
  
link = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'redundant_parameters', i ) or v_link_table[i];
+
For |issue=:
mask = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'redundant_parameters', i );
+
'No.', 'I.', 'Iss.' (with or without the dot) abbreviations, or 'Issue' in the first characters of the
names[i] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate=corporate}; -- add this assembled name to our names list
+
parameter content (all case insensitive); numero styling: 'n°' with degree sign U+00B0, and № precomposed
end
+
numero sign U+2116.
return names, etal; -- all done, return our list of names
+
end
+
Single character values ('v', 'i', 'n') allowed when not followed by separator character ('.', ':', '=', or
 +
whitespace character) – param values are trimmed of whitespace by MediaWiki before delivered to the module.
 +
 +
<val> is |volume= or |issue= parameter value
 +
<name> is |volume= or |issue= parameter name for error message
 +
<selector> is 'v' for |volume=, 'i' for |issue=
  
 +
sets error message on failure; returns nothing
  
--[[--------------------------< S E L E C T _ A U T H O R _ E D I T O R _ S O U R C E >------------------------
+
]]
  
Select one of |authors=, |authorn= / |lastn / firstn=, or |vauthors= as the source of the author name list or
+
local function extra_text_in_vol_iss_check (val, name, selector)
select one of |editors=, |editorn= / editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn= or |veditors= as the source of the editor name list.
+
if not utilities.is_set (val) then
 +
return;
 +
end
 +
 +
local handler = 'v' == selector and 'err_extra_text_volume' or 'err_extra_text_issue';
 +
val = val:lower(); -- force parameter value to lower case
 +
for _, pattern in ipairs (cfg.vol_iss_pg_patterns.vi_patterns_t) do -- spin through the sequence table of patterns
 +
if val:match (pattern) then -- when a match, error so
 +
utilities.set_message (handler, name); -- add error message
 +
return; -- and done
 +
end
 +
end
 +
end
  
Only one of these appropriate three will be used.  The hierarchy is: |authorn= (and aliases) highest and |authors= lowest and
 
similarly, |editorn= (and aliases) highest and |editors= lowest
 
  
When looking for |authorn= / |editorn= parameters, test |xxxxor1= and |xxxxor2= (and all of their aliases); stops after the second
+
--[=[-------------------------< G E T _ V _ N A M E _ T A B L E >----------------------------------------------
test which mimicks the test used in extract_names() when looking for a hole in the author name list.  There may be a better
 
way to do this, I just haven't discovered what that way is.
 
  
Emits an error message when more than one xxxxor name source is provided.
+
split apart a |vauthors= or |veditors= parameter. This function allows for corporate names, wrapped in doubled
 +
parentheses to also have commas; in the old version of the code, the doubled parentheses were included in the
 +
rendered citation and in the metadata.  Individual author names may be wikilinked
  
In this function, vxxxxors = vauthors or veditors; xxxxors = authors or editors as appropriate.
+
|vauthors=Jones AB, [[E. B. White|White EB]], ((Black, Brown, and Co.))
  
]]
+
]=]
  
local function select_author_editor_source (vxxxxors, xxxxors, args, list_name)
+
local function get_v_name_table (vparam, output_table, output_link_table)
local lastfirst = false;
+
local name_table = mw.text.split(vparam, "%s*,%s*"); -- names are separated by commas
if select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'none', 1 ) or -- do this twice incase we have a |first1= without a |last1=; this ...
+
local wl_type, label, link; -- wl_type not used here; just a placeholder
select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'none', 1 ) or -- ... also catches the case where |first= is used with |vauthors=
+
select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'none', 2 ) or
+
local i = 1;
select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'none', 2 ) then
+
lastfirst=true;
+
while name_table[i] do
end
+
if name_table[i]:match ('^%(%(.*[^%)][^%)]$') then -- first segment of corporate with one or more commas; this segment has the opening doubled parentheses
 
+
local name = name_table[i];
if (is_set (vxxxxors) and true == lastfirst) or -- these are the three error conditions
+
i = i + 1; -- bump indexer to next segment
(is_set (vxxxxors) and is_set (xxxxors)) or
+
while name_table[i] do
(true == lastfirst and is_set (xxxxors)) then
+
name = name .. ', ' .. name_table[i]; -- concatenate with previous segments
local err_name;
+
if name_table[i]:match ('^.*%)%)$') then -- if this table member has the closing doubled parentheses
if 'AuthorList' == list_name then -- figure out which name should be used in error message
+
break; -- and done reassembling so
err_name = 'author';
+
end
else
+
i = i + 1; -- bump indexer
err_name = 'editor';
 
 
end
 
end
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters',
+
table.insert (output_table, name); -- and add corporate name to the output table
{err_name .. '-name-list parameters'}, true ) } ); -- add error message
+
table.insert (output_link_table, ''); -- no wikilink
end
+
else
 
+
wl_type, label, link = utilities.is_wikilink (name_table[i]); -- wl_type is: 0, no wl (text in label variable); 1, [[D]]; 2, [[L|D]]
if true == lastfirst then return 1 end; -- return a number indicating which author name source to use
+
table.insert (output_table, label); -- add this name
if is_set (vxxxxors) then return 2 end;
+
if 1 == wl_type then
if is_set (xxxxors) then return 3 end;
+
table.insert (output_link_table, label); -- simple wikilink [[D]]
return 1; -- no authors so return 1; this allows missing author name test to run in case there is a first without last
+
else
 +
table.insert (output_link_table, link); -- no wikilink or [[L|D]]; add this link if there is one, else empty string
 +
end
 +
end
 +
i = i + 1;
 +
end
 +
return output_table;
 
end
 
end
  
  
--[[--------------------------< I S _ V A L I D _ P A R A M E T E R _ V A L U E >------------------------------
+
--[[--------------------------< P A R S E _ V A U T H O R S _ V E D I T O R S >--------------------------------
  
This function is used to validate a parameter's assigned value for those parameters that have only a limited number
+
This function extracts author / editor names from |vauthors= or |veditors= and finds matching |xxxxor-maskn= and
of allowable values (yes, y, true, no, etc)When the parameter value has not been assigned a value (missing or empty
+
|xxxxor-linkn= in argsIt then returns a table of assembled names just as extract_names() does.
in the source template) the function returns true.  If the parameter value is one of the list of allowed values returns
 
true; else, emits an error message and returns false.
 
  
]]
+
Author / editor names in |vauthors= or |veditors= must be in Vancouver system style. Corporate or institutional names
 +
may sometimes be required and because such names will often fail the is_good_vanc_name() and other format compliance
 +
tests, are wrapped in doubled parentheses ((corporate name)) to suppress the format tests.
  
local function is_valid_parameter_value (value, name, possible)
+
Supports generational suffixes Jr, 2nd, 3rd, 4th–6th.
if not is_set (value) then
 
return true; -- an empty parameter is ok
 
elseif in_array(value:lower(), possible) then
 
return true;
 
else
 
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'invalid_param_val', {name, value}, true ) } ); -- not an allowed value so add error message
 
return false
 
end
 
end
 
 
 
 
 
--[[--------------------------< T E R M I N A T E _ N A M E _ L I S T >----------------------------------------
 
  
This function terminates a name list (author, contributor, editor) with a separator character (sepc) and a space
+
This function sets the Vancouver error when a required comma is missing and when there is a space between an author's initials.
when the last character is not a sepc character or when the last three characters are not sepc followed by two
 
closing square brackets (close of a wikilink).  When either of these is true, the name_list is terminated with a
 
single space character.
 
  
 
]]
 
]]
  
local function terminate_name_list (name_list, sepc)
+
local function parse_vauthors_veditors (args, vparam, list_name)
if (string.sub (name_list,-3,-1) == sepc .. '. ') then -- if already properly terminated
+
local names = {}; -- table of names assembled from |vauthors=, |author-maskn=, |author-linkn=
return name_list; -- just return the name list
+
local v_name_table = {};
elseif (string.sub (name_list,-1,-1) == sepc) or (string.sub (name_list,-3,-1) == sepc .. ']]') then -- if last name in list ends with sepc char
+
local v_link_table = {}; -- when name is wikilinked, targets go in this table
return name_list .. " "; -- don't add another
+
local etal = false; -- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. vauthors parameter
else
+
local last, first, link, mask, suffix;
return name_list .. sepc .. ' '; -- otherwise terninate the name list
+
local corporate = false;
end
 
end
 
  
 +
vparam, etal = name_has_etal (vparam, etal, true); -- find and remove variations on et al. do not categorize (do it here because et al. might have a period)
 +
v_name_table = get_v_name_table (vparam, v_name_table, v_link_table); -- names are separated by commas
  
--[[-------------------------< F O R M A T _ V O L U M E _ I S S U E >----------------------------------------
+
for i, v_name in ipairs(v_name_table) do
 +
first = ''; -- set to empty string for concatenation and because it may have been set for previous author/editor
 +
local accept_name;
 +
v_name, accept_name = utilities.has_accept_as_written (v_name); -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of <v_name>
  
returns the concatenation of the formatted volume and issue parameters as a single string; or formatted volume
+
if accept_name then
or formatted issue, or an empty string if neither are set.
+
last = v_name;
 +
corporate = true; -- flag used in list_people()
 +
elseif string.find(v_name, "%s") then
 +
if v_name:find('[;%.]') then -- look for commonly occurring punctuation characters;
 +
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.punctuation, i);
 +
end
 +
local lastfirstTable = {}
 +
lastfirstTable = mw.text.split(v_name, "%s+")
 +
first = table.remove(lastfirstTable); -- removes and returns value of last element in table which should be initials or generational suffix
  
]]
+
if not mw.ustring.match (first, '^%u+$') then -- mw.ustring here so that later we will catch non-Latin characters
+
suffix = first; -- not initials so assume that whatever we got is a generational suffix
local function format_volume_issue (volume, issue, cite_class, origin, sepc, lower)
+
first = table.remove(lastfirstTable); -- get what should be the initials from the table
if not is_set (volume) and not is_set (issue) then
+
end
return '';
+
last = table.concat(lastfirstTable, ' ') -- returns a string that is the concatenation of all other names that are not initials and generational suffix
end
+
if not utilities.is_set (last) then
+
first = ''; -- unset
if 'magazine' == cite_class or (in_array (cite_class, {'citation', 'map'}) and 'magazine' == origin) then
+
last = v_name; -- last empty because something wrong with first
if is_set (volume) and is_set (issue) then
+
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.name, i);
return wrap_msg ('vol-no', {sepc, volume, issue}, lower);
+
end
elseif is_set (volume) then
+
if mw.ustring.match (last, '%a+%s+%u+%s+%a+') then
return wrap_msg ('vol', {sepc, volume}, lower);
+
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl['missing comma'], i); -- matches last II last; the case when a comma is missing
 +
end
 +
if mw.ustring.match (v_name, ' %u %u$') then -- this test is in the wrong place TODO: move or replace with a more appropriate test
 +
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.initials, i); -- matches a space between two initials
 +
end
 
else
 
else
return wrap_msg ('issue', {sepc, issue}, lower);
+
last = v_name; -- last name or single corporate name?  Doesn't support multiword corporate names? do we need this?
 
end
 
end
end
 
 
local vol = '';
 
 
 
if is_set (volume) then
+
if utilities.is_set (first) then
if (4 < mw.ustring.len(volume)) then
+
if not mw.ustring.match (first, "^%u?%u$") then -- first shall contain one or two upper-case letters, nothing else
vol = substitute (cfg.messages['j-vol'], {sepc, volume});
+
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.initials, i); -- too many initials; mixed case initials (which may be ok Romanization); hyphenated initials
 +
end
 +
is_good_vanc_name (last, first, suffix, i); -- check first and last before restoring the suffix which may have a non-Latin digit
 +
if utilities.is_set (suffix) then
 +
first = first .. ' ' .. suffix; -- if there was a suffix concatenate with the initials
 +
suffix = ''; -- unset so we don't add this suffix to all subsequent names
 +
end
 
else
 
else
vol = substitute (cfg.presentation['vol-bold'], {sepc, hyphen_to_dash(volume)});
+
if not corporate then
 +
is_good_vanc_name (last, '', nil, i);
 +
end
 
end
 
end
 +
 +
link = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i ) or v_link_table[i];
 +
mask = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i );
 +
names[i] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate = corporate}; -- add this assembled name to our names list
 
end
 
end
if is_set (issue) then
+
return names, etal; -- all done, return our list of names
return vol .. substitute (cfg.messages['j-issue'], issue);
 
end
 
return vol;
 
 
end
 
end
  
  
--[[-------------------------< F O R M A T _ P A G E S _ S H E E T S >-----------------------------------------
+
--[[--------------------------< S E L E C T _ A U T H O R _ E D I T O R _ S O U R C E >------------------------
 +
 
 +
Select one of |authors=, |authorn= / |lastn / firstn=, or |vauthors= as the source of the author name list or
 +
select one of |editorn= / editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn= or |veditors= as the source of the editor name list.
 +
 
 +
Only one of these appropriate three will be used.  The hierarchy is: |authorn= (and aliases) highest and |authors= lowest;
 +
|editorn= (and aliases) highest and |veditors= lowest (support for |editors= withdrawn)
 +
 
 +
When looking for |authorn= / |editorn= parameters, test |xxxxor1= and |xxxxor2= (and all of their aliases); stops after the second
 +
test which mimicks the test used in extract_names() when looking for a hole in the author name list.  There may be a better
 +
way to do this, I just haven't discovered what that way is.
  
adds static text to one of |page(s)= or |sheet(s)= values and returns it with all of the others set to empty strings.
+
Emits an error message when more than one xxxxor name source is provided.
The return order is:
 
page, pages, sheet, sheets
 
  
Singular has priority over plural when both are provided.
+
In this function, vxxxxors = vauthors or veditors; xxxxors = authors as appropriate.
  
 
]]
 
]]
  
local function format_pages_sheets (page, pages, sheet, sheets, cite_class, origin, sepc, nopp, lower)
+
local function select_author_editor_source (vxxxxors, xxxxors, args, list_name)
if 'map' == cite_class then -- only cite map supports sheet(s) as in-source locators
+
local lastfirst = false;
if is_set (sheet) then
+
if utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'none', 1 ) or -- do this twice in case we have a |first1= without a |last1=; this ...
if 'journal' == origin then
+
utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'none', 1 ) or -- ... also catches the case where |first= is used with |vauthors=
return '', '', wrap_msg ('j-sheet', sheet, lower), '';
+
utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'none', 2 ) or
 +
utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'none', 2 ) then
 +
lastfirst = true;
 +
end
 +
 
 +
if (utilities.is_set (vxxxxors) and true == lastfirst) or -- these are the three error conditions
 +
(utilities.is_set (vxxxxors) and utilities.is_set (xxxxors)) or
 +
(true == lastfirst and utilities.is_set (xxxxors)) then
 +
local err_name;
 +
if 'AuthorList' == list_name then -- figure out which name should be used in error message
 +
err_name = 'author';
 
else
 
else
return '', '', wrap_msg ('sheet', {sepc, sheet}, lower), '';
+
err_name = 'editor';
 
end
 
end
elseif is_set (sheets) then
+
utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', err_name .. '-name-list parameters'); -- add error message
if 'journal' == origin then
 
return '', '', '', wrap_msg ('j-sheets', sheets, lower);
 
else
 
return '', '', '', wrap_msg ('sheets', {sepc, sheets}, lower);
 
end
 
end
 
 
end
 
end
  
local is_journal = 'journal' == cite_class or (in_array (cite_class, {'citation', 'map', 'interview'}) and 'journal' == origin);
+
if true == lastfirst then return 1 end; -- return a number indicating which author name source to use
+
if utilities.is_set (vxxxxors) then return 2 end;
if is_set (page) then
+
if utilities.is_set (xxxxors) then return 3 end;
if is_journal then
+
return 1; -- no authors so return 1; this allows missing author name test to run in case there is a first without last
return substitute (cfg.messages['j-page(s)'], page), '', '', '';
 
elseif not nopp then
 
return substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, page}), '', '', '';
 
else
 
return substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, page}), '', '', '';
 
end
 
elseif is_set(pages) then
 
if is_journal then
 
return substitute (cfg.messages['j-page(s)'], pages), '', '', '';
 
elseif tonumber(pages) ~= nil and not nopp then -- if pages is only digits, assume a single page number
 
return '', substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, pages}), '', '';
 
elseif not nopp then
 
return '', substitute (cfg.messages['pp-prefix'], {sepc, pages}), '', '';
 
else
 
return '', substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, pages}), '', '';
 
end
 
end
 
 
return '', '', '', ''; -- return empty strings
 
 
end
 
end
  
  
--[=[-------------------------< A R C H I V E _ U R L _ C H E C K >--------------------------------------------
+
--[[--------------------------< I S _ V A L I D _ P A R A M E T E R _ V A L U E >------------------------------
  
Check archive.org urls to make sure they at least look like they are pointing at valid archives and not to the
+
This function is used to validate a parameter's assigned value for those parameters that have only a limited number
save snapshot url or to calendar pages.  When the archive url is 'https://web.archive.org/save/' (or http://...)
+
of allowable values (yes, y, true, live, dead, etc.).  When the parameter value has not been assigned a value (missing
archive.org saves a snapshot of the target page in the urlThat is something that Wikipedia should not allow
+
or empty in the source template) the function returns the value specified by ret_valIf the parameter value is one
unwitting readers to do.
+
of the list of allowed values returns the translated value; else, emits an error message and returns the value
 +
specified by ret_val.
  
When the archive.org url does not have a complete timestamp, archive.org chooses a snapshot according to its own
+
TODO: explain <invert>
algorithm or provides a calendar 'search' result.  [[WP:ELNO]] discourages links to search results.
 
  
This function looks at the value assigned to |archive-url= and returns empty strings for |archive-url= and
+
]]
|archive-date= and an error message when:
 
|archive-url= holds an archive.org save command url
 
|archive-url= is an archive.org url that does not have a complete timestamp (YYYYMMDDhhmmss 14 digits) in the
 
correct place
 
otherwise returns |archive-url= and |archive-date=
 
  
There are two mostly compatible archive.org urls:
+
local function is_valid_parameter_value (value, name, possible, ret_val, invert)
//web.archive.org/<timestamp>... -- the old form
+
if not utilities.is_set (value) then
//web.archive.org/web/<timestamp>... -- the new form
+
return ret_val; -- an empty parameter is ok
 
 
The old form does not support or map to the new form when it contains a display flag.  There are four identified flags
 
('id_', 'js_', 'cs_', 'im_') but since archive.org ignores others following the same form (two letters and an underscore)
 
we don't check for these specific flags but we do check the form.
 
 
 
This function supports a preview mode.  When the article is rendered in preview mode, this funct may return a modified
 
archive url:
 
for save command errors, return undated wildcard (/*/)
 
for timestamp errors when the timestamp has a wildcard, return the url unmodified
 
for timestamp errors when the timestamp does not have a wildcard, return with timestamp limited to six digits plus wildcard (/yyyymm*/)
 
 
 
]=]
 
 
 
local function archive_url_check (url, date)
 
local err_msg = ''; -- start with the error message empty
 
local path, timestamp, flag; -- portions of the archive.or url
 
 
if (not url:match('//web%.archive%.org/')) and (not url:match('//liveweb%.archive%.org/')) then -- also deprecated liveweb Wayback machine url
 
return url, date; -- not an archive.org archive, return ArchiveURL and ArchiveDate
 
 
end
 
end
  
if url:match('//web%.archive%.org/save/') then -- if a save command url, we don't want to allow saving of the target page
+
if (not invert and utilities.in_array (value, possible)) then -- normal; <value> is in <possible> table
err_msg = 'save command';
+
return cfg.keywords_xlate[value]; -- return translation of parameter keyword
url = url:gsub ('(//web%.archive%.org)/save/', '%1/*/', 1); -- for preview mode: modify ArchiveURL
+
elseif invert and not utilities.in_array (value, possible) then -- invert; <value> is not in <possible> table
elseif url:match('//liveweb%.archive%.org/') then
+
return value; -- return <value> as it is
err_msg = 'liveweb';
 
else
 
path, timestamp, flag = url:match('//web%.archive%.org/([^%d]*)(%d+)([^/]*)/'); -- split out some of the url parts for evaluation
 
 
if not is_set(timestamp) or 14 ~= timestamp:len() then -- path and flag optional, must have 14-digit timestamp here
 
err_msg = 'timestamp';
 
if '*' ~= flag then
 
url=url:gsub ('(//web%.archive%.org/[^%d]*%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?)[^/]*', '%1*', 1) -- for preview, modify ts to be yearmo* max (0-6 digits plus splat)
 
end
 
elseif is_set(path) and 'web/' ~= path then -- older archive urls do not have the extra 'web/' path element
 
err_msg = 'path';
 
elseif is_set (flag) and not is_set (path) then -- flag not allowed with the old form url (without the 'web/' path element)
 
err_msg = 'flag';
 
elseif is_set (flag) and not flag:match ('%a%a_') then -- flag if present must be two alpha characters and underscore (requires 'web/' path element)
 
err_msg = 'flag';
 
else
 
return url, date; -- return archiveURL and ArchiveDate
 
end
 
end
 
-- if here, something not right so
 
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'archive_url', {err_msg}, true ) } ); -- add error message and
 
if is_set (Frame:preprocess('{{REVISIONID}}')) then
 
return '', ''; -- return empty strings for archiveURL and ArchiveDate
 
 
else
 
else
return url, date; -- preview mode so return archiveURL and ArchiveDate
+
utilities.set_message ('err_invalid_param_val', {name, value}); -- not an allowed value so add error message
 +
return ret_val;
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
  
  
--[[--------------------------< C I T A T I O N 0 >------------------------------------------------------------
+
--[[--------------------------< T E R M I N A T E _ N A M E _ L I S T >----------------------------------------
  
This is the main function doing the majority of the citation formatting.
+
This function terminates a name list (author, contributor, editor) with a separator character (sepc) and a space
 +
when the last character is not a sepc character or when the last three characters are not sepc followed by two
 +
closing square brackets (close of a wikilink).  When either of these is true, the name_list is terminated with a
 +
single space character.
  
 
]]
 
]]
  
local function citation0( config, args)
+
local function terminate_name_list (name_list, sepc)
--[[  
+
if (string.sub (name_list, -3, -1) == sepc .. '. ') then -- if already properly terminated
Load Input Parameters
+
return name_list; -- just return the name list
The argument_wrapper facilitates the mapping of multiple aliases to single internal variable.
+
elseif (string.sub (name_list, -1, -1) == sepc) or (string.sub (name_list, -3, -1) == sepc .. ']]') then -- if last name in list ends with sepc char
]]
+
return name_list .. " "; -- don't add another
local A = argument_wrapper( args );
+
else
local i
+
return name_list .. sepc .. ' '; -- otherwise terminate the name list
 +
end
 +
end
 +
 
 +
 
 +
--[[-------------------------< F O R M A T _ V O L U M E _ I S S U E >-----------------------------------------
 +
 
 +
returns the concatenation of the formatted volume and issue (or journal article number) parameters as a single
 +
string; or formatted volume or formatted issue, or an empty string if neither are set.
 +
 
 +
]]
 +
 +
local function format_volume_issue (volume, issue, article, cite_class, origin, sepc, lower)
 +
if not utilities.is_set (volume) and not utilities.is_set (issue) and not utilities.is_set (article) then
 +
return '';
 +
end
  
-- Pick out the relevant fields from the arguments.  Different citation templates
+
-- same condition as in format_pages_sheets()
-- define different field names for the same underlying things.
+
local is_journal = 'journal' == cite_class or (utilities.in_array (cite_class, {'citation', 'map', 'interview'}) and 'journal' == origin);
  
-- set default parameter values defined by |mode= parameter.
+
local is_numeric_vol = volume and (volume:match ('^[MDCLXVI]+$') or volume:match ('^%d+$')); -- is only uppercase roman numerals or only digits?
local Mode = A['Mode'];
+
local is_long_vol = volume and (4 < mw.ustring.len(volume)); -- is |volume= value longer than 4 characters?
if not is_valid_parameter_value (Mode, 'mode', cfg.keywords['mode']) then
+
Mode = '';
+
if volume and (not is_numeric_vol and is_long_vol) then -- when not all digits or Roman numerals, is |volume= longer than 4 characters?
 +
utilities.add_prop_cat ('long-vol'); -- yes, add properties cat
 
end
 
end
  
local author_etal;
+
if is_journal then -- journal-style formatting
local a = {}; -- authors list from |lastn= / |firstn= pairs or |vauthors=
+
local vol = '';
local Authors;
 
local NameListFormat = A['NameListFormat'];
 
local Collaboration = A['Collaboration'];
 
  
do -- to limit scope of selected
+
if utilities.is_set (volume) then
local selected = select_author_editor_source (A['Vauthors'], A['Authors'], args, 'AuthorList');
+
if is_numeric_vol then -- |volume= value all digits or all uppercase Roman numerals?
if 1 == selected then
+
vol = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['vol-bold'], {sepc, volume}); -- render in bold face
a, author_etal = extract_names (args, 'AuthorList'); -- fetch author list from |authorn= / |lastn= / |firstn=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn=
+
elseif is_long_vol then -- not all digits or Roman numerals; longer than 4 characters?
elseif 2 == selected then
+
vol = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['j-vol'], {sepc, utilities.hyphen_to_dash (volume)}); -- not bold
NameListFormat = 'vanc'; -- override whatever |name-list-format= might be
+
else -- four or fewer characters
a, author_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors (args, args.vauthors, 'AuthorList'); -- fetch author list from |vauthors=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn=
+
vol = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['vol-bold'], {sepc, utilities.hyphen_to_dash (volume)}); -- bold
elseif 3 == selected then
 
Authors = A['Authors']; -- use content of |authors=
 
if 'authors' == A:ORIGIN('Authors') then -- but add a maint cat if the parameter is |authors=
 
add_maint_cat ('authors'); -- because use of this parameter is discouraged; what to do about the aliases is a TODO:
 
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
if is_set (Collaboration) then
+
vol = vol .. (utilities.is_set (issue) and utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['j-issue'], issue) or '')
author_etal = true; -- so that |display-authors=etal not required
+
vol = vol .. (utilities.is_set (article) and utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['j-article-num'], article) or '')
 +
return vol;
 +
end
 +
 +
if 'podcast' == cite_class and utilities.is_set (issue) then
 +
return wrap_msg ('issue', {sepc, issue}, lower);
 +
end
 +
 +
if 'conference' == cite_class and utilities.is_set (article) then -- |article-number= supported only in journal and conference cites
 +
if utilities.is_set (volume) and utilities.is_set (article) then -- both volume and article number
 +
return wrap_msg ('vol-art', {sepc, utilities.hyphen_to_dash (volume), article}, lower);
 +
elseif utilities.is_set (article) then -- article number alone; when volume alone, handled below
 +
return wrap_msg ('art', {sepc, article}, lower);
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
  
local Coauthors = A['Coauthors']; -- для рувики (а вообще депрекированный)
+
-- all other types of citation
local Others = A['Others'];
+
if utilities.is_set (volume) and utilities.is_set (issue) then
 +
return wrap_msg ('vol-no', {sepc, utilities.hyphen_to_dash (volume), issue}, lower);
 +
elseif utilities.is_set (volume) then
 +
return wrap_msg ('vol', {sepc, utilities.hyphen_to_dash (volume)}, lower);
 +
else
 +
return wrap_msg ('issue', {sepc, issue}, lower);
 +
end
 +
end
 +
 
  
local editor_etal;
+
--[[-------------------------< F O R M A T _ P A G E S _ S H E E T S >-----------------------------------------
local e = {}; -- editors list from |editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn= pairs or |veditors=
 
local Editors;
 
  
do -- to limit scope of selected
+
adds static text to one of |page(s)= or |sheet(s)= values and returns it with all of the others set to empty strings.
local selected = select_author_editor_source (A['Veditors'], A['Editors'], args, 'EditorList');
+
The return order is:
if 1 == selected then
+
page, pages, sheet, sheets
e, editor_etal = extract_names (args, 'EditorList'); -- fetch editor list from |editorn= / |editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn=
 
elseif 2 == selected then
 
NameListFormat = 'vanc'; -- override whatever |name-list-format= might be
 
e, editor_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors (args, args.veditors, 'EditorList'); -- fetch editor list from |veditors=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn=
 
elseif 3 == selected then
 
Editors = A['Editors']; -- use content of |editors=
 
add_maint_cat ('editors'); -- but add a maint cat because use of this parameter is discouraged
 
end
 
end
 
  
local t = {}; -- translators list from |translator-lastn= / translator-firstn= pairs
+
Singular has priority over plural when both are provided.
local Translators; -- assembled translators name list
 
t = extract_names (args, 'TranslatorList'); -- fetch translator list from |translatorn= / |translator-lastn=, -firstn=, -linkn=, -maskn=
 
  
local interviewers_list = {};
+
]]
local Interviewers = A['Interviewers']
 
if is_set (Interviewers) then -- add a maint cat if the |interviewers= is used
 
add_maint_cat ('interviewers'); -- because use of this parameter is discouraged
 
else
 
interviewers_list = extract_names (args, 'InterviewerList'); -- else, process preferred interviewers parameters
 
end
 
  
local c = {}; -- contributors list from |contributor-lastn= / contributor-firstn= pairs
+
local function format_pages_sheets (page, pages, sheet, sheets, cite_class, origin, sepc, nopp, lower)
local Contributors; -- assembled contributors name list
+
if 'map' == cite_class then -- only cite map supports sheet(s) as in-source locators
local Contribution = A['Contribution'];
+
if utilities.is_set (sheet) then
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"book","citation"}) and not is_set(A['Periodical']) then -- |contributor= and |contribution= only supported in book cites
+
if 'journal' == origin then
c = extract_names (args, 'ContributorList'); -- fetch contributor list from |contributorn= / |contributor-lastn=, -firstn=, -linkn=, -maskn=
+
return '', '', wrap_msg ('j-sheet', sheet, lower), '';
+
else
if 0 < #c then
+
return '', '', wrap_msg ('sheet', {sepc, sheet}, lower), '';
if not is_set (Contribution) then -- |contributor= requires |contribution=
 
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'contributor_missing_required_param', 'contribution')}); -- add missing contribution error message
 
c = {}; -- blank the contributors' table; it is used as a flag later
 
 
end
 
end
if 0 == #a then -- |contributor= requires |author=
+
elseif utilities.is_set (sheets) then
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'contributor_missing_required_param', 'author')}); -- add missing author error message
+
if 'journal' == origin then
c = {}; -- blank the contributors' table; it is used as a flag later
+
return '', '', '', wrap_msg ('j-sheets', sheets, lower);
 +
else
 +
return '', '', '', wrap_msg ('sheets', {sepc, sheets}, lower);
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
else -- if not a book cite
+
end
if select_one (args, cfg.aliases['ContributorList-Last'], 'redundant_parameters', 1 ) then -- are there contributor name list parameters?
+
 
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'contributor_ignored')}); -- add contributor ignored error message
+
local is_journal = 'journal' == cite_class or (utilities.in_array (cite_class, {'citation', 'map', 'interview'}) and 'journal' == origin);
 +
 +
if utilities.is_set (page) then
 +
if is_journal then
 +
return utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['j-page(s)'], page), '', '', '';
 +
elseif not nopp then
 +
return utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, page}), '', '', '';
 +
else
 +
return utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, page}), '', '', '';
 +
end
 +
elseif utilities.is_set (pages) then
 +
if is_journal then
 +
return utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['j-page(s)'], pages), '', '', '';
 +
elseif tonumber(pages) ~= nil and not nopp then -- if pages is only digits, assume a single page number
 +
return '', utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, pages}), '', '';
 +
elseif not nopp then
 +
return '', utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['pp-prefix'], {sepc, pages}), '', '';
 +
else
 +
return '', utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, pages}), '', '';
 
end
 
end
Contribution = nil; -- unset
 
 
end
 
end
 +
 +
return '', '', '', ''; -- return empty strings
 +
end
  
if not is_valid_parameter_value (NameListFormat, 'name-list-format', cfg.keywords['name-list-format']) then -- only accepted value for this parameter is 'vanc'
 
NameListFormat = ''; -- anything else, set to empty string
 
end
 
  
local Year = A['Year'];
+
--[[--------------------------< I N S O U R C E _ L O C _ G E T >----------------------------------------------
local PublicationDate = A['PublicationDate'];
+
 
local OrigYear = A['OrigYear'];
+
returns one of the in-source locators: page, pages, or at.
local Date = A['Date'];
+
 
local LayDate = A['LayDate'];
+
If any of these are interwiki links to Wikisource, returns the label portion of the interwiki-link as plain text
------------------------------------------------- Get title data
+
for use in COinS.  This COinS thing is done because here we convert an interwiki-link to an external link and
local Title = A['Title'];
+
add an icon span around that; get_coins_pages() doesn't know about the span.  TODO: should it? 
local ScriptTitle = A['ScriptTitle'];
+
 
local BookTitle = A['BookTitle'];
+
TODO: add support for sheet and sheets?; streamline;
local Conference = A['Conference'];
+
 
local TransTitle = A['TransTitle'];
+
TODO: make it so that this function returns only one of the three as the single in-source (the return value assigned
local TitleNote = A['TitleNote'];
+
to a new name)?
local TitleLink = A['TitleLink'];
 
link_title_ok (TitleLink, A:ORIGIN ('TitleLink'), Title, 'title'); -- check for wikimarkup in |title-link= or wikimarkup in |title= when |title-link= is set
 
  
local Chapter = A['Chapter'];
+
]]
local ScriptChapter = A['ScriptChapter'];
 
local ChapterLink -- = A['ChapterLink']; -- deprecated as a parameter but still used internally by cite episode
 
local TransChapter = A['TransChapter'];
 
local TitleType = A['TitleType'];
 
local Degree = A['Degree'];
 
local Docket = A['Docket'];
 
local ArchiveFormat = A['ArchiveFormat'];
 
  
local ArchiveDate;
+
local function insource_loc_get (page, page_orig, pages, pages_orig, at)
local ArchiveURL;
+
local ws_url, ws_label, coins_pages, L; -- for Wikisource interwiki-links; TODO: this corrupts page metadata (span remains in place after cleanup; fix there?)
  
ArchiveURL, ArchiveDate = archive_url_check (A['ArchiveURL'], A['ArchiveDate'])
+
if utilities.is_set (page) then
+
if utilities.is_set (pages) or utilities.is_set (at) then
local DeadURL = A['DeadURL']
+
pages = ''; -- unset the others
if not is_valid_parameter_value (DeadURL, 'dead-url', cfg.keywords ['deadurl']) then -- set in config.defaults to 'yes'
+
at = '';
DeadURL = ''; -- anything else, set to empty string
 
 
end
 
end
 +
extra_text_in_page_check (page, page_orig); -- emit error message when |page= value begins with what looks like p., pp., etc.
  
local URL = A['URL']
+
ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (page); -- make ws URL from |page= interwiki link; link portion L becomes tooltip label
local URLorigin = A:ORIGIN('URL'); -- get name of parameter that holds URL
+
if ws_url then
local ChapterURL = A['ChapterURL'];
+
page = external_link (ws_url, ws_label .. '&nbsp;', 'ws link in page'); -- space char after label to move icon away from in-source text; TODO: a better way to do this?
local ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ChapterURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds ChapterURL
+
page = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, page});
local ConferenceFormat = A['ConferenceFormat'];
+
coins_pages = ws_label;
local ConferenceURL = A['ConferenceURL'];
+
end
local ConferenceURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ConferenceURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds ConferenceURL
+
elseif utilities.is_set (pages) then
local Periodical = A['Periodical'];
+
if utilities.is_set (at) then
local Periodical_origin = A:ORIGIN('Periodical'); -- get the name of the periodical parameter
+
at = ''; -- unset
 +
end
 +
extra_text_in_page_check (pages, pages_orig); -- emit error message when |page= value begins with what looks like p., pp., etc.
  
local Series = A['Series'];
+
ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (pages); -- make ws URL from |pages= interwiki link; link portion L becomes tooltip label
+
if ws_url then
local Volume;
+
pages = external_link (ws_url, ws_label .. '&nbsp;', 'ws link in pages'); -- space char after label to move icon away from in-source text; TODO: a better way to do this?
local Issue;
+
pages = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, pages});
local Page;
+
coins_pages = ws_label;
local Pages;
+
end
local At;
+
elseif utilities.is_set (at) then
 
+
ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (at); -- make ws URL from |at= interwiki link; link portion L becomes tooltip label
if in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_using_volume) then
+
if ws_url then
Volume = A['Volume'];
+
at = external_link (ws_url, ws_label .. '&nbsp;', 'ws link in at'); -- space char after label to move icon away from in-source text; TODO: a better way to do this?
end
+
at = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, at});
-- conference & map books do not support issue
+
coins_pages = ws_label;
if in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_using_issue) and not (in_array (config.CitationClass, {'conference', 'map'}) and not is_set (Periodical))then
+
end
Issue = hyphen_to_dash (A['Issue']);
 
end
 
local Position = '';
 
if not in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_not_using_page) then
 
Page = A['Page'];
 
Pages = hyphen_to_dash (A['Pages']);
 
At = A['At'];
 
 
end
 
end
 +
 +
return page, pages, at, coins_pages;
 +
end
  
local Edition = A['Edition'];
+
--[[--------------------------< I S _ U N I Q U E _ A R C H I V E _ U R L >------------------------------------
local PublicationPlace = A['PublicationPlace']
 
local Place = A['Place'];
 
 
local PublisherName = A['PublisherName'];
 
local RegistrationRequired = A['RegistrationRequired'];
 
if not is_valid_parameter_value (RegistrationRequired, 'registration', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
 
RegistrationRequired=nil;
 
end
 
  
local SubscriptionRequired = A['SubscriptionRequired'];
+
add error message when |archive-url= value is same as |url= or chapter-url= (or alias...) value
if not is_valid_parameter_value (SubscriptionRequired, 'subscription', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
 
SubscriptionRequired=nil;
 
end
 
  
local UrlAccess = A['UrlAccess'];
+
]]
if not is_valid_parameter_value (UrlAccess, 'url-access', cfg.keywords ['url-access']) then
 
UrlAccess = nil;
 
end
 
if not is_set(URL) and is_set(UrlAccess) then
 
UrlAccess = nil;
 
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'param_access_requires_param', {'url'}, true ) } );
 
end
 
  
if is_set (UrlAccess) and is_set (SubscriptionRequired) then -- while not aliases, these are much the same so if both are set
+
local function is_unique_archive_url (archive, url, c_url, source, date)
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'url-access') .. ' and ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'subscription')}, true ) } ); -- add error message
+
if utilities.is_set (archive) then
SubscriptionRequired = nil; -- unset; prefer |access= over |subscription=
+
if archive == url or archive == c_url then
end
+
utilities.set_message ('err_bad_url', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', source)}); -- add error message
if is_set (UrlAccess) and is_set (RegistrationRequired) then -- these are not the same but contradictory so if both are set
+
return '', ''; -- unset |archive-url= and |archive-date= because same as |url= or |chapter-url=
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'url-access') .. ' and ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'registration')}, true ) } ); -- add error message
 
RegistrationRequired = nil; -- unset; prefer |access= over |registration=
 
 
end
 
end
 +
end
  
local ChapterUrlAccess = A['ChapterUrlAccess'];
+
return archive, date;
if not is_valid_parameter_value (ChapterUrlAccess, 'chapter-url-access', cfg.keywords ['url-access']) then -- same as url-access
+
end
ChapterUrlAccess = nil;
 
end
 
if not is_set(ChapterURL) and is_set(ChapterUrlAccess) then
 
ChapterUrlAccess = nil;
 
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'param_access_requires_param', {'chapter-url'}, true ) } );
 
end
 
  
local Via = A['Via'];
 
local AccessDate = A['AccessDate'];
 
local Agency = A['Agency'];
 
  
local Language = A['Language'];
+
--[=[-------------------------< A R C H I V E _ U R L _ C H E C K >--------------------------------------------
local Format = A['Format'];
 
local ChapterFormat = A['ChapterFormat'];
 
local DoiBroken = A['DoiBroken'];
 
local ID = A['ID'];
 
local ASINTLD = A['ASINTLD'];
 
local IgnoreISBN = A['IgnoreISBN'];
 
if not is_valid_parameter_value (IgnoreISBN, 'ignore-isbn-error', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
 
IgnoreISBN = nil; -- anything else, set to empty string
 
end
 
local Embargo = A['Embargo'];
 
local Class = A['Class']; -- arxiv class identifier
 
  
local ID_list = extract_ids( args );
+
Check archive.org URLs to make sure they at least look like they are pointing at valid archives and not to the
local ID_access_levels = extract_id_access_levels( args, ID_list );
+
save snapshot URL or to calendar pages.  When the archive URL is 'https://web.archive.org/save/' (or http://...)
 +
archive.org saves a snapshot of the target page in the URL.  That is something that Wikipedia should not allow
 +
unwitting readers to do.
  
local Quote = A['Quote'];
+
When the archive.org URL does not have a complete timestamp, archive.org chooses a snapshot according to its own
 +
algorithm or provides a calendar 'search' result.  [[WP:ELNO]] discourages links to search results.
  
local LayFormat = A['LayFormat'];
+
This function looks at the value assigned to |archive-url= and returns empty strings for |archive-url= and
local LayURL = A['LayURL'];
+
|archive-date= and an error message when:
local LaySource = A['LaySource'];
+
|archive-url= holds an archive.org save command URL
local Transcript = A['Transcript'];
+
|archive-url= is an archive.org URL that does not have a complete timestamp (YYYYMMDDhhmmss 14 digits) in the
local TranscriptFormat = A['TranscriptFormat'];
+
correct place
local TranscriptURL = A['TranscriptURL']
+
otherwise returns |archive-url= and |archive-date=
local TranscriptURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('TranscriptURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds TranscriptURL
 
  
local LastAuthorAmp = A['LastAuthorAmp'];
+
There are two mostly compatible archive.org URLs:
if not is_valid_parameter_value (LastAuthorAmp, 'last-author-amp', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
+
//web.archive.org/<timestamp>... -- the old form
LastAuthorAmp = nil; -- set to empty string
+
//web.archive.org/web/<timestamp>... -- the new form
end
 
  
local no_tracking_cats = A['NoTracking'];
+
The old form does not support or map to the new form when it contains a display flag.  There are four identified flags
if not is_valid_parameter_value (no_tracking_cats, 'no-tracking', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
+
('id_', 'js_', 'cs_', 'im_') but since archive.org ignores others following the same form (two letters and an underscore)
no_tracking_cats = nil; -- set to empty string
+
we don't check for these specific flags but we do check the form.
end
 
  
--local variables that are not cs1 parameters
+
This function supports a preview mode.  When the article is rendered in preview mode, this function may return a modified
local use_lowercase; -- controls capitalization of certain static text
+
archive URL:
local this_page = mw.title.getCurrentTitle(); -- also used for COinS and for language
+
for save command errors, return undated wildcard (/*/)
local anchor_year; -- used in the CITEREF identifier
+
for timestamp errors when the timestamp has a wildcard, return the URL unmodified
local COinS_date = {}; -- holds date info extracted from |date= for the COinS metadata by Module:Date verification
+
for timestamp errors when the timestamp does not have a wildcard, return with timestamp limited to six digits plus wildcard (/yyyymm*/)
  
local DF = A['DF']; -- date format set in cs1|2 template
+
A secondary function is to return an archive-url timestamp from those urls that have them (archive.org and
if not is_valid_parameter_value (DF, 'df', cfg.keywords['date-format']) then -- validate reformatting keyword
+
archive.today).  The timestamp is used by validation.archive_date_check() to see if the value in |archive-date=
DF = ''; -- not valid, set to empty string
+
matches the timestamp in the archive url.
end
 
  
local sepc; -- separator between citation elements for CS1 a period, for CS2, a comma
+
]=]
local PostScript;
 
local Ref;
 
sepc, PostScript, Ref = set_style (Mode:lower(), A['PostScript'], A['Ref'], config.CitationClass);
 
use_lowercase = ( sepc == ',' ); -- used to control capitalization for certain static text
 
  
--check this page to see if it is in one of the namespaces that cs1 is not supposed to add to the error categories
+
local function archive_url_check (url, date)
if not is_set (no_tracking_cats) then -- ignore if we are already not going to categorize this page
+
local err_msg = ''; -- start with the error message empty
if in_array (this_page.nsText, cfg.uncategorized_namespaces) then
+
local path, timestamp, flag; -- portions of the archive.org URL
no_tracking_cats = "true"; -- set no_tracking_cats
+
end
+
timestamp = url:match ('//archive.today/(%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d)/') or -- get timestamp from archive.today urls
for _,v in ipairs (cfg.uncategorized_subpages) do -- cycle through page name patterns
+
url:match ('//archive.today/(%d%d%d%d%.%d%d%.%d%d%-%d%d%d%d%d%d)/'); -- this timestamp needs cleanup
if this_page.text:match (v) then -- test page name against each pattern
+
if timestamp then -- if this was an archive.today url ...
no_tracking_cats = "true"; -- set no_tracking_cats
+
return url, date, timestamp:gsub ('[%.%-]', ''); -- return ArchiveURL, ArchiveDate, and timestamp (dots and dashes removed) from |archive-url=, and done -- return ArchiveURL, ArchiveDate, and timestamp from |archive-url=, and done
break; -- bail out if one is found
+
end
 +
-- here for archive.org urls
 +
if (not url:match('//web%.archive%.org/')) and (not url:match('//liveweb%.archive%.org/')) then -- also deprecated liveweb Wayback machine URL
 +
return url, date; -- not an archive.org archive, return ArchiveURL and ArchiveDate
 +
end
 +
 
 +
if url:match('//web%.archive%.org/save/') then -- if a save command URL, we don't want to allow saving of the target page  
 +
err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.save;
 +
url = url:gsub ('(//web%.archive%.org)/save/', '%1/*/', 1); -- for preview mode: modify ArchiveURL
 +
elseif url:match('//liveweb%.archive%.org/') then
 +
err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.liveweb;
 +
else
 +
path, timestamp, flag = url:match('//web%.archive%.org/([^%d]*)(%d+)([^/]*)/'); -- split out some of the URL parts for evaluation
 +
if not path then -- malformed in some way; pattern did not match
 +
err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.timestamp;
 +
elseif 14 ~= timestamp:len() then -- path and flag optional, must have 14-digit timestamp here
 +
err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.timestamp;
 +
if '*' ~= flag then
 +
local replacement = timestamp:match ('^%d%d%d%d%d%d') or timestamp:match ('^%d%d%d%d'); -- get the first 6 (YYYYMM) or first 4 digits (YYYY)
 +
if replacement then -- nil if there aren't at least 4 digits (year)
 +
replacement = replacement .. string.rep ('0', 14 - replacement:len()); -- year or yearmo (4 or 6 digits) zero-fill to make 14-digit timestamp
 +
url=url:gsub ('(//web%.archive%.org/[^%d]*)%d[^/]*', '%1' .. replacement .. '*', 1) -- for preview, modify ts to 14 digits plus splat for calendar display
 +
end
 
end
 
end
 +
elseif utilities.is_set (path) and 'web/' ~= path then -- older archive URLs do not have the extra 'web/' path element
 +
err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.path;
 +
elseif utilities.is_set (flag) and not utilities.is_set (path) then -- flag not allowed with the old form URL (without the 'web/' path element)
 +
err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.flag;
 +
elseif utilities.is_set (flag) and not flag:match ('%a%a_') then -- flag if present must be two alpha characters and underscore (requires 'web/' path element)
 +
err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.flag;
 +
else
 +
return url, date, timestamp; -- return ArchiveURL, ArchiveDate, and timestamp from |archive-url=
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
 +
-- if here, something not right so
 +
utilities.set_message ('err_archive_url', {err_msg}); -- add error message and
  
-- check for extra |page=, |pages= or |at= parameters. (also sheet and sheets while we're at it)
+
if is_preview_mode then
select_one( args, {'page', 'p', 'pp', 'pages', 'at', 'sheet', 'sheets'}, 'redundant_parameters' ); -- this is a dummy call simply to get the error message and category
+
return url, date, timestamp; -- preview mode so return ArchiveURL, ArchiveDate, and timestamp from |archive-url=
 
 
local NoPP = A['NoPP']
 
if is_set (NoPP) and is_valid_parameter_value (NoPP, 'nopp', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
 
NoPP = true;
 
 
else
 
else
NoPP = nil; -- unset, used as a flag later
+
return '', ''; -- return empty strings for ArchiveURL and ArchiveDate
 
end
 
end
 +
end
  
if is_set(Page) then
 
if is_set(Pages) or is_set(At) then
 
Pages = ''; -- unset the others
 
At = '';
 
end
 
extra_text_in_page_check (Page); -- add this page to maint cat if |page= value begins with what looks like p. or pp.
 
elseif is_set(Pages) then
 
if is_set(At) then
 
At = ''; -- unset
 
end
 
extra_text_in_page_check (Pages); -- add this page to maint cat if |pages= value begins with what looks like p. or pp.
 
end
 
  
-- both |publication-place= and |place= (|location=) allowed if different
+
--[[--------------------------< P L A C E _ C H E C K >--------------------------------------------------------
if not is_set(PublicationPlace) and is_set(Place) then
+
 
PublicationPlace = Place; -- promote |place= (|location=) to |publication-place
+
check |place=, |publication-place=, |location= to see if these params include digits.  This function added because
 +
many editors misuse location to specify the in-source location (|page(s)= and |at= are supposed to do that)
 +
 
 +
returns the original parameter value without modification; added maint cat when parameter value contains digits
 +
 
 +
]]
 +
 
 +
local function place_check (param_val)
 +
if not utilities.is_set (param_val) then -- parameter empty or omitted
 +
return param_val; -- return that empty state
 
end
 
end
 
 
if PublicationPlace == Place then Place = ''; end -- don't need both if they are the same
+
if mw.ustring.find (param_val, '%d') then -- not empty, are there digits in the parameter value
 +
utilities.set_message ('maint_location'); -- yep, add maint cat
 +
end
 
 
--[[
+
return param_val; -- and done
Parameter remapping for cite encyclopedia:
+
end
When the citation has these parameters:
+
 
|encyclopedia and |title then map |title to |article and |encyclopedia to |title
+
 
|encyclopedia and |article then map |encyclopedia to |title
+
--[[--------------------------< I S _ A R C H I V E D _ C O P Y >----------------------------------------------
|encyclopedia then map |encyclopedia to |title
+
 
+
compares |title= to 'Archived copy' (placeholder added by bots that can't find proper title); if matches, return true; nil else
|trans-title maps to |trans-chapter when |title is re-mapped
 
|url maps to |chapterurl when |title is remapped
 
 
All other combinations of |encyclopedia, |title, and |article are not modified
 
 
]]
 
  
local Encyclopedia = A['Encyclopedia'];
+
]]
  
if ( config.CitationClass == "encyclopaedia" ) or ( config.CitationClass == "citation" and is_set (Encyclopedia)) then -- test code for citation
+
local function is_archived_copy (title)
if is_set(Periodical) then -- Periodical is set when |encyclopedia is set
+
title = mw.ustring.lower(title); -- switch title to lower case
if is_set(Title) or is_set (ScriptTitle) then
+
if title:find (cfg.special_case_translation.archived_copy.en) then -- if title is 'Archived copy'
if not is_set(Chapter) then
+
return true;
Chapter = Title; -- |encyclopedia and |title are set so map |title to |article and |encyclopedia to |title
+
elseif cfg.special_case_translation.archived_copy['local'] then
ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle;
+
if mw.ustring.find (title, cfg.special_case_translation.archived_copy['local']) then -- mw.ustring() because might not be Latin script
TransChapter = TransTitle;
+
return true;
ChapterURL = URL;
 
ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess;
 
 
 
if not is_set (ChapterURL) and is_set (TitleLink) then
 
Chapter = make_wikilink (TitleLink, Chapter);
 
end
 
Title = Periodical;
 
ChapterFormat = Format;
 
Periodical = ''; -- redundant so unset
 
TransTitle = '';
 
URL = '';
 
Format = '';
 
TitleLink = '';
 
ScriptTitle = '';
 
end
 
else -- |title not set
 
Title = Periodical; -- |encyclopedia set and |article set or not set so map |encyclopedia to |title
 
Periodical = ''; -- redundant so unset
 
end
 
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
 +
end
 +
 +
--[[--------------------------< D I S P L A Y _ N A M E S _ S E L E C T >--------------------------------------
 +
 +
for any of the |display-authors=, |display-editors=, etc parameters, select either the local or global setting.
 +
When both are present, look at <local_display_names> value.  When the value is some sort of 'et al.'string,
 +
special handling is required.
  
-- Special case for cite techreport.
+
When {{cs1 config}} has |display-<namelist>= AND this template has |display-<namelist>=etal AND:
if (config.CitationClass == "techreport") then -- special case for cite techreport
+
the number of names specified by <number_of_names> is:
if is_set(A['Number']) then -- cite techreport uses 'number', which other citations alias to 'issue'
+
greater than the number specified in the global |display-<namelist>= parameter (<global_display_names>)
if not is_set(ID) then -- can we use ID for the "number"?
+
use global |display-<namelist>= parameter value
ID = A['Number']; -- yes, use it
+
set overridden maint category
else -- ID has a value so emit error message
+
less than or equal to the number specified in the global |display-<namelist>= parameter
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error('redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'id') .. ' and ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'number')}, true )});
+
use local |display-<namelist>= parameter value
end
 
end
 
end
 
  
-- special case for cite mailing list
+
The purpose of this function is to prevent categorizing a template that has fewer names than the global setting
if (config.CitationClass == "mailinglist") then
+
to keep the etal annotation specified by <local_display_names>.
Periodical = A ['MailingList'];
 
elseif 'mailinglist' == A:ORIGIN('Periodical') then
 
Periodical = ''; -- unset because mailing list is only used for cite mailing list
 
end
 
  
-- Account for the oddity that is {{cite conference}}, before generation of COinS data.
+
]]
if 'conference' == config.CitationClass then
+
 
if is_set(BookTitle) then
+
local function display_names_select (global_display_names, local_display_names, param_name, number_of_names, test)
Chapter = Title;
+
if global_display_names and utilities.is_set (local_display_names) then -- when both
-- ChapterLink = TitleLink; -- |chapterlink= is deprecated
+
if 'etal' == local_display_names:lower():gsub("[ '%.]", '') then -- the :gsub() portion makes 'etal' from a variety of 'et al.' spellings and stylings
ChapterURL = URL;
+
number_of_names = tonumber (number_of_names); -- convert these to numbers for comparison
ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess;
+
local global_display_names_num = tonumber (global_display_names); -- <global_display_names> not set when parameter value is not digits
ChapterURLorigin = URLorigin;
+
 
URLorigin = '';
+
if number_of_names > global_display_names_num then -- template has more names than global config allows to be displayed?
ChapterFormat = Format;
+
utilities.set_message ('maint_overridden_setting'); -- set a maint message because global is overriding local |display-<namelist>=etal
TransChapter = TransTitle;
+
return global_display_names, 'cs1 config'; -- return global with spoof parameter name (for get_display_names())
Title = BookTitle;
+
else
Format = '';
+
return local_display_names, param_name; -- return local because fewer names so let <local_display_names> control
-- TitleLink = '';
+
end
TransTitle = '';
 
URL = '';
 
 
end
 
end
elseif 'speech' ~= config.CitationClass then
+
-- here when <global_display_names> and <local_display_names> both numbers; <global_display_names> controls
Conference = ''; -- not cite conference or cite speech so make sure this is empty string
+
utilities.set_message ('maint_overridden_setting'); -- set a maint message
 +
return global_display_names, 'cs1 config'; -- return global with spoof parameter name (for get_display_names())
 +
end
 +
-- here when only one of <global_display_names> or <local_display_names> set
 +
if global_display_names then
 +
return global_display_names, 'cs1 config'; -- return global with spoof parameter name (for get_display_names())
 +
else
 +
return local_display_names, param_name; -- return local
 
end
 
end
 +
end
 +
 +
--[[--------------------------< C I T A T I O N 0 >------------------------------------------------------------
 +
 +
This is the main function doing the majority of the citation formatting.
  
-- для рувики: конкатенация |month к |date
+
]]
local Month = A['Month'];
 
if is_set(Month) and is_set(Year) then
 
Date = Month .. " " .. Year;
 
Month = nil;
 
Year = nil;
 
end
 
  
-- cite map oddities
+
local function citation0( config, args )
local Cartography = "";
+
--[[
local Scale = "";
+
Load Input Parameters
local Sheet = A['Sheet'] or '';
+
The argument_wrapper facilitates the mapping of multiple aliases to single internal variable.
local Sheets = A['Sheets'] or '';
+
]]
if config.CitationClass == "map" then
+
local A = argument_wrapper ( args );
Chapter = A['Map'];
+
local i
ChapterURL = A['MapURL'];
 
ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess;
 
TransChapter = A['TransMap'];
 
ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('MapURL');
 
ChapterFormat = A['MapFormat'];
 
 
Cartography = A['Cartography'];
 
if is_set( Cartography ) then
 
Cartography = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('cartography', Cartography, use_lowercase);
 
end
 
Scale = A['Scale'];
 
if is_set( Scale ) then
 
Scale = sepc .. " " .. Scale;
 
end
 
end
 
  
-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite episode}} and {{cite serial}}, before generation of COinS data.
+
-- Pick out the relevant fields from the arguments. Different citation templates
if 'episode' == config.CitationClass or 'serial' == config.CitationClass then
+
-- define different field names for the same underlying things.
local AirDate = A['AirDate'];
 
local SeriesLink = A['SeriesLink'];
 
  
link_title_ok (SeriesLink, A:ORIGIN ('SeriesLink'), Series, 'series'); -- check for wikimarkup in |series-link= or wikimarkup in |series= when |series-link= is set
+
local author_etal;
 +
local a = {}; -- authors list from |lastn= / |firstn= pairs or |vauthors=
 +
local Authors;
 +
local NameListStyle;
 +
if cfg.global_cs1_config_t['NameListStyle'] then -- global setting in {{cs1 config}} overrides local |name-list-style= parameter value; nil when empty or assigned value invalid
 +
NameListStyle = is_valid_parameter_value (cfg.global_cs1_config_t['NameListStyle'], 'cs1 config: name-list-style', cfg.keywords_lists['name-list-style'], ''); -- error messaging 'param' here is a hoax
 +
else
 +
NameListStyle = is_valid_parameter_value (A['NameListStyle'], A:ORIGIN('NameListStyle'), cfg.keywords_lists['name-list-style'], '');
 +
end
  
local Network = A['Network'];
+
if cfg.global_cs1_config_t['NameListStyle'] and utilities.is_set (A['NameListStyle']) then -- when template has |name-list-style=<something> which global setting has overridden
local Station = A['Station'];
+
utilities.set_message ('maint_overridden_setting'); -- set a maint message
local s, n = {}, {};
 
-- do common parameters first
 
if is_set(Network) then table.insert(n, Network); end
 
if is_set(Station) then table.insert(n, Station); end
 
ID = table.concat(n, sepc .. ' ');
 
 
if not is_set (Date) and is_set (AirDate) then -- promote airdate to date
 
Date = AirDate;
 
 
end
 
end
  
if 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- handle the oddities that are strictly {{cite episode}}
+
local Collaboration = A['Collaboration'];
local Season = A['Season'];
+
 
local SeriesNumber = A['SeriesNumber'];
+
do -- to limit scope of selected
 +
local selected = select_author_editor_source (A['Vauthors'], A['Authors'], args, 'AuthorList');
 +
if 1 == selected then
 +
a, author_etal = extract_names (args, 'AuthorList'); -- fetch author list from |authorn= / |lastn= / |firstn=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn=
 +
elseif 2 == selected then
 +
NameListStyle = 'vanc'; -- override whatever |name-list-style= might be
 +
a, author_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors (args, A['Vauthors'], 'AuthorList'); -- fetch author list from |vauthors=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn=
 +
elseif 3 == selected then
 +
Authors = A['Authors']; -- use content of |authors=
 +
end
 +
if utilities.is_set (Collaboration) then
 +
author_etal = true; -- so that |display-authors=etal not required
 +
end
 +
end
  
if is_set (Season) and is_set (SeriesNumber) then -- these are mutually exclusive so if both are set
+
local editor_etal;
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'season') .. ' and ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'seriesno')}, true ) } ); -- add error message
+
local e = {}; -- editors list from |editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn= pairs or |veditors=
SeriesNumber = ''; -- unset; prefer |season= over |seriesno=
 
end
 
-- assemble a table of parts concatenated later into Series
 
if is_set(Season) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('season', Season, use_lowercase)); end
 
if is_set(SeriesNumber) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('series', SeriesNumber, use_lowercase)); end
 
if is_set(Issue) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('episode', Issue, use_lowercase)); end
 
Issue = ''; -- unset because this is not a unique parameter
 
 
Chapter = Title; -- promote title parameters to chapter
 
ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle;
 
ChapterLink = TitleLink; -- alias episodelink
 
TransChapter = TransTitle;
 
ChapterURL = URL;
 
ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess;
 
ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('URL');
 
 
Title = Series; -- promote series to title
 
TitleLink = SeriesLink;
 
Series = table.concat(s, sepc .. ' '); -- this is concatenation of season, seriesno, episode number
 
  
if is_set (ChapterLink) and not is_set (ChapterURL) then -- link but not URL
+
do -- to limit scope of selected
Chapter = make_wikilink (ChapterLink, Chapter);
+
local selected = select_author_editor_source (A['Veditors'], nil, args, 'EditorList'); -- support for |editors= withdrawn
elseif is_set (ChapterLink) and is_set (ChapterURL) then -- if both are set, URL links episode;
+
if 1 == selected then
Series = make_wikilink (ChapterLink, Series);
+
e, editor_etal = extract_names (args, 'EditorList'); -- fetch editor list from |editorn= / |editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn=
end
+
elseif 2 == selected then
URL = ''; -- unset
+
NameListStyle = 'vanc'; -- override whatever |name-list-style= might be
TransTitle = '';
+
e, editor_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors (args, args.veditors, 'EditorList'); -- fetch editor list from |veditors=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn=
ScriptTitle = '';
+
end
 
else -- now oddities that are cite serial
 
Issue = ''; -- unset because this parameter no longer supported by the citation/core version of cite serial
 
Chapter = A['Episode']; -- TODO: make |episode= available to cite episode someday?
 
if is_set (Series) and is_set (SeriesLink) then
 
Series = make_wikilink (SeriesLink, Series);
 
end
 
Series = wrap_style ('italic-title', Series); -- series is italicized
 
end
 
 
end
 
end
-- end of {{cite episode}} stuff
+
 
+
local Chapter = A['Chapter']; -- done here so that we have access to |contribution= from |chapter= aliases
-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, {{cite biorxiv}}, {{cite citeseerx}}, before generation of COinS data.
+
local Chapter_origin = A:ORIGIN ('Chapter');
do
+
local Contribution; -- because contribution is required for contributor(s)
if in_array (config.CitationClass, {'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx'}) then
+
if 'contribution' == Chapter_origin then
if not is_set (ID_list[config.CitationClass:upper()]) then -- |arxiv= or |eprint= required for cite arxiv; |biorxiv= & |citeseerx= required for their templates
+
Contribution = Chapter; -- get the name of the contribution
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( config.CitationClass .. '_missing', {}, true ) } ); -- add error message
+
end
 +
local c = {}; -- contributors list from |contributor-lastn= / contributor-firstn= pairs
 +
 +
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"book", "citation"}) and not utilities.is_set (A['Periodical']) then -- |contributor= and |contribution= only supported in book cites
 +
c = extract_names (args, 'ContributorList'); -- fetch contributor list from |contributorn= / |contributor-lastn=, -firstn=, -linkn=, -maskn=
 +
 +
if 0 < #c then
 +
if not utilities.is_set (Contribution) then -- |contributor= requires |contribution=
 +
utilities.set_message ('err_contributor_missing_required_param', 'contribution'); -- add missing contribution error message
 +
c = {}; -- blank the contributors' table; it is used as a flag later
 
end
 
end
+
if 0 == #a then -- |contributor= requires |author=
if 'arxiv' == config.CitationClass then
+
utilities.set_message ('err_contributor_missing_required_param', 'author'); -- add missing author error message
Periodical = 'arXiv'; -- set to arXiv for COinS; after that, must be set to empty string
+
c = {}; -- blank the contributors' table; it is used as a flag later
end
 
 
 
if 'biorxiv' == config.CitationClass then
 
Periodical = 'bioRxiv'; -- set to bioRxiv for COinS; after that, must be set to empty string
 
end
 
 
 
if 'citeseerx' == config.CitationClass then
 
Periodical = 'CiteSeerX'; -- set to CiteSeerX for COinS; after that, must be set to empty string
 
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
 +
else -- if not a book cite
 +
if utilities.select_one (args, cfg.aliases['ContributorList-Last'], 'err_redundant_parameters', 1 ) then -- are there contributor name list parameters?
 +
utilities.set_message ('err_contributor_ignored'); -- add contributor ignored error message
 +
end
 +
Contribution = nil; -- unset
 
end
 
end
  
-- handle type parameter for those CS1 citations that have default values
+
local Title = A['Title'];
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"AV-media-notes", "interview", "mailinglist", "map", "podcast", "pressrelease", "report", "techreport", "thesis"}) then
+
local TitleLink = A['TitleLink'];
TitleType = set_titletype (config.CitationClass, TitleType);
+
 
if is_set(Degree) and "Thesis" == TitleType then -- special case for cite thesis
+
local auto_select = ''; -- default is auto
TitleType = Degree .. ' ' .. cfg.title_types ['thesis']:lower();
+
local accept_link;
end
+
TitleLink, accept_link = utilities.has_accept_as_written (TitleLink, true); -- test for accept-this-as-written markup
 +
if (not accept_link) and utilities.in_array (TitleLink, {'none', 'pmc', 'doi'}) then -- check for special keywords
 +
auto_select = TitleLink; -- remember selection for later
 +
TitleLink = ''; -- treat as if |title-link= would have been empty
 
end
 
end
  
if is_set(TitleType) then -- if type parameter is specified
+
TitleLink = link_title_ok (TitleLink, A:ORIGIN ('TitleLink'), Title, 'title'); -- check for wiki-markup in |title-link= or wiki-markup in |title= when |title-link= is set
TitleType = substitute( cfg.messages['type'], TitleType); -- display it in parentheses
+
 
-- TODO: Hack on TitleType to fix bunched parentheses problem
+
local Section = ''; -- {{cite map}} only; preset to empty string for concatenation if not used
 +
if 'map' == config.CitationClass and 'section' == Chapter_origin then
 +
Section = A['Chapter']; -- get |section= from |chapter= alias list; |chapter= and the other aliases not supported in {{cite map}}
 +
Chapter = ''; -- unset for now; will be reset later from |map= if present
 
end
 
end
  
-- legacy: promote PublicationDate to Date if neither Date nor Year are set.
+
local Periodical = A['Periodical'];
local Date_origin; -- to hold the name of parameter promoted to Date; required for date error messaging
+
local Periodical_origin = A:ORIGIN('Periodical');
 +
local ScriptPeriodical = A['ScriptPeriodical'];
 +
local ScriptPeriodical_origin = A:ORIGIN('ScriptPeriodical');
 +
local TransPeriodical =  A['TransPeriodical'];
 +
local TransPeriodical_origin =  A:ORIGIN ('TransPeriodical');
 +
 +
if (utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'book', 'encyclopaedia'}) and (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical) or utilities.is_set (TransPeriodical))) then
 +
local param;
 +
if utilities.is_set (Periodical) then -- get a parameter name from one of these periodical related meta-parameters
 +
Periodical = ''; -- unset because not valid {{cite book}} or {{cite encyclopedia}} parameters
 +
param = Periodical_origin -- get parameter name for error messaging
 +
elseif utilities.is_set (TransPeriodical) then
 +
TransPeriodical = ''; -- unset because not valid {{cite book}} or {{cite encyclopedia}} parameters
 +
param = TransPeriodical_origin; -- get parameter name for error messaging
 +
elseif utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical) then
 +
ScriptPeriodical = ''; -- unset because not valid {{cite book}} or {{cite encyclopedia}} parameters
 +
param = ScriptPeriodical_origin; -- get parameter name for error messaging
 +
end
 +
 
 +
if utilities.is_set (param) then -- if we found one
 +
utilities.set_message ('err_periodical_ignored', {param}); -- emit an error message
 +
end
 +
end
  
if not is_set (Date) then
+
if utilities.is_set (Periodical) then
Date = Year; -- promote Year to Date
+
local i;
Year = nil; -- make nil so Year as empty string isn't used for CITEREF
+
Periodical, i = utilities.strip_apostrophe_markup (Periodical); -- strip apostrophe markup so that metadata isn't contaminated
if not is_set (Date) and is_set(PublicationDate) then -- use PublicationDate when |date= and |year= are not set
+
if i then -- non-zero when markup was stripped so emit an error message
Date = PublicationDate; -- promote PublicationDate to Date
+
utilities.set_message ('err_apostrophe_markup', {Periodical_origin});
PublicationDate = ''; -- unset, no longer needed
 
Date_origin = A:ORIGIN('PublicationDate'); -- save the name of the promoted parameter
 
else
 
Date_origin = A:ORIGIN('Year'); -- save the name of the promoted parameter
 
 
end
 
end
else
 
Date_origin = A:ORIGIN('Date'); -- not a promotion; name required for error messaging
 
 
end
 
end
  
if PublicationDate == Date then PublicationDate = ''; end -- if PublicationDate is same as Date, don't display in rendered citation
+
if 'mailinglist' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for {{cite mailing list}}
 +
if utilities.is_set (Periodical) and utilities.is_set (A ['MailingList']) then -- both set emit an error TODO: make a function for this and similar?
 +
utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', Periodical_origin) .. cfg.presentation['sep_list_pair'] .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'mailinglist')});
 +
end
 +
 
 +
Periodical = A ['MailingList']; -- error or no, set Periodical to |mailinglist= value because this template is {{cite mailing list}}
 +
Periodical_origin = A:ORIGIN('MailingList');
 +
end
  
--[[
+
-- web and news not tested for now because of
Go test all of the date-holding parameters for valid MOS:DATE format and make sure that dates are real dates. This must be done before we do COinS because here is where
+
-- Wikipedia:Administrators%27_noticeboard#Is_there_a_semi-automated_tool_that_could_fix_these_annoying_"Cite_Web"_errors?
we get the date used in the metadata.
+
if not (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) then -- 'periodical' templates require periodical parameter
 +
-- local p = {['journal'] = 'journal', ['magazine'] = 'magazine', ['news'] = 'newspaper', ['web'] = 'website'}; -- for error message
 +
local p = {['journal'] = 'journal', ['magazine'] = 'magazine'}; -- for error message
 +
if p[config.CitationClass]  then
 +
utilities.set_message ('err_missing_periodical', {config.CitationClass, p[config.CitationClass]});
 +
end
 +
end
 
 
Date validation supporting code is in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation
+
local Volume;
]]
+
if 'citation' == config.CitationClass then
do -- create defined block to contain local variables error_message, date_parameters_list, mismatch
+
if utilities.is_set (Periodical) then
local error_message = '';
+
if not utilities.in_array (Periodical_origin, cfg.citation_no_volume_t) then -- {{citation}} does not render |volume= when these parameters are used
-- AirDate has been promoted to Date so not necessary to check it
+
Volume = A['Volume']; -- but does for all other 'periodicals'
local date_parameters_list = {
+
end
['access-date'] = {val=AccessDate, name=A:ORIGIN ('AccessDate')},
+
elseif utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical) then
['archive-date'] = {val=ArchiveDate, name=A:ORIGIN ('ArchiveDate')},
+
if 'script-website' ~= ScriptPeriodical_origin then -- {{citation}} does not render volume for |script-website=
['date'] = {val=Date, name=Date_origin},
+
Volume = A['Volume']; -- but does for all other 'periodicals'
['doi-broken-date'] = {val=DoiBroken, name=A:ORIGIN ('DoiBroken')},
+
end
['embargo'] = {val=Embargo, name=A:ORIGIN ('Embargo')},
+
else
['lay-date'] = {val=LayDate, name=A:ORIGIN ('LayDate')},
+
Volume = A['Volume']; -- and does for non-'periodical' cites
['publication-date'] ={val=PublicationDate, name=A:ORIGIN ('PublicationDate')},
+
end
['year'] = {val=Year, name=A:ORIGIN ('Year')},
+
elseif utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_using_volume) then -- render |volume= for cs1 according to the configuration settings
};
+
Volume = A['Volume'];
anchor_year, Embargo, error_message = dates(date_parameters_list, COinS_date);
+
end
 +
extra_text_in_vol_iss_check (Volume, A:ORIGIN ('Volume'), 'v');
  
-- start temporary Julian / Gregorian calendar uncertainty categorization
+
local Issue;
if COinS_date.inter_cal_cat then
+
if 'citation' == config.CitationClass then
add_prop_cat ('jul_greg_uncertainty');
+
if utilities.is_set (Periodical) and utilities.in_array (Periodical_origin, cfg.citation_issue_t) then -- {{citation}} may render |issue= when these parameters are used
 +
Issue = utilities.hyphen_to_dash (A['Issue']);
 
end
 
end
-- end temporary Julian / Gregorian calendar uncertainty categorization
+
elseif utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_using_issue) then -- conference & map books do not support issue; {{citation}} listed here because included in settings table
 +
if not (utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'conference', 'map', 'citation'}) and not (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical))) then
 +
Issue = utilities.hyphen_to_dash (A['Issue']);
 +
end
 +
end
 +
 +
local ArticleNumber;
  
if is_set (Year) and is_set (Date) then -- both |date= and |year= not normally needed;
+
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'journal', 'conference'}) or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Periodical) and 'journal' == Periodical_origin) then
local mismatch = year_date_check (Year, Date)
+
ArticleNumber = A['ArticleNumber'];
if 0 == mismatch then -- |year= does not match a year-value in |date=
+
end
if is_set (error_message) then -- if there is already an error message
 
error_message = error_message .. ', '; -- tack on this additional message
 
end
 
error_message = error_message .. '&#124;year= / &#124;date= mismatch';
 
elseif 1 == mismatch then -- |year= matches year-value in |date=
 
add_maint_cat ('date_year');
 
end
 
end
 
 
if not is_set(error_message) then -- error free dates only
 
local modified = false; -- flag
 
 
if is_set (DF) then -- if we need to reformat dates
 
modified = reformat_dates (date_parameters_list, DF, false); -- reformat to DF format, use long month names if appropriate
 
end
 
  
if true == date_hyphen_to_dash (date_parameters_list) then -- convert hyphens to dashes where appropriate
+
extra_text_in_vol_iss_check (Issue, A:ORIGIN ('Issue'), 'i');
modified = true;
 
add_maint_cat ('date_format'); -- hyphens were converted so add maint category
 
end
 
 
-- for those wikis that can and want to have English date names translated to the local language,
 
-- uncomment these three lines.  Not supported by en.wiki (for obvious reasons)
 
-- set date_name_xlate() second argument to true to translate English digits to local digits (will translate ymd dates)
 
-- if date_name_xlate (date_parameters_list, false) then
 
-- modified = true;
 
-- end
 
  
if modified then -- if the date_parameters_list values were modified
+
local Page;
AccessDate = date_parameters_list['access-date'].val; -- overwrite date holding parameters with modified values
+
local Pages;
ArchiveDate = date_parameters_list['archive-date'].val;
+
local At;
Date = date_parameters_list['date'].val;
+
local QuotePage;
DoiBroken = date_parameters_list['doi-broken-date'].val;
+
local QuotePages;
LayDate = date_parameters_list['lay-date'].val;
+
if not utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_not_using_page) then -- TODO: rewrite to emit ignored parameter error message?
PublicationDate = date_parameters_list['publication-date'].val;
+
Page = A['Page'];
end
+
Pages = utilities.hyphen_to_dash (A['Pages']);
else
+
At = A['At'];
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'bad_date', {error_message}, true ) } ); -- add this error message
+
QuotePage = A['QuotePage'];
 +
QuotePages = utilities.hyphen_to_dash (A['QuotePages']);
 +
end
 +
 
 +
local Edition = A['Edition'];
 +
local PublicationPlace = place_check (A['PublicationPlace'], A:ORIGIN('PublicationPlace'));
 +
local Place = place_check (A['Place'], A:ORIGIN('Place'));
 +
 +
local PublisherName = A['PublisherName'];
 +
local PublisherName_origin = A:ORIGIN('PublisherName');
 +
if utilities.is_set (PublisherName) and (cfg.keywords_xlate['none'] ~= PublisherName) then
 +
local i = 0;
 +
PublisherName, i = utilities.strip_apostrophe_markup (PublisherName); -- strip apostrophe markup so that metadata isn't contaminated; publisher is never italicized
 +
if i and (0 < i) then -- non-zero when markup was stripped so emit an error message
 +
utilities.set_message ('err_apostrophe_markup', {PublisherName_origin});
 
end
 
end
end -- end of do
+
end
 +
 +
if ('document' == config.CitationClass) and not utilities.is_set (PublisherName) then
 +
utilities.set_message ('err_missing_publisher', {config.CitationClass, 'publisher'});
 +
end
  
-- Account for the oddity that is {{cite journal}} with |pmc= set and |url= not set.  Do this after date check but before COInS.
+
local Newsgroup = A['Newsgroup']; -- TODO: strip apostrophe markup?
-- Here we unset Embargo if PMC not embargoed (|embargo= not set in the citation) or if the embargo time has expired. Otherwise, holds embargo date
+
local Newsgroup_origin = A:ORIGIN('Newsgroup');
Embargo = is_embargoed (Embargo);
 
  
if config.CitationClass == "journal" and not is_set(URL) and is_set(ID_list['PMC']) then
+
if 'newsgroup' == config.CitationClass then
if not is_set (Embargo) then -- if not embargoed or embargo has expired
+
if utilities.is_set (PublisherName) and (cfg.keywords_xlate['none'] ~= PublisherName) then -- general use parameter |publisher= not allowed in cite newsgroup
URL=cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].prefix .. ID_list['PMC']; -- set url to be the same as the PMC external link if not embargoed
+
utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored', {PublisherName_origin});
URLorigin = cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].parameters[1]; -- set URLorigin to parameter name for use in error message if citation is missing a |title=
+
end
if is_set(AccessDate) then -- access date requires |url=; pmc created url is not |url=
 
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'accessdate_missing_url', {}, true ) } );
 
AccessDate = ''; -- для рувики: TODO: убрать? -- unset
 
end
 
  
end
+
PublisherName = nil; -- ensure that this parameter is unset for the time being; will be used again after COinS
 
end
 
end
  
-- At this point fields may be nil if they weren't specified in the template use.  We can use that fact.
+
local URL = A['URL']; -- TODO: better way to do this for URL, ChapterURL, and MapURL?
-- Test if citation has no title
+
local UrlAccess = is_valid_parameter_value (A['UrlAccess'], A:ORIGIN('UrlAccess'), cfg.keywords_lists['url-access'], nil);
if not is_set(Title) and
+
not is_set(TransTitle) and
+
if not utilities.is_set (URL) and utilities.is_set (UrlAccess) then
not is_set(ScriptTitle) then
+
UrlAccess = nil;
if 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for cite episode; TODO: is there a better way to do this?
+
utilities.set_message ('err_param_access_requires_param', 'url');
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'citation_missing_title', {'series'}, true ) } );
 
else
 
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'citation_missing_title', {'title'}, true ) } );
 
end
 
 
end
 
end
 
 
if 'none' == Title and in_array (config.CitationClass, {'journal', 'citation'}) and is_set (Periodical) and 'journal' == A:ORIGIN('Periodical') then -- special case for journal cites
+
local ChapterURL = A['ChapterURL'];
Title = ''; -- set title to empty string
+
local ChapterUrlAccess = is_valid_parameter_value (A['ChapterUrlAccess'], A:ORIGIN('ChapterUrlAccess'), cfg.keywords_lists['url-access'], nil);
add_maint_cat ('untitled');
+
if not utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) and utilities.is_set (ChapterUrlAccess) then
 +
ChapterUrlAccess = nil;
 +
utilities.set_message ('err_param_access_requires_param', {A:ORIGIN('ChapterUrlAccess'):gsub ('%-access', '')});
 
end
 
end
  
check_for_url ({ -- add error message when any of these parameters contains a URL
+
local MapUrlAccess = is_valid_parameter_value (A['MapUrlAccess'], A:ORIGIN('MapUrlAccess'), cfg.keywords_lists['url-access'], nil);
['title']=Title,
+
if not utilities.is_set (A['MapURL']) and utilities.is_set (MapUrlAccess) then
[A:ORIGIN('Chapter')]=Chapter,
+
MapUrlAccess = nil;
[A:ORIGIN('Periodical')]=Periodical,
+
utilities.set_message ('err_param_access_requires_param', {'map-url'});
[A:ORIGIN('PublisherName')] = PublisherName
+
end
});
 
  
-- COinS metadata (see <http://ocoins.info/>) for automated parsing of citation information.
+
local this_page = mw.title.getCurrentTitle(); -- also used for COinS and for language
-- handle the oddity that is cite encyclopedia and {{citation |encyclopedia=something}}. Here we presume that
+
local no_tracking_cats = is_valid_parameter_value (A['NoTracking'], A:ORIGIN('NoTracking'), cfg.keywords_lists['yes_true_y'], nil);
-- when Periodical, Title, and Chapter are all set, then Periodical is the book (encyclopedia) title, Title
+
 
-- is the article title, and Chapter is a section within the article.  So, we remap
+
-- check this page to see if it is in one of the namespaces that cs1 is not supposed to add to the error categories
 +
if not utilities.is_set (no_tracking_cats) then -- ignore if we are already not going to categorize this page
 +
if cfg.uncategorized_namespaces[this_page.namespace] then -- is this page's namespace id one of the uncategorized namespace ids?
 +
no_tracking_cats = "true"; -- set no_tracking_cats
 +
end
 +
for _, v in ipairs (cfg.uncategorized_subpages) do -- cycle through page name patterns
 +
if this_page.text:match (v) then -- test page name against each pattern
 +
no_tracking_cats = "true"; -- set no_tracking_cats
 +
break; -- bail out if one is found
 +
end
 +
end
 +
end
 +
 
 +
-- no_tracking_cats = "true"; -- выключаем всю категоризацию для РУВИКИ
 +
-- check for extra |page=, |pages= or |at= parameters. (also sheet and sheets while we're at it)
 +
utilities.select_one (args, {'page', 'p', 'pp', 'pages', 'at', 'sheet', 'sheets'}, 'err_redundant_parameters'); -- this is a dummy call simply to get the error message and category
 +
 
 +
local coins_pages;
 
 
local coins_chapter = Chapter; -- default assuming that remapping not required
+
Page, Pages, At, coins_pages = insource_loc_get (Page, A:ORIGIN('Page'), Pages, A:ORIGIN('Pages'), At);
local coins_title = Title; -- et tu
+
 
if 'encyclopaedia' == config.CitationClass or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Encyclopedia)) then
+
local NoPP = is_valid_parameter_value (A['NoPP'], A:ORIGIN('NoPP'), cfg.keywords_lists['yes_true_y'], nil);
if is_set (Chapter) and is_set (Title) and is_set (Periodical) then -- if all are used then
+
 
coins_chapter = Title; -- remap
+
if utilities.is_set (PublicationPlace) and utilities.is_set (Place) then -- both |publication-place= and |place= (|location=) allowed if different
coins_title = Periodical;
+
utilities.add_prop_cat ('location-test'); -- add property cat to evaluate how often PublicationPlace and Place are used together
 +
if PublicationPlace == Place then
 +
Place = ''; -- unset; don't need both if they are the same
 
end
 
end
 +
elseif not utilities.is_set (PublicationPlace) and utilities.is_set (Place) then -- when only |place= (|location=) is set ...
 +
PublicationPlace = Place; -- promote |place= (|location=) to |publication-place
 
end
 
end
local coins_author = a; -- default for coins rft.au
 
if 0 < #c then -- but if contributor list
 
coins_author = c; -- use that instead
 
end
 
  
-- this is the function call to COinS()
+
if PublicationPlace == Place then Place = ''; end -- don't need both if they are the same
local OCinSoutput = COinS({
+
 
['Periodical'] = Periodical,
+
local URL_origin = A:ORIGIN('URL'); -- get name of parameter that holds URL
['Encyclopedia'] = Encyclopedia,
+
local ChapterURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('ChapterURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds ChapterURL
['Chapter'] = make_coins_title (coins_chapter, ScriptChapter), -- Chapter and ScriptChapter stripped of bold / italic wikimarkup
+
local ScriptChapter = A['ScriptChapter'];
['Degree'] = Degree; -- cite thesis only
+
local ScriptChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN ('ScriptChapter');
['Title'] = make_coins_title (coins_title, ScriptTitle), -- Title and ScriptTitle stripped of bold / italic wikimarkup
+
local Format = A['Format'];
['PublicationPlace'] = PublicationPlace,
+
local ChapterFormat = A['ChapterFormat'];
['Date'] = COinS_date.rftdate, -- COinS_date has correctly formatted date if Date is valid;
+
local TransChapter = A['TransChapter'];
['Season'] = COinS_date.rftssn,
+
local TransChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN ('TransChapter');
['Chron'] = COinS_date.rftchron or (not COinS_date.rftdate and Date) or '', -- chron but if not set and invalid date format use Date; keep this last bit?
+
local TransTitle = A['TransTitle'];
['Series'] = Series,
+
local ScriptTitle = A['ScriptTitle'];
['Volume'] = Volume,
+
['Issue'] = Issue,
+
--[[
['Pages'] = get_coins_pages (first_set ({Sheet, Sheets, Page, Pages, At}, 5)), -- pages stripped of external links
+
Parameter remapping for cite encyclopedia:
['Edition'] = Edition,
+
When the citation has these parameters:
['PublisherName'] = PublisherName,
+
|encyclopedia= and |title= then map |title= to |article= and |encyclopedia= to |title= for rendering
['URL'] = first_set ({ChapterURL, URL}, 2),
+
|encyclopedia= and |article= then map |encyclopedia= to |title= for rendering
['Authors'] = coins_author,
+
 
['ID_list'] = ID_list,
+
|trans-title= maps to |trans-chapter= when |title= is re-mapped
['RawPage'] = this_page.prefixedText,
+
|url= maps to |chapter-url= when |title= is remapped
}, config.CitationClass);
+
 +
All other combinations of |encyclopedia=, |title=, and |article= are not modified
 +
 +
]]
  
-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, {{cite biorxiv}}, and {{cite citeseerx}} AFTER generation of COinS data.
+
local Encyclopedia = A['Encyclopedia']; -- used as a flag by this module and by ~/COinS
if in_array (config.CitationClass, {'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx'}) then -- we have set rft.jtitle in COinS to arXiv, bioRxiv, or CiteSeerX now unset so it isn't displayed
+
local ScriptEncyclopedia = A['ScriptEncyclopedia'];
Periodical = ''; -- periodical not allowed in these templates; if article has been published, use cite journal
+
local TransEncyclopedia = A['TransEncyclopedia'];
end
 
  
-- special case for cite newsgroup.  Do this after COinS because we are modifying Publishername to include some static text
+
if utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia) or utilities.is_set (ScriptEncyclopedia) then -- emit error message when Encyclopedia set but template is other than {{cite encyclopedia}} or {{citation}}
if 'newsgroup' == config.CitationClass then
+
if 'encyclopaedia' ~= config.CitationClass and 'citation' ~= config.CitationClass then
if is_set (PublisherName) then
+
if utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia) then
PublisherName = substitute (cfg.messages['newsgroup'], external_link( 'news:' .. PublisherName, PublisherName, A:ORIGIN('PublisherName'), nil ));
+
utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored', {A:ORIGIN ('Encyclopedia')});
 +
else
 +
utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored', {A:ORIGIN ('ScriptEncyclopedia')});
 +
end
 +
Encyclopedia = nil; -- unset these because not supported by this template
 +
ScriptEncyclopedia = nil;
 +
TransEncyclopedia = nil;
 
end
 
end
 +
elseif utilities.is_set (TransEncyclopedia) then
 +
utilities.set_message ('err_trans_missing_title', {'encyclopedia'});
 
end
 
end
  
 +
if ('encyclopaedia' == config.CitationClass) or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia)) then
 +
if utilities.is_set (Periodical) and utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia) then -- when both parameters set emit an error message; {{citation}} only; Periodical not allowed in {{cite encyclopedia}}
 +
utilities.set_message ('err_periodical_ignored', {Periodical_origin});
 +
end
  
 +
if utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia) or utilities.is_set (ScriptEncyclopedia) then
 +
Periodical = Encyclopedia; -- error or no, set Periodical to Encyclopedia for rendering; {{citation}} could (not legitimately) have both; use Encyclopedia
 +
Periodical_origin = A:ORIGIN ('Encyclopedia');
 +
ScriptPeriodical = ScriptEncyclopedia;
 +
ScriptPeriodical_origin = A:ORIGIN ('ScriptEncyclopedia');
  
-- Now perform various field substitutions.
+
if utilities.is_set (Title) or utilities.is_set (ScriptTitle) then
-- We also add leading spaces and surrounding markup and punctuation to the
+
if not utilities.is_set (Chapter) then
-- various parts of the citation, but only when they are non-nil.
+
Chapter = Title; -- |encyclopedia= and |title= are set so map |title= params to |article= params for rendering
local EditorCount; -- used only for choosing {ed.) or (eds.) annotation at end of editor name-list
+
ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle;
do
+
ScriptChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN('ScriptTitle')
local last_first_list;
+
TransChapter = TransTitle;
local control = {
+
ChapterURL = URL;
format = NameListFormat, -- empty string or 'vanc'
+
ChapterURL_origin = URL_origin;
maximum = nil, -- as if display-authors or display-editors not set
+
ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess;
lastauthoramp = LastAuthorAmp,
+
ChapterFormat = Format;
page_name = this_page.text, -- get current page name so that we don't wikilink to it via editorlinkn
 
mode = Mode
 
};
 
  
do -- do editor name list first because the now unsupported coauthors used to modify control table
+
if not utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) and utilities.is_set (TitleLink) then
control.maximum , editor_etal = get_display_authors_editors (A['DisplayEditors'], #e, 'editors', editor_etal);
+
Chapter = utilities.make_wikilink (TitleLink, Chapter);
last_first_list, EditorCount = list_people(control, e, editor_etal);
+
end
 
+
Title = Periodical; -- now map |encyclopedia= params to |title= params for rendering
if is_set (Editors) then
+
ScriptTitle = ScriptPeriodical or '';
if editor_etal then
+
TransTitle = TransEncyclopedia or '';
Editors = Editors .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- add et al. to editors parameter beause |display-editors=etal
+
Periodical = ''; -- redundant so unset
EditorCount = 2; -- with et al., |editors= is multiple names; spoof to display (eds.) annotation
+
ScriptPeriodical = '';
else
+
URL = '';
EditorCount = 2; -- we don't know but assume |editors= is multiple names; spoof to display (eds.) annotation
+
Format = '';
 +
TitleLink = '';
 
end
 
end
else
+
elseif utilities.is_set (Chapter) or utilities.is_set (ScriptChapter) then -- |title= not set
Editors = last_first_list; -- either an author name list or an empty string
+
Title = Periodical; -- |encyclopedia= set and |article= set so map |encyclopedia= to |title= for rendering
 +
ScriptTitle = ScriptPeriodical or '';
 +
TransTitle = TransEncyclopedia or '';
 +
Periodical = ''; -- redundant so unset
 +
ScriptPeriodical = '';
 
end
 
end
 +
end
 +
end
  
if 1 == EditorCount and (true == editor_etal or 1 < #e) then -- only one editor displayed but includes etal then  
+
-- special case for cite techreport.
EditorCount = 2; -- spoof to display (eds.) annotation
+
local ID = A['ID'];
 +
if (config.CitationClass == "techreport") then -- special case for cite techreport
 +
if utilities.is_set (A['Number']) then -- cite techreport uses 'number', which other citations alias to 'issue'
 +
if not utilities.is_set (ID) then -- can we use ID for the "number"?
 +
ID = A['Number']; -- yes, use it
 +
else -- ID has a value so emit error message
 +
utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'id') .. cfg.presentation['sep_list_pair'] .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'number')});
 
end
 
end
 +
end
 +
end
 +
 +
-- Account for the oddity that is {{cite conference}}, before generation of COinS data.
 +
local ChapterLink -- = A['ChapterLink']; -- deprecated as a parameter but still used internally by cite episode
 +
local Conference = A['Conference'];
 +
local BookTitle = A['BookTitle'];
 +
local TransTitle_origin = A:ORIGIN ('TransTitle');
 +
if 'conference' == config.CitationClass then
 +
if utilities.is_set (BookTitle) then
 +
Chapter = Title;
 +
Chapter_origin = 'title';
 +
-- ChapterLink = TitleLink; -- |chapter-link= is deprecated
 +
ChapterURL = URL;
 +
ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess;
 +
ChapterURL_origin = URL_origin;
 +
URL_origin = '';
 +
ChapterFormat = Format;
 +
TransChapter = TransTitle;
 +
TransChapter_origin = TransTitle_origin;
 +
Title = BookTitle;
 +
Format = '';
 +
-- TitleLink = '';
 +
TransTitle = '';
 +
URL = '';
 
end
 
end
do -- now do interviewers
+
elseif 'speech' ~= config.CitationClass then
control.maximum = #interviewers_list; -- number of interviewerss
+
Conference = ''; -- not cite conference or cite speech so make sure this is empty string
Interviewers = list_people(control, interviewers_list, false); -- et al not currently supported
+
end
end
 
do -- now do translators
 
control.maximum = #t; -- number of translators
 
Translators = list_people(control, t, false); -- et al not currently supported
 
end
 
do -- now do contributors
 
control.maximum = #c; -- number of contributors
 
Contributors = list_people(control, c, false); -- et al not currently supported
 
end
 
do -- now do authors
 
control.maximum , author_etal = get_display_authors_editors (A['DisplayAuthors'], #a, 'authors', author_etal);
 
 
 
last_first_list = list_people(control, a, author_etal);
 
 
 
if is_set (Authors) then
 
Authors, author_etal = name_has_etal (Authors, author_etal, false); -- find and remove variations on et al.
 
if author_etal then
 
Authors = Authors .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- add et al. to authors parameter
 
end
 
else
 
Authors = last_first_list; -- either an author name list or an empty string
 
end
 
end -- end of do
 
 
 
if is_set (Authors) and is_set (Collaboration) then
+
-- CS1/2 mode
Authors = Authors .. ' (' .. Collaboration .. ')'; -- add collaboration after et al.
+
local Mode;
 +
if cfg.global_cs1_config_t['Mode'] then -- global setting in {{cs1 config}} overrides local |mode= parameter value; nil when empty or assigned value invalid
 +
Mode = is_valid_parameter_value (cfg.global_cs1_config_t['Mode'], 'cs1 config: mode', cfg.keywords_lists['mode'], ''); -- error messaging 'param' here is a hoax
 +
else
 +
Mode = is_valid_parameter_value (A['Mode'], A:ORIGIN('Mode'), cfg.keywords_lists['mode'], '');
 
end
 
end
  
end
+
if cfg.global_cs1_config_t['Mode'] and utilities.is_set (A['Mode']) then -- when template has |mode=<something> which global setting has overridden
 +
utilities.set_message ('maint_overridden_setting'); -- set a maint message
 +
end
  
-- apply |[xx-]format= styling; at the end, these parameters hold correctly styled format annotation,
+
-- separator character and postscript
-- an error message if the associated url is not set, or an empty string for concatenation
+
local sepc, PostScript = set_style (Mode:lower(), A['PostScript'], config.CitationClass);
ArchiveFormat = style_format (ArchiveFormat, ArchiveURL, 'archive-format', 'archive-url');
+
-- controls capitalization of certain static text
ConferenceFormat = style_format (ConferenceFormat, ConferenceURL, 'conference-format', 'conference-url');
+
local use_lowercase = ( sepc == ',' );
Format = style_format (Format, URL, 'format', 'url');
+
LayFormat = style_format (LayFormat, LayURL, 'lay-format', 'lay-url');
+
-- cite map oddities
TranscriptFormat = style_format (TranscriptFormat, TranscriptURL, 'transcript-format', 'transcripturl');
+
local Cartography = "";
 +
local Scale = "";
 +
local Sheet = A['Sheet'] or '';
 +
local Sheets = A['Sheets'] or '';
 +
if config.CitationClass == "map" then
 +
if utilities.is_set (Chapter) then --TODO: make a function for this and similar?
 +
utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'map') .. cfg.presentation['sep_list_pair'] .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', Chapter_origin)}); -- add error message
 +
end
 +
Chapter = A['Map'];
 +
Chapter_origin = A:ORIGIN('Map');
 +
ChapterURL = A['MapURL'];
 +
ChapterURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('MapURL');
 +
TransChapter = A['TransMap'];
 +
ScriptChapter = A['ScriptMap']
 +
ScriptChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN('ScriptMap')
  
-- special case for chapter format so no error message or cat when chapter not supported
+
ChapterUrlAccess = MapUrlAccess;
if not (in_array(config.CitationClass, {'web', 'news', 'journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx'}) or
+
ChapterFormat = A['MapFormat'];
('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical) and not is_set (Encyclopedia))) then
 
ChapterFormat = style_format (ChapterFormat, ChapterURL, 'chapter-format', 'chapter-url');
 
end
 
  
if not is_set(URL) then
+
Cartography = A['Cartography'];
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"web","podcast", "mailinglist"}) then -- |url= required for cite web, cite podcast, and cite mailinglist
+
if utilities.is_set ( Cartography ) then
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'cite_web_url', {}, true ) } );
+
Cartography = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('cartography', Cartography, use_lowercase);
end
+
end
+
Scale = A['Scale'];
-- do we have |accessdate= without either |url= or |chapter-url=?
+
if utilities.is_set ( Scale ) then
if is_set(AccessDate) and not is_set(ChapterURL)then -- ChapterURL may be set when URL is not set;
+
Scale = sepc .. " " .. Scale;
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'accessdate_missing_url', {}, true ) } );
 
-- AccessDate = ''; -- для рувики: убрано
 
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
  
local OriginalURL, OriginalURLorigin, OriginalFormat, OriginalAccess;
+
-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite episode}} and {{cite serial}}, before generation of COinS data.
DeadURL = DeadURL:lower(); -- used later when assembling archived text
+
local Series = A['Series'];
if is_set( ArchiveURL ) then
+
if 'episode' == config.CitationClass or 'serial' == config.CitationClass then
if is_set (ChapterURL) then -- if chapter-url is set apply archive url to it
+
local SeriesLink = A['SeriesLink'];
OriginalURL = ChapterURL; -- save copy of source chapter's url for archive text
+
 
OriginalURLorigin = ChapterURLorigin; -- name of chapter-url parameter for error messages
+
SeriesLink = link_title_ok (SeriesLink, A:ORIGIN ('SeriesLink'), Series, 'series'); -- check for wiki-markup in |series-link= or wiki-markup in |series= when |series-link= is set
OriginalFormat = ChapterFormat; -- and original |chapter-format=
 
if 'no' ~= DeadURL then
 
ChapterURL = ArchiveURL -- swap-in the archive's url
 
ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL') -- name of archive-url parameter for error messages
 
ChapterFormat = ArchiveFormat or ''; -- swap in archive's format
 
ChapterUrlAccess = nil; -- restricted access levels do not make sense for archived urls
 
end
 
elseif is_set (URL) then
 
OriginalURL = URL; -- save copy of original source URL
 
OriginalURLorigin = URLorigin; -- name of url parameter for error messages
 
OriginalFormat = Format; -- and original |format=
 
OriginalAccess = UrlAccess;
 
if 'no' ~= DeadURL then -- if URL set then archive-url applies to it
 
URL = ArchiveURL -- swap-in the archive's url
 
URLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL') -- name of archive url parameter for error messages
 
Format = ArchiveFormat or ''; -- swap in archive's format
 
UrlAccess = nil; -- restricted access levels do not make sense for archived urls
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
  
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {'web','news','journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx'}) or -- if any of the 'periodical' cites except encyclopedia
+
local Network = A['Network'];
('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical) and not is_set (Encyclopedia)) then
+
local Station = A['Station'];
local chap_param;
+
local s, n = {}, {};
if is_set (Chapter) then -- get a parameter name from one of these chapter related meta-parameters
+
-- do common parameters first
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('Chapter')
+
if utilities.is_set (Network) then table.insert(n, Network); end
elseif is_set (TransChapter) then
+
if utilities.is_set (Station) then table.insert(n, Station); end
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('TransChapter')
+
ID = table.concat(n, sepc .. ' ');
elseif is_set (ChapterURL) then
+
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ChapterURL')
+
if 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- handle the oddities that are strictly {{cite episode}}
elseif is_set (ScriptChapter) then
+
local Season = A['Season'];
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ScriptChapter')
+
local SeriesNumber = A['SeriesNumber'];
else is_set (ChapterFormat)
 
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ChapterFormat')
 
end
 
  
if is_set (chap_param) then -- if we found one
+
if utilities.is_set (Season) and utilities.is_set (SeriesNumber) then -- these are mutually exclusive so if both are set TODO: make a function for this and similar?
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'chapter_ignored', {chap_param}, true ) } ); -- add error message
+
utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'season') .. cfg.presentation['sep_list_pair'] .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'seriesno')}); -- add error message
Chapter = ''; -- and set them to empty string to be safe with concatenation
+
SeriesNumber = ''; -- unset; prefer |season= over |seriesno=
TransChapter = '';
 
ChapterURL = '';
 
ScriptChapter = '';
 
ChapterFormat = '';
 
 
end
 
end
else -- otherwise, format chapter / article title
+
-- assemble a table of parts concatenated later into Series
local no_quotes = false; -- default assume that we will be quoting the chapter parameter value
+
if utilities.is_set (Season) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('season', Season, use_lowercase)); end
if is_set (Contribution) and 0 < #c then -- if this is a contribution with contributor(s)
+
if utilities.is_set (SeriesNumber) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('seriesnum', SeriesNumber, use_lowercase)); end
if in_array (Contribution:lower(), cfg.keywords.contribution) then -- and a generic contribution title
+
if utilities.is_set (Issue) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('episode', Issue, use_lowercase)); end
no_quotes = true; -- then render it unquoted
+
Issue = ''; -- unset because this is not a unique parameter
 +
 +
Chapter = Title; -- promote title parameters to chapter
 +
ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle;
 +
ScriptChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN('ScriptTitle');
 +
ChapterLink = TitleLink; -- alias |episode-link=
 +
TransChapter = TransTitle;
 +
ChapterURL = URL;
 +
ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess;
 +
ChapterURL_origin = URL_origin;
 +
ChapterFormat = Format;
 +
 
 +
Title = Series; -- promote series to title
 +
TitleLink = SeriesLink;
 +
Series = table.concat(s, sepc .. ' '); -- this is concatenation of season, seriesno, episode number
 +
 
 +
if utilities.is_set (ChapterLink) and not utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then -- link but not URL
 +
Chapter = utilities.make_wikilink (ChapterLink, Chapter);
 +
elseif utilities.is_set (ChapterLink) and utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then -- if both are set, URL links episode;
 +
Series = utilities.make_wikilink (ChapterLink, Series);
 
end
 
end
end
+
URL = ''; -- unset
 
+
TransTitle = '';
Chapter = format_chapter_title (ScriptChapter, Chapter, TransChapter, ChapterURL, ChapterURLorigin, no_quotes, ChapterUrlAccess); -- Contribution is also in Chapter
+
ScriptTitle = '';
if is_set (Chapter) then
+
Format = '';
Chapter = Chapter .. ChapterFormat ;
+
if 'map' == config.CitationClass and is_set (TitleType) then
+
else -- now oddities that are cite serial
Chapter = Chapter .. ' ' .. TitleType; -- map annotation here; not after title
+
Issue = ''; -- unset because this parameter no longer supported by the citation/core version of cite serial
 +
Chapter = A['Episode']; -- TODO: make |episode= available to cite episode someday?
 +
if utilities.is_set (Series) and utilities.is_set (SeriesLink) then
 +
Series = utilities.make_wikilink (SeriesLink, Series);
 
end
 
end
Chapter = Chapter.. sepc .. ' ';
+
Series = utilities.wrap_style ('italic-title', Series); -- series is italicized
elseif is_set (ChapterFormat) then -- |chapter= not set but |chapter-format= is so ...
+
end
Chapter = ChapterFormat .. sepc .. ' '; -- ... ChapterFormat has error message, we want to see it
 
end
 
 
end
 
end
 +
-- end of {{cite episode}} stuff
  
-- Format main title.
+
-- handle type parameter for those CS1 citations that have default values
if is_set (ArchiveURL) and mw.ustring.match (mw.ustring.lower(Title), cfg.special_case_translation['archived_copy']) then -- if title is 'Archived copy' (place holder added by bots that can't find proper title)
+
local TitleType = A['TitleType'];
add_maint_cat ('archived_copy'); -- add maintenance category before we modify the content of Title
+
local Degree = A['Degree'];
end
+
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'AV-media-notes', 'document', 'interview', 'mailinglist', 'map', 'podcast', 'pressrelease', 'report', 'speech', 'techreport', 'thesis'}) then
 
+
TitleType = set_titletype (config.CitationClass, TitleType);
if Title:match ('^%(%(.*%)%)$') then -- if keep as written markup:
+
if utilities.is_set (Degree) and "Thesis" == TitleType then -- special case for cite thesis
Title= Title:gsub ('^%(%((.*)%)%)$', '%1') -- remove the markup
+
TitleType = Degree .. ' ' .. cfg.title_types ['thesis']:lower();
else
 
if '...' == Title:sub (-3) then -- if elipsis is the last three characters of |title=
 
Title = Title:gsub ('(%.%.%.)%.+$', '%1'); -- limit the number of dots to three
 
elseif not mw.ustring.find (Title, '%.%s*%a%.$') and -- end of title is not a 'dot-(optional space-)letter-dot' initialism ...
 
not mw.ustring.find (Title, '%s+%a%.$') then -- ...and not a 'space-letter-dot' initial (''Allium canadense'' L.)
 
Title = mw.ustring.gsub(Title, '%'..sepc..'$', ''); -- remove any trailing separator character; sepc and ms.ustring() here for languages that use multibyte separator characters
 
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
+
 
if is_set(TitleLink) and is_set(Title) then
+
if utilities.is_set (TitleType) then -- if type parameter is specified
Title = make_wikilink (TitleLink, Title);
+
TitleType = utilities.substitute ( cfg.messages['type'], TitleType); -- display it in parentheses
 +
-- TODO: Hack on TitleType to fix bunched parentheses problem
 
end
 
end
  
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {'web', 'news', 'journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'mailinglist', 'interview', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx'}) or
+
-- legacy: promote PublicationDate to Date if neither Date nor Year are set.
('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical) and not is_set (Encyclopedia)) or
+
local Date = A['Date'];
('map' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical)) then -- special case for cite map when the map is in a periodical treat as an article
+
local Date_origin; -- to hold the name of parameter promoted to Date; required for date error messaging
Title = kern_quotes (Title); -- if necessary, separate title's leading and trailing quote marks from Module provided quote marks
+
local PublicationDate = A['PublicationDate'];
Title = wrap_style ('quoted-title', Title);
+
local Year = A['Year'];
Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped
+
TransTitle= wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle );
+
if utilities.is_set (Year) then
elseif 'report' == config.CitationClass then -- no styling for cite report
+
validation.year_check (Year); -- returns nothing; emits maint message when |year= doesn't hold a 'year' value
Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped
 
TransTitle= wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle ); -- for cite report, use this form for trans-title
 
else
 
Title = wrap_style ('italic-title', Title);
 
Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped
 
TransTitle = wrap_style ('trans-italic-title', TransTitle);
 
 
end
 
end
  
local TransError = "";
+
if not utilities.is_set (Date) then
if is_set(TransTitle) then
+
Date = Year; -- promote Year to Date
if is_set(Title) then
+
Year = nil; -- make nil so Year as empty string isn't used for CITEREF
TransTitle = " " .. TransTitle;
+
if not utilities.is_set (Date) and utilities.is_set (PublicationDate) then -- use PublicationDate when |date= and |year= are not set
 +
Date = PublicationDate; -- promote PublicationDate to Date
 +
PublicationDate = ''; -- unset, no longer needed
 +
Date_origin = A:ORIGIN('PublicationDate'); -- save the name of the promoted parameter
 
else
 
else
TransError = " " .. set_error( 'trans_missing_title', {'title'} );
+
Date_origin = A:ORIGIN('Year'); -- save the name of the promoted parameter
end
 
end
 
 
if is_set(Title) then
 
if not is_set(TitleLink) and is_set(URL) then
 
 
Title = external_link( URL, Title, URLorigin, UrlAccess ) .. TransTitle .. TransError .. Format;
 
URL = ''; -- unset these because no longer needed
 
Format = "";
 
else
 
Title = Title .. TransTitle .. TransError;
 
 
end
 
end
 
else
 
else
Title = TransTitle .. TransError;
+
Date_origin = A:ORIGIN('Date'); -- not a promotion; name required for error messaging
 
end
 
end
  
if is_set(Place) then
+
if PublicationDate == Date then PublicationDate = ''; end -- if PublicationDate is same as Date, don't display in rendered citation
Place = " " .. wrap_msg ('written', Place, use_lowercase) .. sepc .. " ";
+
 
end
+
--[[
 +
Go test all of the date-holding parameters for valid MOS:DATE format and make sure that dates are real dates. This must be done before we do COinS because here is where
 +
we get the date used in the metadata.
 +
 +
Date validation supporting code is in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation
 +
]]
  
if is_set (Conference) then
+
local DF = is_valid_parameter_value (A['DF'], A:ORIGIN('DF'), cfg.keywords_lists['df'], '');
if is_set (ConferenceURL) then
+
if not utilities.is_set (DF) then
Conference = external_link( ConferenceURL, Conference, ConferenceURLorigin, nil );
+
DF = cfg.global_df; -- local |df= if present overrides global df set by {{use xxx date}} template
end
 
Conference = sepc .. " " .. Conference .. ConferenceFormat;
 
elseif is_set(ConferenceURL) then
 
Conference = sepc .. " " .. external_link( ConferenceURL, nil, ConferenceURLorigin, nil );
 
 
end
 
end
  
if not is_set(Position) then
+
local ArchiveURL;
local Minutes = A['Minutes'];
+
local ArchiveDate;
local Time = A['Time'];
+
local ArchiveFormat = A['ArchiveFormat'];
 +
local archive_url_timestamp; -- timestamp from wayback machine url
 +
 +
ArchiveURL, ArchiveDate, archive_url_timestamp = archive_url_check (A['ArchiveURL'], A['ArchiveDate'])
 +
ArchiveFormat = style_format (ArchiveFormat, ArchiveURL, 'archive-format', 'archive-url');
 +
 +
ArchiveURL, ArchiveDate = is_unique_archive_url (ArchiveURL, URL, ChapterURL, A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL'), ArchiveDate); -- add error message when URL or ChapterURL == ArchiveURL
  
if is_set(Minutes) then
+
local AccessDate = A['AccessDate'];
if is_set (Time) then
+
local COinS_date = {}; -- holds date info extracted from |date= for the COinS metadata by Module:Date verification
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'minutes') .. ' and ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'time')}, true ) } );
+
local DoiBroken = A['DoiBroken'];
end
+
local Embargo = A['Embargo'];
Position = " " .. Minutes .. " " .. cfg.messages['minutes'];
+
local anchor_year; -- used in the CITEREF identifier
else
+
do -- create defined block to contain local variables error_message, date_parameters_list, mismatch
if is_set(Time) then
+
local error_message = '';
local TimeCaption = A['TimeCaption']
+
-- AirDate has been promoted to Date so not necessary to check it
if not is_set(TimeCaption) then
+
local date_parameters_list = {
TimeCaption = cfg.messages['event'];
+
['access-date'] = {val = AccessDate, name = A:ORIGIN ('AccessDate')},
if sepc ~= '.' then
+
['archive-date'] = {val = ArchiveDate, name = A:ORIGIN ('ArchiveDate')},
TimeCaption = TimeCaption:lower();
+
['date'] = {val = Date, name = Date_origin},
end
+
['doi-broken-date'] = {val = DoiBroken, name = A:ORIGIN ('DoiBroken')},
end
+
['pmc-embargo-date'] = {val = Embargo, name = A:ORIGIN ('Embargo')},
Position = " " .. TimeCaption .. " " .. Time;
+
['publication-date'] = {val = PublicationDate, name = A:ORIGIN ('PublicationDate')},
end
+
['year'] = {val = Year, name = A:ORIGIN ('Year')},
end
+
};
else
 
Position = " " .. Position;
 
At = '';
 
end
 
  
Page, Pages, Sheet, Sheets = format_pages_sheets (Page, Pages, Sheet, Sheets, config.CitationClass, Periodical_origin, sepc, NoPP, use_lowercase);
+
local error_list = {};
 +
anchor_year, Embargo = validation.dates(date_parameters_list, COinS_date, error_list);
  
At = is_set(At) and (sepc .. " " .. At) or "";
+
if utilities.is_set (Year) and utilities.is_set (Date) then -- both |date= and |year= not normally needed;  
Position = is_set(Position) and (sepc .. " " .. Position) or "";
+
validation.year_date_check (Year, A:ORIGIN ('Year'), Date, A:ORIGIN ('Date'), error_list);
if config.CitationClass == 'map' then
 
local Section = A['Section'];
 
local Sections = A['Sections'];
 
local Inset = A['Inset'];
 
 
if is_set( Inset ) then
 
Inset = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('inset', Inset, use_lowercase);
 
end
 
 
 
if is_set( Sections ) then
 
Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('sections', Sections, use_lowercase);
 
elseif is_set( Section ) then
 
Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('section', Section, use_lowercase);
 
 
end
 
end
At = At .. Inset .. Section;
 
end
 
  
if is_set (Language) then
+
if 0 == #error_list then -- error free dates only; 0 when error_list is empty
Language = language_parameter (Language); -- format, categories, name from ISO639-1, etc
+
local modified = false; -- flag
else
+
Language=""; -- language not specified so make sure this is an empty string;
+
if utilities.is_set (DF) then -- if we need to reformat dates
--[[ TODO: need to extract the wrap_msg from language_parameter
+
modified = validation.reformat_dates (date_parameters_list, DF); -- reformat to DF format, use long month names if appropriate
so that we can solve parentheses bunching problem with Format/Language/TitleType
+
end
]]
 
end
 
  
Others = is_set(Others) and (sepc .. " " .. Others) or "";
+
if true == validation.date_hyphen_to_dash (date_parameters_list) then -- convert hyphens to dashes where appropriate
+
modified = true;
if is_set (Translators) then
+
utilities.set_message ('maint_date_format'); -- hyphens were converted so add maint category
Others = safe_join ({sepc .. ' ', wrap_msg ('translated', Translators, use_lowercase), Others}, sepc);
+
end
end
+
if is_set (Interviewers) then
+
-- for those wikis that can and want to have English date names translated to the local language; not supported at en.wiki
Others = safe_join ({sepc .. ' ', wrap_msg ('interview', Interviewers, use_lowercase), Others}, sepc);
+
if cfg.date_name_auto_xlate_enable and validation.date_name_xlate (date_parameters_list, cfg.date_digit_auto_xlate_enable ) then
end
+
utilities.set_message ('maint_date_auto_xlated'); -- add maint cat
+
modified = true;
TitleNote = is_set(TitleNote) and (sepc .. " " .. TitleNote) or "";
+
end
if is_set (Edition) then
+
 
if Edition:match ('%f[%a][Ee]d%.?$') or Edition:match ('%f[%a][Ee]dition$') then
+
if modified then -- if the date_parameters_list values were modified
add_maint_cat ('extra_text', 'edition');
+
AccessDate = date_parameters_list['access-date'].val; -- overwrite date holding parameters with modified values
 +
ArchiveDate = date_parameters_list['archive-date'].val;
 +
Date = date_parameters_list['date'].val;
 +
DoiBroken = date_parameters_list['doi-broken-date'].val;
 +
PublicationDate = date_parameters_list['publication-date'].val;
 +
end
 +
 
 +
if archive_url_timestamp and utilities.is_set (ArchiveDate) then
 +
validation.archive_date_check (ArchiveDate, archive_url_timestamp, DF); -- does YYYYMMDD in archive_url_timestamp match date in ArchiveDate
 +
end
 +
else
 +
utilities.set_message ('err_bad_date', {utilities.make_sep_list (#error_list, error_list)}); -- add this error message
 
end
 
end
Edition = " " .. wrap_msg ('edition', Edition);
+
end -- end of do
else
+
 
Edition = '';
+
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'book', 'encyclopaedia'}) or -- {{cite book}}, {{cite encyclopedia}}; TODO: {{cite conference}} and others?
 +
('citation' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia)) or -- {{citation}} as an encylopedia citation
 +
('citation' == config.CitationClass and not utilities.is_set (Periodical)) then -- {{citation}} as a book citation
 +
if utilities.is_set (PublicationPlace) then
 +
if not utilities.is_set (PublisherName) then
 +
local date = COinS_date.rftdate and tonumber (COinS_date.rftdate:match ('%d%d%d%d')); -- get year portion of COinS date (because in Arabic numerals); convert string to number
 +
if date and (1850 <= date) then -- location has no publisher; if date is 1850 or later
 +
utilities.set_message ('maint_location_no_publisher'); -- add maint cat
 +
end
 +
else -- PublisherName has a value
 +
if cfg.keywords_xlate['none'] == PublisherName then -- if that value is 'none' (only for book and encyclopedia citations)
 +
PublisherName = ''; -- unset
 +
end
 +
end
 +
end
 
end
 
end
  
Series = is_set(Series) and (sepc .. " " .. Series) or "";
+
local ID_list = {}; -- sequence table of rendered identifiers
OrigYear = is_set(OrigYear) and (" [" .. OrigYear .. "]") or ""; -- TODO: presentation
+
local ID_list_coins = {}; -- table of identifiers and their values from args; key is same as cfg.id_handlers's key
 +
local Class = A['Class']; -- arxiv class identifier
 +
 +
local ID_support = {
 +
{A['ASINTLD'], 'ASIN', 'err_asintld_missing_asin', A:ORIGIN ('ASINTLD')},
 +
{DoiBroken, 'DOI', 'err_doibroken_missing_doi', A:ORIGIN ('DoiBroken')},
 +
{Embargo, 'PMC', 'err_embargo_missing_pmc', A:ORIGIN ('Embargo')},
 +
}
  
Agency = is_set(Agency) and (sepc .. " " .. Agency) or "";
+
ID_list, ID_list_coins = identifiers.identifier_lists_get (args, {DoiBroken = DoiBroken, ASINTLD = A['ASINTLD'], Embargo = Embargo, Class = Class}, ID_support);
  
Volume = format_volume_issue (Volume, Issue, config.CitationClass, Periodical_origin, sepc, use_lowercase);
+
-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, {{cite biorxiv}}, {{cite citeseerx}}, {{cite medrxiv}}, {{cite ssrn}}, before generation of COinS data.
 +
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, whitelist.preprint_template_list_t) then -- |arxiv= or |eprint= required for cite arxiv; |biorxiv=, |citeseerx=, |medrxiv=, |ssrn= required for their templates
 +
if not (args[cfg.id_handlers[config.CitationClass:upper()].parameters[1]] or -- can't use ID_list_coins k/v table here because invalid parameters omitted
 +
args[cfg.id_handlers[config.CitationClass:upper()].parameters[2]]) then -- which causes unexpected parameter missing error message
 +
utilities.set_message ('err_' .. config.CitationClass .. '_missing'); -- add error message
 +
end
  
------------------------------------ totally unrelated data
+
Periodical = ({['arxiv'] = 'arXiv', ['biorxiv'] = 'bioRxiv', ['citeseerx'] = 'CiteSeerX', ['medrxiv'] = 'medRxiv', ['ssrn'] = 'Social Science Research Network'})[config.CitationClass];
if is_set(Via) then
 
Via = " " .. wrap_msg ('via', Via);
 
 
end
 
end
  
--[[
+
-- Link the title of the work if no |url= was provided, but we have a |pmc= or a |doi= with |doi-access=free
Subscription implies paywall; Registration does not.  If both are used in a citation, the subscription required link
+
 
note is displayed. There are no error messages for this condition.
+
if config.CitationClass == "journal" and not utilities.is_set (URL) and not utilities.is_set (TitleLink) and not utilities.in_array (cfg.keywords_xlate[Title], {'off', 'none'}) then -- TODO: remove 'none' once existing citations have been switched to 'off', so 'none' can be used as token for "no title" instead
+
if 'none' ~= cfg.keywords_xlate[auto_select] then -- if auto-linking not disabled
]]
+
if identifiers.auto_link_urls[auto_select] then -- manual selection
if is_set (SubscriptionRequired) then
+
URL = identifiers.auto_link_urls[auto_select]; -- set URL to be the same as identifier's external link
SubscriptionRequired = sepc .. " " .. cfg.messages['subscription']; -- subscription required message
+
URL_origin = cfg.id_handlers[auto_select:upper()].parameters[1]; -- set URL_origin to parameter name for use in error message if citation is missing a |title=
elseif is_set (RegistrationRequired) then
+
elseif identifiers.auto_link_urls['pmc'] then -- auto-select PMC
SubscriptionRequired = sepc .. " " .. cfg.messages['registration']; -- registration required message
+
URL = identifiers.auto_link_urls['pmc']; -- set URL to be the same as the PMC external link if not embargoed
else
+
URL_origin = cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].parameters[1]; -- set URL_origin to parameter name for use in error message if citation is missing a |title=
SubscriptionRequired = ''; -- either or both might be set to something other than yes true y
+
elseif identifiers.auto_link_urls['doi'] then -- auto-select DOI
end
+
URL = identifiers.auto_link_urls['doi'];
 +
URL_origin = cfg.id_handlers['DOI'].parameters[1];
 +
end
 +
end
  
if is_set(AccessDate) then
+
if utilities.is_set (URL) then -- set when using an identifier-created URL
local retrv_text = " " .. cfg.messages['retrieved']
+
if utilities.is_set (AccessDate) then -- |access-date= requires |url=; identifier-created URL is not |url=
 +
utilities.set_message ('err_accessdate_missing_url'); -- add an error message
 +
AccessDate = ''; -- unset
 +
end
  
AccessDate = nowrap_date (AccessDate); -- wrap in nowrap span if date in appropriate format
+
if utilities.is_set (ArchiveURL) then -- |archive-url= requires |url=; identifier-created URL is not |url=
if (sepc ~= ".") then retrv_text = retrv_text:lower() end -- if mode is cs2, lower case
+
utilities.set_message ('err_archive_missing_url'); -- add an error message
AccessDate = substitute (retrv_text, AccessDate); -- add retrieved text
+
ArchiveURL = ''; -- unset
 +
end
 +
end
 +
end
  
AccessDate = substitute (cfg.presentation['accessdate'], {sepc, AccessDate}); -- allow editors to hide accessdates
+
-- At this point fields may be nil if they weren't specified in the template use.  We can use that fact.
end
+
-- Test if citation has no title
+
if not utilities.is_set (Title) and not utilities.is_set (TransTitle) and not utilities.is_set (ScriptTitle) then -- has special case for cite episode
if is_set(ID) then ID = sepc .." ".. ID; end
+
utilities.set_message ('err_citation_missing_title', {'episode' == config.CitationClass and 'series' or 'title'});
  if "thesis" == config.CitationClass and is_set(Docket) then
 
ID = sepc .." Docket ".. Docket .. ID;
 
 
end
 
end
  if "report" == config.CitationClass and is_set(Docket) then -- for cite report when |docket= is set
 
ID = sepc .. ' ' .. Docket; -- overwrite ID even if |id= is set
 
end
 
 
ID_list = build_id_list( ID_list, {IdAccessLevels=ID_access_levels, DoiBroken = DoiBroken, ASINTLD = ASINTLD, IgnoreISBN = IgnoreISBN, Embargo=Embargo, Class = Class} );
 
  
if is_set(URL) then
+
if utilities.in_array (cfg.keywords_xlate[Title], {'off', 'none'}) and
URL = " " .. external_link( URL, nil, URLorigin, UrlAccess );
+
utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'journal', 'citation'}) and
 +
(utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) and
 +
('journal' == Periodical_origin or 'script-journal' == ScriptPeriodical_origin) then -- special case for journal cites
 +
Title = ''; -- set title to empty string
 +
utilities.set_message ('maint_untitled'); -- add maint cat
 
end
 
end
  
if is_set(Quote) then
+
-- COinS metadata (see <http://ocoins.info/>) for automated parsing of citation information.
if Quote:sub(1,1) == '"' and Quote:sub(-1,-1) == '"' then -- if first and last characters of quote are quote marks
+
-- handle the oddity that is cite encyclopedia and {{citation |encyclopedia=something}}. Here we presume that
Quote = Quote:sub(2,-2); -- strip them off
+
-- when Periodical, Title, and Chapter are all set, then Periodical is the book (encyclopedia) title, Title
 +
-- is the article title, and Chapter is a section within the article.  So, we remap
 +
 +
local coins_chapter = Chapter; -- default assuming that remapping not required
 +
local coins_title = Title; -- et tu
 +
if 'encyclopaedia' == config.CitationClass or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia)) then
 +
if utilities.is_set (Chapter) and utilities.is_set (Title) and utilities.is_set (Periodical) then -- if all are used then
 +
coins_chapter = Title; -- remap
 +
coins_title = Periodical;
 
end
 
end
Quote = sepc .." " .. wrap_style ('quoted-text', Quote ); -- wrap in <q>...</q> tags
+
end
PostScript = ""; -- cs1|2 does not supply terminal punctuation when |quote= is set
+
local coins_author = a; -- default for coins rft.au
 +
if 0 < #c then -- but if contributor list
 +
coins_author = c; -- use that instead
 
end
 
end
 
 
local Archived
+
-- this is the function call to COinS()
if is_set(ArchiveURL) then
+
local OCinSoutput = metadata.COinS({
if not is_set(ArchiveDate) then
+
['Periodical'] = utilities.strip_apostrophe_markup (Periodical), -- no markup in the metadata
ArchiveDate = set_error('archive_missing_date');
+
['Encyclopedia'] = Encyclopedia, -- just a flag; content ignored by ~/COinS
end
+
['Chapter'] = metadata.make_coins_title (coins_chapter, ScriptChapter), -- Chapter and ScriptChapter stripped of bold / italic / accept-as-written markup
if "no" == DeadURL then
+
['Degree'] = Degree; -- cite thesis only
local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived'];
+
['Title'] = metadata.make_coins_title (coins_title, ScriptTitle), -- Title and ScriptTitle stripped of bold / italic / accept-as-written markup
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
+
['PublicationPlace'] = PublicationPlace,
Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( cfg.messages['archived-not-dead'],
+
['Date'] = COinS_date.rftdate, -- COinS_date.* has correctly formatted date values if Date is valid;
{ external_link( ArchiveURL, arch_text, A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL'), nil ) .. ArchiveFormat, ArchiveDate } );
+
['Season'] = COinS_date.rftssn,
if not is_set(OriginalURL) then
+
['Quarter'] = COinS_date.rftquarter,
Archived = Archived .. " " .. set_error('archive_missing_url');  
+
['Chron'] =  COinS_date.rftchron,
end
+
['Series'] = Series,
elseif is_set(OriginalURL) then -- DeadURL is empty, 'yes', 'true', 'y', 'unfit', 'usurped'
+
['Volume'] = Volume,
local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-dead'];
+
['Issue'] = Issue,
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
+
['ArticleNumber'] = ArticleNumber,
if in_array (DeadURL, {'unfit', 'usurped', 'bot: unknown'}) then
+
['Pages'] = coins_pages or metadata.get_coins_pages (first_set ({Sheet, Sheets, Page, Pages, At, QuotePage, QuotePages}, 7)), -- pages stripped of external links
Archived = sepc .. " " .. 'Archived from the original on ' .. ArchiveDate; -- format already styled
+
['Edition'] = Edition,
if 'bot: unknown' == DeadURL then
+
['PublisherName'] = PublisherName or Newsgroup, -- any apostrophe markup already removed from PublisherName
add_maint_cat ('bot:_unknown'); -- and add a category if not already added
+
['URL'] = first_set ({ChapterURL, URL}, 2),
else
+
['Authors'] = coins_author,
add_maint_cat ('unfit'); -- and add a category if not already added
+
['ID_list'] = ID_list_coins,
end
+
['RawPage'] = this_page.prefixedText,
else -- DeadURL is empty, 'yes', 'true', or 'y'
+
}, config.CitationClass);
Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( arch_text,
+
 
{ external_link( OriginalURL, cfg.messages['original'], OriginalURLorigin, OriginalAccess ) .. OriginalFormat, ArchiveDate } ); -- format already styled
+
-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, {{cite biorxiv}}, {{cite citeseerx}}, {{cite medrxiv}}, and {{cite ssrn}} AFTER generation of COinS data.
end
+
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, whitelist.preprint_template_list_t) then -- we have set rft.jtitle in COinS to arXiv, bioRxiv, CiteSeerX, medRxiv, or ssrn now unset so it isn't displayed
else
+
Periodical = ''; -- periodical not allowed in these templates; if article has been published, use cite journal
local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-missing'];
 
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
 
Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( arch_text,  
 
{ set_error('archive_missing_url'), ArchiveDate } );
 
end
 
elseif is_set (ArchiveFormat) then
 
Archived = ArchiveFormat; -- if set and ArchiveURL not set ArchiveFormat has error message
 
else
 
Archived = ""
 
 
end
 
end
+
 
local Lay = '';
+
-- special case for cite newsgroup.  Do this after COinS because we are modifying Publishername to include some static text
if is_set(LayURL) then
+
if 'newsgroup' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Newsgroup) then
if is_set(LayDate) then LayDate = " (" .. LayDate .. ")" end
+
PublisherName = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['newsgroup'], external_link( 'news:' .. Newsgroup, Newsgroup, Newsgroup_origin, nil ));
if is_set(LaySource) then  
 
LaySource = " &ndash; ''" .. safe_for_italics(LaySource) .. "''";
 
else
 
LaySource = "";
 
end
 
if sepc == '.' then
 
Lay = sepc .. " " .. external_link( LayURL, cfg.messages['lay summary'], A:ORIGIN('LayURL'), nil ) .. LayFormat .. LaySource .. LayDate
 
else
 
Lay = sepc .. " " .. external_link( LayURL, cfg.messages['lay summary']:lower(), A:ORIGIN('LayURL'), nil ) .. LayFormat .. LaySource .. LayDate
 
end
 
elseif is_set (LayFormat) then -- Test if |lay-format= is given without giving a |lay-url=
 
Lay = sepc .. LayFormat; -- if set and LayURL not set, then LayFormat has error message
 
 
end
 
end
  
if is_set(Transcript) then
+
local Editors;
if is_set(TranscriptURL) then
+
local EditorCount; -- used only for choosing {ed.) or (eds.) annotation at end of editor name-list
Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, Transcript, TranscriptURLorigin, nil );
+
local Contributors; -- assembled contributors name list
 +
local contributor_etal;
 +
local Translators; -- assembled translators name list
 +
local translator_etal;
 +
local t = {}; -- translators list from |translator-lastn= / translator-firstn= pairs
 +
t = extract_names (args, 'TranslatorList'); -- fetch translator list from |translatorn= / |translator-lastn=, -firstn=, -linkn=, -maskn=
 +
local Interviewers;
 +
local interviewers_list = {};
 +
interviewers_list = extract_names (args, 'InterviewerList'); -- process preferred interviewers parameters
 +
local interviewer_etal;
 +
 +
-- Now perform various field substitutions.
 +
-- We also add leading spaces and surrounding markup and punctuation to the
 +
-- various parts of the citation, but only when they are non-nil.
 +
do
 +
local last_first_list;
 +
local control = {
 +
format = NameListStyle, -- empty string, '&', 'amp', 'and', or 'vanc'
 +
maximum = nil, -- as if display-authors or display-editors not set
 +
mode = Mode
 +
};
 +
 
 +
do -- do editor name list first because the now unsupported coauthors used to modify control table
 +
local display_names, param = display_names_select (cfg.global_cs1_config_t['DisplayEditors'], A['DisplayEditors'], A:ORIGIN ('DisplayEditors'), #e);
 +
control.maximum, editor_etal = get_display_names (display_names, #e, 'editors', editor_etal, param);
 +
 
 +
Editors, EditorCount = list_people (control, e, editor_etal);
 +
 
 +
if 1 == EditorCount and (true == editor_etal or 1 < #e) then -- only one editor displayed but includes etal then  
 +
EditorCount = 2; -- spoof to display (eds.) annotation
 +
end
 +
end
 +
do -- now do interviewers
 +
local display_names, param = display_names_select (cfg.global_cs1_config_t['DisplayInterviewers'], A['DisplayInterviewers'], A:ORIGIN ('DisplayInterviewers'), #interviewers_list);
 +
control.maximum, interviewer_etal = get_display_names (display_names, #interviewers_list, 'interviewers', interviewer_etal, param);
 +
 
 +
Interviewers = list_people (control, interviewers_list, interviewer_etal);
 
end
 
end
Transcript = sepc .. ' ' .. Transcript .. TranscriptFormat;
+
do -- now do translators
elseif is_set(TranscriptURL) then
+
local display_names, param = display_names_select (cfg.global_cs1_config_t['DisplayTranslators'], A['DisplayTranslators'], A:ORIGIN ('DisplayTranslators'), #t);
Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, nil, TranscriptURLorigin, nil );
+
control.maximum, translator_etal = get_display_names (display_names, #t, 'translators', translator_etal, param);
end
 
  
local Publisher;
+
Translators = list_people (control, t, translator_etal);
if is_set(PublicationDate) then
 
PublicationDate = wrap_msg ('published', PublicationDate);
 
end
 
if is_set(PublisherName) then
 
if is_set(PublicationPlace) then
 
Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. ": " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate;
 
else
 
Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate; 
 
end
 
elseif is_set(PublicationPlace) then
 
Publisher= sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. PublicationDate;
 
else
 
Publisher = PublicationDate;
 
end
 
 
-- Several of the above rely upon detecting this as nil, so do it last.
 
if is_set(Periodical) then
 
if is_set(Title) or is_set(TitleNote) then
 
Periodical = sepc .. " " .. wrap_style ('italic-title', Periodical)
 
else
 
Periodical = wrap_style ('italic-title', Periodical)
 
 
end
 
end
end
+
do -- now do contributors
 +
local display_names, param = display_names_select (cfg.global_cs1_config_t['DisplayContributors'], A['DisplayContributors'], A:ORIGIN ('DisplayContributors'), #c);
 +
control.maximum, contributor_etal = get_display_names (display_names, #c, 'contributors', contributor_etal, param);
  
--[[
+
Contributors = list_people (control, c, contributor_etal);
Handle the oddity that is cite speech.  This code overrides whatever may be the value assigned to TitleNote (through |department=) and forces it to be " (Speech)" so that
 
the annotation directly follows the |title= parameter value in the citation rather than the |event= parameter value (if provided).
 
]]
 
if "speech" == config.CitationClass then -- cite speech only
 
TitleNote = " (Speech)"; -- annotate the citation
 
if is_set (Periodical) then -- if Periodical, perhaps because of an included |website= or |journal= parameter
 
if is_set (Conference) then -- and if |event= is set
 
Conference = Conference .. sepc .. " "; -- then add appropriate punctuation to the end of the Conference variable before rendering
 
end
 
 
end
 
end
end
+
do -- now do authors
 +
local display_names, param = display_names_select (cfg.global_cs1_config_t['DisplayAuthors'], A['DisplayAuthors'], A:ORIGIN ('DisplayAuthors'), #a, author_etal);
 +
control.maximum, author_etal = get_display_names (display_names, #a, 'authors', author_etal, param);
  
-- Piece all bits together at last.  Here, all should be non-nil.
+
last_first_list = list_people (control, a, author_etal);
-- We build things this way because it is more efficient in LUA
 
-- not to keep reassigning to the same string variable over and over.
 
  
local tcommon;
+
if utilities.is_set (Authors) then
local tcommon2; -- used for book cite when |contributor= is set
+
Authors, author_etal = name_has_etal (Authors, author_etal, false, 'authors'); -- find and remove variations on et al.
 +
if author_etal then
 +
Authors = Authors .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- add et al. to authors parameter
 +
end
 +
else
 +
Authors = last_first_list; -- either an author name list or an empty string
 +
end
 +
end -- end of do
 
 
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"journal","citation"}) and is_set(Periodical) then
+
if utilities.is_set (Authors) and utilities.is_set (Collaboration) then
if is_set(Others) then Others = safe_join ({Others, sepc .. " "}, sepc) end -- add terminal punctuation & space; check for dup sepc; TODO why do we need to do this here?
+
Authors = Authors .. ' (' .. Collaboration .. ')'; -- add collaboration after et al.
tcommon = safe_join( {Others, Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Edition, Publisher, Agency, Volume}, sepc );
 
elseif in_array(config.CitationClass, {"book","citation"}) and not is_set(Periodical) then -- special cases for book cites
 
if is_set (Contributors) then -- when we are citing foreword, preface, introduction, etc
 
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote}, sepc ); -- author and other stuff will come after this and before tcommon2
 
tcommon2 = safe_join( {Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc );
 
else
 
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc );
 
 
end
 
end
  
elseif 'map' == config.CitationClass then -- special cases for cite map
+
end
if is_set (Chapter) then -- map in a book; TitleType is part of Chapter
+
 
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, Format, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc );
+
local ConferenceFormat = A['ConferenceFormat'];
elseif is_set (Periodical) then -- map in a periodical
+
local ConferenceURL = A['ConferenceURL'];
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleType, Format, Periodical, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc );
+
ConferenceFormat = style_format (ConferenceFormat, ConferenceURL, 'conference-format', 'conference-url');
else -- a sheet or stand-alone map
+
Format = style_format (Format, URL, 'format', 'url');
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleType, Format, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher}, sepc );
 
end
 
 
elseif 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for cite episode
 
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, TitleType, Series, Transcript, Language, Edition, Publisher}, sepc );
 
  
else -- all other CS1 templates
+
-- special case for chapter format so no error message or cat when chapter not supported
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language,  
+
if not (utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'web', 'news', 'journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx', 'medrxiv', 'ssrn'}) or
Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc );
+
('citation' == config.CitationClass and (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) and not utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia))) then
 +
ChapterFormat = style_format (ChapterFormat, ChapterURL, 'chapter-format', 'chapter-url');
 
end
 
end
 
if #ID_list > 0 then
 
ID_list = safe_join( { sepc .. " ",  table.concat( ID_list, sepc .. " " ), ID }, sepc );
 
else
 
ID_list = ID;
 
end
 
 
local idcommon = safe_join( { ID_list, URL, Archived, AccessDate, Via, SubscriptionRequired, Lay, Quote }, sepc );
 
local text;
 
local pgtext = Position .. Sheet .. Sheets .. Page .. Pages .. At;
 
 
if is_set(Date) then
 
if is_set (Authors) or is_set (Editors) then -- date follows authors or editors when authors not set
 
Date = " (" .. Date ..")" .. OrigYear .. sepc .. " "; -- in paranetheses
 
else -- neither of authors and editors set
 
if (string.sub(tcommon,-1,-1) == sepc) then -- if the last character of tcommon is sepc
 
Date = " " .. Date .. OrigYear; -- Date does not begin with sepc
 
else
 
Date = sepc .. " " .. Date .. OrigYear; -- Date begins with sepc
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
  
if is_set(Authors) then
+
if not utilities.is_set (URL) then
-- для рувики: конкатенация |coauthors к |authors (без остальной поддержки вроде убирания амперсанта и автоскрытия)
+
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"web", "podcast", "mailinglist"}) or -- |url= required for cite web, cite podcast, and cite mailinglist
if is_set(Coauthors) then
+
('citation' == config.CitationClass and ('website' == Periodical_origin or 'script-website' == ScriptPeriodical_origin)) then -- and required for {{citation}} with |website= or |script-website=
Authors = Authors .. "; " .. Coauthors;
+
utilities.set_message ('err_cite_web_url');
 
end
 
end
 
 
if (not is_set (Date)) then -- when date is set it's in parentheses; no Authors termination
+
-- do we have |accessdate= without either |url= or |chapter-url=?
Authors = terminate_name_list (Authors, sepc); -- when no date, terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
+
if utilities.is_set (AccessDate) and not utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then -- ChapterURL may be set when URL is not set;
 +
utilities.set_message ('err_accessdate_missing_url');
 +
AccessDate = '';
 
end
 
end
if is_set(Editors) then
+
end
local in_text = " ";
+
 
local post_text = "";
+
local UrlStatus = is_valid_parameter_value (A['UrlStatus'], A:ORIGIN('UrlStatus'), cfg.keywords_lists['url-status'], '');
if is_set(Chapter) and 0 == #c then
+
local OriginalURL
in_text = in_text .. cfg.messages['in'] .. " "
+
local OriginalURL_origin
if (sepc ~= '.') then
+
local OriginalFormat
in_text = in_text:lower() -- lowercase for cs2
+
local OriginalAccess;
end
+
UrlStatus = UrlStatus:lower(); -- used later when assembling archived text
else
+
if utilities.is_set ( ArchiveURL ) then
if EditorCount <= 1 then
+
if utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then -- if chapter-url= is set apply archive url to it
post_text = ", " .. cfg.messages['editor'];
+
OriginalURL = ChapterURL; -- save copy of source chapter's url for archive text
else
+
OriginalURL_origin = ChapterURL_origin; -- name of |chapter-url= parameter for error messages
post_text = ", " .. cfg.messages['editors'];
+
OriginalFormat = ChapterFormat; -- and original |chapter-format=
end
+
 
end
+
if utilities.in_array (UrlStatus, {'unfit', 'deviated', 'dead', 'usurped', 'bot: unknown'}) then
Editors = terminate_name_list (in_text .. Editors .. post_text, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
+
ChapterURL = ArchiveURL -- swap-in the archive's URL
end
+
ChapterURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL') -- name of |archive-url= parameter for error messages
if is_set (Contributors) then -- book cite and we're citing the intro, preface, etc
+
ChapterFormat = ArchiveFormat or ''; -- swap in archive's format
local by_text = sepc .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['by'] .. ' ';
+
ChapterUrlAccess = nil; -- restricted access levels do not make sense for archived URLs
if (sepc ~= '.') then by_text = by_text:lower() end -- lowercase for cs2
 
Authors = by_text .. Authors; -- author follows title so tweak it here
 
if is_set (Editors) and is_set (Date) then -- when Editors make sure that Authors gets terminated
 
Authors = terminate_name_list (Authors, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
 
 
end
 
end
if (not is_set (Date)) then -- when date is set it's in parentheses; no Contributors termination
+
elseif utilities.is_set (URL) then
Contributors = terminate_name_list (Contributors, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
+
OriginalURL = URL; -- save copy of original source URL
 +
OriginalURL_origin = URL_origin; -- name of URL parameter for error messages
 +
OriginalFormat = Format; -- and original |format=
 +
OriginalAccess = UrlAccess;
 +
 
 +
if utilities.in_array (UrlStatus, {'unfit', 'deviated', 'dead', 'usurped', 'bot: unknown'}) then -- if URL set then |archive-url= applies to it
 +
URL = ArchiveURL -- swap-in the archive's URL
 +
URL_origin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL') -- name of archive URL parameter for error messages
 +
Format = ArchiveFormat or ''; -- swap in archive's format
 +
UrlAccess = nil; -- restricted access levels do not make sense for archived URLs
 
end
 
end
text = safe_join( {Contributors, Date, Chapter, tcommon, Authors, Place, Editors, tcommon2, pgtext, idcommon }, sepc );
 
else
 
text = safe_join( {Authors, Date, Chapter, Place, Editors, tcommon, pgtext, idcommon }, sepc );
 
 
end
 
end
elseif is_set(Editors) then
+
elseif utilities.is_set (UrlStatus) then -- if |url-status= is set when |archive-url= is not set
if is_set(Date) then
+
utilities.set_message ('maint_url_status'); -- add maint cat
if EditorCount <= 1 then
+
end
Editors = Editors .. ", " .. cfg.messages['editor'];
+
 
else
+
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'web', 'news', 'journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx', 'medrxiv', 'ssrn'}) or -- if any of the 'periodical' cites except encyclopedia
Editors = Editors .. ", " .. cfg.messages['editors'];
+
('citation' == config.CitationClass and (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) and not utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia)) then
 +
local chap_param;
 +
if utilities.is_set (Chapter) then -- get a parameter name from one of these chapter related meta-parameters
 +
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('Chapter')
 +
elseif utilities.is_set (TransChapter) then
 +
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('TransChapter')
 +
elseif utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then
 +
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ChapterURL')
 +
elseif utilities.is_set (ScriptChapter) then
 +
chap_param = ScriptChapter_origin;
 +
else utilities.is_set (ChapterFormat)
 +
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ChapterFormat')
 
end
 
end
else
+
 
if EditorCount <= 1 then
+
if utilities.is_set (chap_param) then -- if we found one
Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages['editor'] .. ")" .. sepc .. " "
+
utilities.set_message ('err_chapter_ignored', {chap_param}); -- add error message
else
+
Chapter = ''; -- and set them to empty string to be safe with concatenation
Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages['editors'] .. ")" .. sepc .. " "
+
TransChapter = '';
 +
ChapterURL = '';
 +
ScriptChapter = '';
 +
ChapterFormat = '';
 +
end
 +
else -- otherwise, format chapter / article title
 +
local no_quotes = false; -- default assume that we will be quoting the chapter parameter value
 +
if utilities.is_set (Contribution) and 0 < #c then -- if this is a contribution with contributor(s)
 +
if utilities.in_array (Contribution:lower(), cfg.keywords_lists.contribution) then -- and a generic contribution title
 +
no_quotes = true; -- then render it unquoted
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
text = safe_join( {Editors, Date, Chapter, Place, tcommon, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );
+
 
else
+
Chapter = format_chapter_title (ScriptChapter, ScriptChapter_origin, Chapter, Chapter_origin, TransChapter, TransChapter_origin, ChapterURL, ChapterURL_origin, no_quotes, ChapterUrlAccess); -- Contribution is also in Chapter
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"journal","citation"}) and is_set(Periodical) then
+
if utilities.is_set (Chapter) then
text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon, pgtext, Date, idcommon}, sepc );
+
Chapter = Chapter .. ChapterFormat ;
else
+
if 'map' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (TitleType) then
text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon, Date, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );
+
Chapter = Chapter .. ' ' .. TitleType; -- map annotation here; not after title
 +
end
 +
Chapter = Chapter .. sepc .. ' ';
 +
elseif utilities.is_set (ChapterFormat) then -- |chapter= not set but |chapter-format= is so ...
 +
Chapter = ChapterFormat .. sepc .. ' '; -- ... ChapterFormat has error message, we want to see it
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
if is_set(PostScript) and PostScript ~= sepc then
 
text = safe_join( {text, sepc}, sepc );  --Deals with italics, spaces, etc.
 
text = text:sub(1,-sepc:len()-1);
 
end
 
 
text = safe_join( {text, PostScript}, sepc );
 
  
-- Now enclose the whole thing in a <cite/> element
+
-- Format main title
local options = {};
+
local plain_title = false;
+
local accept_title;
if is_set(config.CitationClass) and config.CitationClass ~= "citation" then
+
Title, accept_title = utilities.has_accept_as_written (Title, true); -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of <Title>
options.class = config.CitationClass;
+
if accept_title and ('' == Title) then -- only support forced empty for now "(())"
options.class = "citation " .. config.CitationClass; -- class=citation required for blue highlight when used with |ref=
+
Title = cfg.messages['notitle']; -- replace by predefined "No title" message
else
+
-- TODO: utilities.set_message ( 'err_redundant_parameters', ...); -- issue proper error message instead of muting
options.class = "citation";
+
ScriptTitle = ''; -- just mute for now
 +
TransTitle = ''; -- just mute for now
 +
plain_title = true; -- suppress text decoration for descriptive title
 +
utilities.set_message ('maint_untitled'); -- add maint cat
 
end
 
end
 
if is_set(Ref) and Ref:lower() ~= "none" then -- set reference anchor if appropriate
 
local id = Ref
 
if ('harv' == Ref ) then
 
local namelist = {}; -- holds selected contributor, author, editor name list
 
local year = first_set ({Year, anchor_year}, 2); -- Year first for legacy citations and for YMD dates that require disambiguation
 
  
if #c > 0 then -- if there is a contributor list
+
if not accept_title then -- <Title> not wrapped in accept-as-written markup
namelist = c; -- select it
+
if '...' == Title:sub (-3) then -- if ellipsis is the last three characters of |title=
elseif #a > 0 then -- or an author list
+
Title = Title:gsub ('(%.%.%.)%.+$', '%1'); -- limit the number of dots to three
namelist = a;
+
elseif not mw.ustring.find (Title, '%.%s*%a%.$') and -- end of title is not a 'dot-(optional space-)letter-dot' initialism ...
elseif #e > 0 then -- or an editor list
+
not mw.ustring.find (Title, '%s+%a%.$') then -- ...and not a 'space-letter-dot' initial (''Allium canadense'' L.)
namelist = e;
+
Title = mw.ustring.gsub(Title, '%' .. sepc .. '$', ''); -- remove any trailing separator character; sepc and ms.ustring() here for languages that use multibyte separator characters
end
+
end
if #namelist > 0 then -- if there are names in namelist
+
 
id = anchor_id (namelist, year); -- go make the CITEREF anchor
+
if utilities.is_set (ArchiveURL) and is_archived_copy (Title) then
else
+
utilities.set_message ('maint_archived_copy'); -- add maintenance category before we modify the content of Title
id = ''; -- unset
+
end
end
+
 
elseif Ref ~= '' and mw.ustring.sub(Ref, 0, 7) ~= 'CITEREF' then -- для рувики: иная генерация ref-якорей
+
if is_generic ('generic_titles', Title) then
if mw.ustring.match(id, '%d%d%d%d') then
+
utilities.set_message ('err_generic_title'); -- set an error message
id = 'CITEREF' .. id
 
else
 
local yearForRef = nil
 
if year and mw.ustring.match(year, '^%d%d%d%d$') then
 
yearForRef = mw.ustring.match(year, '^%d%d%d%d$')
 
elseif Date and mw.ustring.match(Date, '%d%d%d%d') then
 
yearForRef = mw.ustring.match(Date, '%d%d%d%d')
 
end
 
if yearForRef then
 
id = 'CITEREF' .. id .. yearForRef
 
else
 
id = '' -- TODO: для рувики: выдавать ошибку?
 
end
 
end
 
 
end
 
end
options.id = id;
 
end
 
 
if string.len(text:gsub("<span[^>/]*>(.-)</span>", "%1"):gsub("%b<>","")) <= 2 then -- remove <span> tags and other html-like markup; then get length of what remains
 
z.error_categories = {};
 
text = set_error('empty_citation');
 
z.message_tail = {};
 
 
end
 
end
 
local render = {}; -- here we collect the final bits for concatenation into the rendered citation
 
  
if is_set(options.id) then -- here we wrap the rendered citation in <cite ...>...</cite> tags
+
if (not plain_title) and (utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'web', 'news', 'journal', 'magazine', 'document', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'mailinglist', 'interview', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx', 'medrxiv', 'ssrn'}) or
table.insert (render, substitute (cfg.presentation['cite-id'], {mw.uri.anchorEncode(options.id), mw.text.nowiki(options.class), text})); -- when |ref= is set
+
('citation' == config.CitationClass and (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) and not utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia)) or
 +
('map' == config.CitationClass and (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)))) then -- special case for cite map when the map is in a periodical treat as an article
 +
Title = kern_quotes (Title); -- if necessary, separate title's leading and trailing quote marks from module provided quote marks
 +
Title = utilities.wrap_style ('quoted-title', Title);
 +
Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle, 'script-title'); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped
 +
TransTitle = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle );
 +
elseif plain_title or ('report' == config.CitationClass) then -- no styling for cite report and descriptive titles (otherwise same as above)
 +
Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle, 'script-title'); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped
 +
TransTitle = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle ); -- for cite report, use this form for trans-title
 
else
 
else
table.insert (render, substitute (cfg.presentation['cite'], {mw.text.nowiki(options.class), text})); -- all other cases
+
Title = utilities.wrap_style ('italic-title', Title);
end
+
Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle, 'script-title'); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped
 +
TransTitle = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-italic-title', TransTitle);
 +
end
  
table.insert (render, substitute (cfg.presentation['ocins'], {OCinSoutput})); -- append metadata to the citation
+
if utilities.is_set (TransTitle) then
 
+
if utilities.is_set (Title) then
if #z.message_tail ~= 0 then
+
TransTitle = " " .. TransTitle;
table.insert (render, ' ');
+
else
for i,v in ipairs( z.message_tail ) do
+
utilities.set_message ('err_trans_missing_title', {'title'});
if is_set(v[1]) then
 
if i == #z.message_tail then
 
table.insert (render, error_comment( v[1], v[2] ));
 
else
 
table.insert (render, error_comment( v[1] .. "; ", v[2] ));
 
end
 
end
 
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
  
if #z.maintenance_cats ~= 0 then
+
if utilities.is_set (Title) then -- TODO: is this the right place to be making Wikisource URLs?
table.insert (render, '<span class="citation-comment" style="display:none; color:#33aa33; margin-left:0.3em">');
+
if utilities.is_set (TitleLink) and utilities.is_set (URL) then
for _, v in ipairs( z.maintenance_cats ) do -- append maintenance categories
+
utilities.set_message ('err_wikilink_in_url'); -- set an error message because we can't have both
table.insert (render, v);
+
TitleLink = ''; -- unset
table.insert (render, ' (');
 
table.insert (render, make_wikilink (':Category:' .. v, 'link'));
 
table.insert (render, ') ');
 
 
end
 
end
table.insert (render, '</span>');
 
end
 
 
 
no_tracking_cats = no_tracking_cats:lower();
+
if not utilities.is_set (TitleLink) and utilities.is_set (URL) then
if in_array(no_tracking_cats, {"", "no", "false", "n"}) then
+
Title = external_link (URL, Title, URL_origin, UrlAccess) .. TransTitle .. Format;
for _, v in ipairs( z.error_categories ) do
+
URL = ''; -- unset these because no longer needed
table.insert (render, make_wikilink ('Category:' .. v));
+
Format = "";
end
+
elseif utilities.is_set (TitleLink) and not utilities.is_set (URL) then
for _, v in ipairs( z.maintenance_cats ) do -- append maintenance categories
+
local ws_url;
table.insert (render, make_wikilink ('Category:' .. v));
+
ws_url = wikisource_url_make (TitleLink); -- ignore ws_label return; not used here
end
+
if ws_url then
for _, v in ipairs( z.properties_cats ) do -- append properties categories
+
Title = external_link (ws_url, Title .. '&nbsp;', 'ws link in title-link'); -- space char after Title to move icon away from italic text; TODO: a better way to do this?
table.insert (render, make_wikilink ('Category:' .. v));
+
Title = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], TitleLink, Title});
 +
Title = Title .. TransTitle;
 +
else
 +
Title = utilities.make_wikilink (TitleLink, Title) .. TransTitle;
 +
end
 +
else
 +
local ws_url, ws_label, L; -- Title has italic or quote markup by the time we get here which causes is_wikilink() to return 0 (not a wikilink)
 +
ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (Title:gsub('^[\'"]*(.-)[\'"]*$', '%1')); -- make ws URL from |title= interwiki link (strip italic or quote markup); link portion L becomes tooltip label
 +
if ws_url then
 +
Title = Title:gsub ('%b[]', ws_label); -- replace interwiki link with ws_label to retain markup
 +
Title = external_link (ws_url, Title .. '&nbsp;', 'ws link in title'); -- space char after Title to move icon away from italic text; TODO: a better way to do this?
 +
Title = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, Title});
 +
Title = Title .. TransTitle;
 +
else
 +
Title = Title .. TransTitle;
 +
end
 
end
 
end
 +
else
 +
Title = TransTitle;
 
end
 
end
  
return table.concat (render);
+
if utilities.is_set (Place) then
end
+
Place = " " .. wrap_msg ('written', Place, use_lowercase) .. sepc .. " ";
 +
end
  
 +
local ConferenceURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('ConferenceURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds ConferenceURL
 +
if utilities.is_set (Conference) then
 +
if utilities.is_set (ConferenceURL) then
 +
Conference = external_link( ConferenceURL, Conference, ConferenceURL_origin, nil );
 +
end
 +
Conference = sepc .. " " .. Conference .. ConferenceFormat;
 +
elseif utilities.is_set (ConferenceURL) then
 +
Conference = sepc .. " " .. external_link( ConferenceURL, nil, ConferenceURL_origin, nil );
 +
end
  
--[[--------------------------< V A L I D A T E >--------------------------------------------------------------
+
local Position = '';
 +
if not utilities.is_set (Position) then
 +
local Minutes = A['Minutes'];
 +
local Time = A['Time'];
  
Looks for a parameter's name in one of several whitelists.
+
if utilities.is_set (Minutes) then
 
+
if utilities.is_set (Time) then --TODO: make a function for this and similar?
Parameters in the whitelist can have three values:
+
utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'minutes') .. cfg.presentation['sep_list_pair'] .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'time')});
true - active, supported parameters
+
end
false - deprecated, supported parameters
+
Position = " " .. Minutes .. " " .. cfg.messages['minutes'];
nil - unsupported parameters
+
else
+
if utilities.is_set (Time) then
]]
+
local TimeCaption = A['TimeCaption']
 +
if not utilities.is_set (TimeCaption) then
 +
TimeCaption = cfg.messages['event'];
 +
if sepc ~= '.' then
 +
TimeCaption = TimeCaption:lower();
 +
end
 +
end
 +
Position = " " .. TimeCaption .. " " .. Time;
 +
end
 +
end
 +
else
 +
Position = " " .. Position;
 +
At = '';
 +
end
  
local function validate (name, cite_class)
+
Page, Pages, Sheet, Sheets = format_pages_sheets (Page, Pages, Sheet, Sheets, config.CitationClass, Periodical_origin, sepc, NoPP, use_lowercase);
local name = tostring (name);
 
local state;
 
 
if in_array (cite_class, {'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx'}) then -- limited parameter sets allowed for these templates
 
state = whitelist.limited_basic_arguments[name];
 
if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter
 
if false == state then
 
deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported
 
return true;
 
end
 
  
state = whitelist[cite_class .. '_basic_arguments'][name]; -- look in the parameter-list for the template identified by cite_class
+
At = utilities.is_set (At) and (sepc .. " " .. At) or "";
 +
Position = utilities.is_set (Position) and (sepc .. " " .. Position) or "";
 +
if config.CitationClass == 'map' then
 +
local Sections = A['Sections']; -- Section (singular) is an alias of Chapter so set earlier
 +
local Inset = A['Inset'];
 +
 +
if utilities.is_set ( Inset ) then
 +
Inset = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('inset', Inset, use_lowercase);
 +
end
  
if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter
+
if utilities.is_set ( Sections ) then
if false == state then
+
Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('sections', Sections, use_lowercase);
deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported
+
elseif utilities.is_set ( Section ) then
return true;
+
Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('section', Section, use_lowercase);
 
end
 
end
-- limited enumerated parameters list
+
At = At .. Inset .. Section;
name = name:gsub("%d+", "#" ); -- replace digit(s) with # (last25 becomes last#) (mw.ustring because non-Western 'local' digits)
+
end
state = whitelist.limited_numbered_arguments[name];
+
 
if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter
+
local Others = A['Others'];
if false == state then
+
if utilities.is_set (Others) and 0 == #a and 0 == #e then -- add maint cat when |others= has value and used without |author=, |editor=
deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported
+
if config.CitationClass == "AV-media-notes"
return true;
+
or config.CitationClass == "audio-visual" then -- special maint for AV/M which has a lot of 'false' positives right now
 +
utilities.set_message ('maint_others_avm')
 +
else
 +
utilities.set_message ('maint_others');
 
end
 
end
 
return false; -- not supported because not found or name is set to nil
 
end -- end limited parameter-set templates
 
 
state = whitelist.basic_arguments[name]; -- all other templates; all normal parameters allowed
 
 
if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter
 
if false == state then
 
deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported
 
return true;
 
 
end
 
end
-- all enumerated parameters allowed
+
Others = utilities.is_set (Others) and (sepc .. " " .. Others) or "";
name = name:gsub("%d+", "#" ); -- replace digit(s) with # (last25 becomes last#) (mw.ustring because non-Western 'local' digits)
+
state = whitelist.numbered_arguments[name];
+
if utilities.is_set (Translators) then
 
+
Others = safe_join ({sepc .. ' ', wrap_msg ('translated', Translators, use_lowercase), Others}, sepc);
if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter
+
end
if false == state then
+
if utilities.is_set (Interviewers) then
deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported
+
Others = safe_join ({sepc .. ' ', wrap_msg ('interview', Interviewers, use_lowercase), Others}, sepc);
return true;
 
 
end
 
end
 
 
return false; -- not supported because not found or name is set to nil
+
local TitleNote = A['TitleNote'];
end
+
TitleNote = utilities.is_set (TitleNote) and (sepc .. " " .. TitleNote) or "";
 +
if utilities.is_set (Edition) then
 +
if Edition:match ('%f[%a][Ee]d%n?%.?$') or Edition:match ('%f[%a][Ee]dition$') then -- Ed, ed, Ed., ed., Edn, edn, Edn., edn.
 +
utilities.set_message ('err_extra_text_edition'); -- add error message
 +
end
 +
Edition = " " .. wrap_msg ('edition', Edition);
 +
else
 +
Edition = '';
 +
end
  
 +
Series = utilities.is_set (Series) and wrap_msg ('series', {sepc, Series}) or ""; -- not the same as SeriesNum
 +
local Agency = A['Agency'] or ''; -- |agency= is supported by {{cite magazine}}, {{cite news}}, {{cite press release}}, {{cite web}}, and certain {{citation}} templates
 +
if utilities.is_set (Agency) then -- this testing done here because {{citation}} supports 'news' citations
 +
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'magazine', 'news', 'pressrelease', 'web'}) or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and utilities.in_array (Periodical_origin, {"magazine", "newspaper", "work"})) then
 +
Agency = wrap_msg ('agency', {sepc, Agency}); -- format for rendering
 +
else
 +
Agency = ''; -- unset; not supported
 +
utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored', {'agency'}); -- add error message
 +
end
 +
end
  
--[[--------------------------< M I S S I N G _ P I P E _ C H E C K >------------------------------------------
+
Volume = format_volume_issue (Volume, Issue, ArticleNumber, config.CitationClass, Periodical_origin, sepc, use_lowercase);
  
Look at the contents of a parameter. If the content has a string of characters and digits followed by an equal
+
if utilities.is_set (AccessDate) then
sign, compare the alphanumeric string to the list of cs1|2 parameters. If found, then the string is possibly a
+
local retrv_text = " " .. cfg.messages['retrieved']
parameter that is missing its pipe:
+
local status, result = pcall(formatDate, AccessDate) -- РУВИКИ: человекочитаемые даты
{{cite ... |title=Title access-date=2016-03-17}}
+
if status then
 +
AccessDate = string.format("<span class='date'>%s</span>", result)
 +
else
 +
AccessDate = string.format("<span class='error'>(Строка «%s» не является верной датой, пожалуйста, укажите дату в формате <code>ГГГГ-ММ-ДД</code>)</span>", AccessDate)
 +
end
 +
-- AccessDate = nowrap_date (AccessDate); -- wrap in nowrap span if date in appropriate format
 +
if (sepc ~= ".") then retrv_text = retrv_text:lower() end -- if mode is cs2, lower case
 +
AccessDate = utilities.substitute (retrv_text, AccessDate); -- add retrieved text
  
cs1|2 shares some parameter names with xml/html atributes: class=, title=, etc. To prevent false positives xml/html
+
AccessDate = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['accessdate'], {sepc, AccessDate}); -- allow editors to hide accessdates
tags are removed before the search.
+
end
 +
 +
if utilities.is_set (ID) then ID = sepc .. " " .. ID; end
 +
 +
local Docket = A['Docket'];
 +
  if "thesis" == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Docket) then
 +
ID = sepc .. " Docket " .. Docket .. ID;
 +
end
 +
  if "report" == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Docket) then -- for cite report when |docket= is set
 +
ID = sepc .. ' ' .. Docket; -- overwrite ID even if |id= is set
 +
end
  
If a missing pipe is detected, this function adds the missing pipe maintenance category.
+
if utilities.is_set (URL) then
 
+
URL = " " .. external_link( URL, nil, URL_origin, UrlAccess );
]]
 
 
 
local function missing_pipe_check (value)
 
local capture;
 
value = value:gsub ('%b<>', ''); -- remove xml/html tags because attributes: class=, title=, etc
 
 
 
capture = value:match ('%s+(%a[%a%d]+)%s*=') or value:match ('^(%a[%a%d]+)%s*='); -- find and categorize parameters with possible missing pipes
 
if capture and validate (capture) then -- if the capture is a valid parameter name
 
add_maint_cat ('missing_pipe');
 
 
end
 
end
end
 
  
 +
local Quote = A['Quote'];
 +
local TransQuote = A['TransQuote'];
 +
local ScriptQuote = A['ScriptQuote'];
 +
if utilities.is_set (Quote) or utilities.is_set (TransQuote) or utilities.is_set (ScriptQuote) then
  
--[[--------------------------< C S 1 . C I T A T I O N >------------------------------------------------------
+
if utilities.is_set (Quote) then
 
+
if Quote:sub(1, 1) == '"' and Quote:sub(-1, -1) == '"' then -- if first and last characters of quote are quote marks
This is used by templates such as {{cite book}} to create the actual citation text.
+
Quote = Quote:sub(2, -2); -- strip them off
 
+
end
]]
+
end
 
+
function cs1.citation(frame)
+
Quote = kern_quotes (Quote); -- kern if needed
Frame = frame; -- save a copy incase we need to display an error message in preview mode
+
Quote = utilities.wrap_style ('quoted-text', Quote ); -- wrap in <q>...</q> tags
local pframe = frame:getParent()
 
local validation, utilities, identifiers, metadata, styles;
 
 
 
if nil ~= string.find (frame:getTitle(), 'sandbox', 1, true) then -- did the {{#invoke:}} use sandbox version?
+
if utilities.is_set (ScriptQuote) then
cfg = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration/sandbox'); -- load sandbox versions of support modules
+
Quote = script_concatenate (Quote, ScriptQuote, 'script-quote'); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after quote is wrapped
whitelist = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist/sandbox');
+
end
utilities = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities/sandbox');
 
validation = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation/sandbox');
 
identifiers = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers/sandbox');
 
metadata = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/COinS/sandbox');
 
styles = 'Module:Citation/CS1/sandbox/styles.css';
 
 
else -- otherwise
 
cfg = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration'); -- load live versions of support modules
 
whitelist = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist');
 
utilities = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities');
 
validation = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation');
 
identifiers = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers');
 
metadata = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/COinS');
 
styles = 'Module:Citation/CS1/styles.css';
 
  
end
+
if utilities.is_set (TransQuote) then
 +
if TransQuote:sub(1, 1) == '"' and TransQuote:sub(-1, -1) == '"' then -- if first and last characters of |trans-quote are quote marks
 +
TransQuote = TransQuote:sub(2, -2); -- strip them off
 +
end
 +
Quote = Quote .. " " .. utilities.wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransQuote );
 +
end
  
utilities.set_selected_modules (cfg); -- so that functions in Utilities can see the cfg tables
+
if utilities.is_set (QuotePage) or utilities.is_set (QuotePages) then -- add page prefix
identifiers.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in Identifiers can see the selected cfg tables and selected Utilities module
+
local quote_prefix = '';
validation.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in Date validataion can see selected cfg tables and the selected Utilities module
+
if utilities.is_set (QuotePage) then
metadata.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in COinS can see the selected cfg tables and selected Utilities module
+
extra_text_in_page_check (QuotePage, 'quote-page'); -- add to maint cat if |quote-page= value begins with what looks like p., pp., etc.
 +
if not NoPP then
 +
quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, QuotePage}), '', '', '';
 +
else
 +
quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, QuotePage}), '', '', '';
 +
end
 +
elseif utilities.is_set (QuotePages) then
 +
extra_text_in_page_check (QuotePages, 'quote-pages'); -- add to maint cat if |quote-pages= value begins with what looks like p., pp., etc.
 +
if tonumber(QuotePages) ~= nil and not NoPP then -- if only digits, assume single page
 +
quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, QuotePages}), '', '';
 +
elseif not NoPP then
 +
quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['pp-prefix'], {sepc, QuotePages}), '', '';
 +
else
 +
quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, QuotePages}), '', '';
 +
end
 +
end
 +
                       
 +
Quote = quote_prefix .. ": " .. Quote;
 +
else
 +
Quote = sepc .. " " .. Quote;
 +
end
 +
 
 +
PostScript = ""; -- cs1|2 does not supply terminal punctuation when |quote= is set
 +
end
 +
 +
-- We check length of PostScript here because it will have been nuked by
 +
-- the quote parameters. We'd otherwise emit a message even if there wasn't
 +
-- a displayed postscript.
 +
-- TODO: Should the max size (1) be configurable?
 +
-- TODO: Should we check a specific pattern?
 +
if utilities.is_set(PostScript) and mw.ustring.len(PostScript) > 1 then
 +
utilities.set_message ('maint_postscript')
 +
end
 +
 +
local Archived;
 +
if utilities.is_set (ArchiveURL) then
 +
if not utilities.is_set (ArchiveDate) then -- ArchiveURL set but ArchiveDate not set
 +
utilities.set_message ('err_archive_missing_date'); -- emit an error message
 +
ArchiveURL = ''; -- empty string for concatenation
 +
ArchiveDate = ''; -- empty string for concatenation
 +
end
 +
else
 +
if utilities.is_set (ArchiveDate) then -- ArchiveURL not set but ArchiveDate is set
 +
utilities.set_message ('err_archive_date_missing_url'); -- emit an error message
 +
ArchiveURL = ''; -- empty string for concatenation
 +
ArchiveDate = ''; -- empty string for concatenation
 +
end
 +
end
 +
 
 +
if utilities.is_set (ArchiveURL) then
 +
local arch_text;
 +
local status, result = pcall(formatDate, ArchiveDate) -- РУВИКИ: человекочитаемые даты
 +
if status then
 +
ArchiveDate = string.format("<span class='date'>%s</span>", result)
 +
else
 +
ArchiveDate = string.format("<span class='error'>(Строка «%s» не является верной датой, пожалуйста, укажите дату в формате <code>ГГГГ-ММ-ДД</code>)</span>", ArchiveDate)
 +
end
 +
if "live" == UrlStatus or "" == UrlStatus then
 +
arch_text = cfg.messages['archived'];
 +
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
 +
if utilities.is_set (ArchiveDate) then
 +
Archived = sepc .. ' ' .. utilities.substitute ( cfg.messages['archived-live'],
 +
{external_link( ArchiveURL, arch_text, A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL'), nil) .. ArchiveFormat, ArchiveDate } );
 +
else
 +
Archived = '';
 +
end
 +
if not utilities.is_set (OriginalURL) then
 +
utilities.set_message ('err_archive_missing_url');
 +
Archived = ''; -- empty string for concatenation
 +
end
 +
elseif utilities.is_set (OriginalURL) then -- UrlStatus is empty, 'dead', 'unfit', 'usurped', 'bot: unknown'
 +
if utilities.in_array (UrlStatus, {'unfit', 'usurped', 'bot: unknown'}) then
 +
arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-unfit'];
 +
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
 +
Archived = sepc .. ' ' .. arch_text .. ArchiveDate; -- format already styled
 +
if 'bot: unknown' == UrlStatus then
 +
utilities.set_message ('maint_bot_unknown'); -- and add a category if not already added
 +
else
 +
utilities.set_message ('maint_unfit'); -- and add a category if not already added
 +
end
 +
else -- UrlStatus is empty, 'dead'
 +
arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-dead'];
 +
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
 +
if utilities.is_set (ArchiveDate) then
 +
Archived = sepc .. " " .. utilities.substitute ( arch_text,
 +
{ external_link( OriginalURL, cfg.messages['original'], OriginalURL_origin, OriginalAccess ) .. OriginalFormat, ArchiveDate } ); -- format already styled
 +
else
 +
Archived = ''; -- unset for concatenation
 +
end
 +
end
 +
else -- OriginalUrl not set
 +
utilities.set_message ('err_archive_missing_url');
 +
Archived = ''; -- empty string for concatenation
 +
end
 +
elseif utilities.is_set (ArchiveFormat) then
 +
Archived = ArchiveFormat; -- if set and ArchiveURL not set ArchiveFormat has error message
 +
else
 +
Archived = '';
 +
end
 +
 
 +
local TranscriptURL = A['TranscriptURL']
 +
local TranscriptFormat = A['TranscriptFormat'];
 +
TranscriptFormat = style_format (TranscriptFormat, TranscriptURL, 'transcript-format', 'transcripturl');
 +
local Transcript = A['Transcript'];
 +
local TranscriptURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('TranscriptURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds TranscriptURL
 +
if utilities.is_set (Transcript) then
 +
if utilities.is_set (TranscriptURL) then
 +
Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, Transcript, TranscriptURL_origin, nil );
 +
end
 +
Transcript = sepc .. ' ' .. Transcript .. TranscriptFormat;
 +
elseif utilities.is_set (TranscriptURL) then
 +
Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, nil, TranscriptURL_origin, nil );
 +
end
 +
 
 +
local Publisher;
 +
if utilities.is_set (PublicationDate) then
 +
PublicationDate = wrap_msg ('published', PublicationDate);
 +
end
 +
if utilities.is_set (PublisherName) then
 +
if utilities.is_set (PublicationPlace) then
 +
Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. ": " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate;
 +
else
 +
Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate;
 +
end
 +
elseif utilities.is_set (PublicationPlace) then
 +
Publisher= sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. PublicationDate;
 +
else
 +
Publisher = PublicationDate;
 +
end
 +
 +
-- Several of the above rely upon detecting this as nil, so do it last.
 +
if (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical) or utilities.is_set (TransPeriodical)) then
 +
if utilities.is_set (Title) or utilities.is_set (TitleNote) then
 +
Periodical = sepc .. " " .. format_periodical (ScriptPeriodical, ScriptPeriodical_origin, Periodical, TransPeriodical, TransPeriodical_origin);
 +
else
 +
Periodical = format_periodical (ScriptPeriodical, ScriptPeriodical_origin, Periodical, TransPeriodical, TransPeriodical_origin);
 +
end
 +
end
 +
 +
local Language = A['Language'];
 +
if utilities.is_set (Language) then
 +
Language = language_parameter (Language); -- format, categories, name from ISO639-1, etc.
 +
else
 +
Language=''; -- language not specified so make sure this is an empty string;
 +
--[[ TODO: need to extract the wrap_msg from language_parameter
 +
so that we can solve parentheses bunching problem with Format/Language/TitleType
 +
]]
 +
end
 +
 
 +
--[[
 +
Handle the oddity that is cite speech.  This code overrides whatever may be the value assigned to TitleNote (through |department=) and forces it to be " (Speech)" so that
 +
the annotation directly follows the |title= parameter value in the citation rather than the |event= parameter value (if provided).
 +
]]
 +
if "speech" == config.CitationClass then -- cite speech only
 +
TitleNote = TitleType; -- move TitleType to TitleNote so that it renders ahead of |event=
 +
TitleType = ''; -- and unset
 +
 
 +
if utilities.is_set (Periodical) then -- if Periodical, perhaps because of an included |website= or |journal= parameter
 +
if utilities.is_set (Conference) then -- and if |event= is set
 +
Conference = Conference .. sepc .. " "; -- then add appropriate punctuation to the end of the Conference variable before rendering
 +
end
 +
end
 +
end
 +
 
 +
-- Piece all bits together at last.  Here, all should be non-nil.
 +
-- We build things this way because it is more efficient in LUA
 +
-- not to keep reassigning to the same string variable over and over.
 +
 
 +
local tcommon;
 +
local tcommon2; -- used for book cite when |contributor= is set
 +
 +
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"book", "citation"}) and not utilities.is_set (Periodical) then -- special cases for book cites
 +
if utilities.is_set (Contributors) then -- when we are citing foreword, preface, introduction, etc.
 +
tcommon = safe_join ({Title, TitleNote}, sepc); -- author and other stuff will come after this and before tcommon2
 +
tcommon2 = safe_join ({TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher}, sepc);
 +
else
 +
tcommon = safe_join ({Title, TitleNote, TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher}, sepc);
 +
end
 +
 
 +
elseif 'map' == config.CitationClass then -- special cases for cite map
 +
if utilities.is_set (Chapter) then -- map in a book; TitleType is part of Chapter
 +
tcommon = safe_join ({Title, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc);
 +
elseif utilities.is_set (Periodical) then -- map in a periodical
 +
tcommon = safe_join ({Title, TitleType, Periodical, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc);
 +
else -- a sheet or stand-alone map
 +
tcommon = safe_join ({Title, TitleType, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher}, sepc);
 +
end
 +
 +
elseif 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for cite episode
 +
tcommon = safe_join ({Title, TitleNote, TitleType, Series, Language, Edition, Publisher}, sepc);
 +
 
 +
else -- all other CS1 templates
 +
tcommon = safe_join ({Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc);
 +
end
 +
 +
if #ID_list > 0 then
 +
ID_list = safe_join( { sepc .. " ",  table.concat( ID_list, sepc .. " " ), ID }, sepc );
 +
else
 +
ID_list = ID;
 +
end
 +
 +
local Via = A['Via'];
 +
Via = utilities.is_set (Via) and  wrap_msg ('via', Via) or '';
 +
local idcommon;
 +
if 'audio-visual' == config.CitationClass or 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for cite AV media & cite episode position transcript
 +
idcommon = safe_join( { ID_list, URL, Archived, Transcript, AccessDate, Via, Quote }, sepc );
 +
else
 +
idcommon = safe_join( { ID_list, URL, Archived, AccessDate, Via, Quote }, sepc );
 +
end
 +
 +
local text;
 +
local pgtext = Position .. Sheet .. Sheets .. Page .. Pages .. At;
 +
 +
local OrigDate = A['OrigDate'];
 +
OrigDate = utilities.is_set (OrigDate) and wrap_msg ('origdate', OrigDate) or '';
 +
if utilities.is_set (Date) then
 +
if utilities.is_set (Authors) or utilities.is_set (Editors) then -- date follows authors or editors when authors not set
 +
Date = " (" .. Date .. ")" .. OrigDate .. sepc .. " "; -- in parentheses
 +
else -- neither of authors and editors set
 +
if (string.sub(tcommon, -1, -1) == sepc) then -- if the last character of tcommon is sepc
 +
Date = " " .. Date .. OrigDate; -- Date does not begin with sepc
 +
else
 +
Date = sepc .. " " .. Date .. OrigDate; -- Date begins with sepc
 +
end
 +
end
 +
end
 +
 
 +
if utilities.is_set (Authors) then
 +
if (not utilities.is_set (Date)) then -- when date is set it's in parentheses; no Authors termination
 +
Authors = terminate_name_list (Authors, sepc); -- when no date, terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
 +
end
 +
if utilities.is_set (Editors) then
 +
local in_text = '';
 +
local post_text = '';
 +
if utilities.is_set (Chapter) and 0 == #c then
 +
in_text = cfg.messages['in'] .. ' ';
 +
if (sepc ~= '.') then
 +
in_text = in_text:lower(); -- lowercase for cs2
 +
end
 +
end
 +
if EditorCount <= 1 then
 +
post_text = ' (' .. cfg.messages['editor'] .. ')'; -- be consistent with no-author, no-date case
 +
else
 +
post_text = ' (' .. cfg.messages['editors'] .. ')';
 +
end
 +
Editors = terminate_name_list (in_text .. Editors .. post_text, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
 +
end
 +
if utilities.is_set (Contributors) then -- book cite and we're citing the intro, preface, etc.
 +
local by_text = sepc .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['by'] .. ' ';
 +
if (sepc ~= '.') then by_text = by_text:lower() end -- lowercase for cs2
 +
Authors = by_text .. Authors; -- author follows title so tweak it here
 +
if utilities.is_set (Editors) and utilities.is_set (Date) then -- when Editors make sure that Authors gets terminated
 +
Authors = terminate_name_list (Authors, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
 +
end
 +
if (not utilities.is_set (Date)) then -- when date is set it's in parentheses; no Contributors termination
 +
Contributors = terminate_name_list (Contributors, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
 +
end
 +
text = safe_join( {Contributors, Date, Chapter, tcommon, Authors, Place, Editors, tcommon2, pgtext, idcommon }, sepc );
 +
else
 +
text = safe_join( {Authors, Date, Chapter, Place, Editors, tcommon, pgtext, idcommon }, sepc );
 +
end
 +
elseif utilities.is_set (Editors) then
 +
if utilities.is_set (Date) then
 +
if EditorCount <= 1 then
 +
Editors = Editors .. cfg.presentation['sep_name'] .. cfg.messages['editor'];
 +
else
 +
Editors = Editors .. cfg.presentation['sep_name'] .. cfg.messages['editors'];
 +
end
 +
else
 +
if EditorCount <= 1 then
 +
Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages['editor'] .. ")" .. sepc .. " "
 +
else
 +
Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages['editors'] .. ")" .. sepc .. " "
 +
end
 +
end
 +
text = safe_join( {Editors, Date, Chapter, Place, tcommon, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );
 +
else
 +
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"journal", "citation"}) and utilities.is_set (Periodical) then
 +
text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon, pgtext, Date, idcommon}, sepc );
 +
else
 +
text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon, Date, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );
 +
end
 +
end
 +
 
 +
if utilities.is_set (PostScript) and PostScript ~= sepc then
 +
text = safe_join( {text, sepc}, sepc ); -- Deals with italics, spaces, etc.
 +
if '.' == sepc then -- remove final seperator if present
 +
text = text:gsub ('%' .. sepc .. '$', ''); -- dot must be escaped here
 +
else
 +
text = mw.ustring.gsub (text, sepc .. '$', ''); -- using ustring for non-dot sepc (likely a non-Latin character)
 +
end
 +
end
 +
 +
text = safe_join( {text, PostScript}, sepc );
 +
 
 +
-- Now enclose the whole thing in a <cite> element
 +
local options_t = {};
 +
options_t.class = cite_class_attribute_make (config.CitationClass, Mode);
 +
 
 +
local Ref = is_valid_parameter_value (A['Ref'], A:ORIGIN('Ref'), cfg.keywords_lists['ref'], nil, true); -- nil when |ref=harv; A['Ref'] else
 +
 
 +
-- Если указан параметр ref, то формируем ref-якорь по логике из рувики
 +
-- Если параметр не указан или ref=harv, то формируем якорь по енвики
 +
-- После зачистки всех ref=harv (~350), можно будет убрать код внутри utilities.is_set(Ref)
 +
if 'none' ~= cfg.keywords_xlate[(Ref and Ref:lower()) or ''] then
 +
local citeref_id = Ref
 +
local year = first_set ({Year, anchor_year}, 2); -- Year first for legacy citations and for YMD dates that require disambiguation
 +
if not utilities.is_set(Ref) then
 +
local namelist_t = {}; -- holds selected contributor, author, editor name list
 +
 +
if #c > 0 then -- if there is a contributor list
 +
namelist_t = c; -- select it
 +
elseif #a > 0 then -- or an author list
 +
namelist_t = a;
 +
elseif #e > 0 then -- or an editor list
 +
namelist_t = e;
 +
end
 +
if #namelist_t > 0 then -- if there are names in namelist_t
 +
citeref_id = make_citeref_id (namelist_t, year); -- go make the CITEREF anchor
 +
if mw.uri.anchorEncode (citeref_id) == ((Ref and mw.uri.anchorEncode (Ref)) or '') then -- Ref may already be encoded (by {{sfnref}}) so citeref_id must be encoded before comparison
 +
utilities.set_message ('maint_ref_duplicates_default');
 +
end
 +
else
 +
citeref_id = ''; -- unset
 +
end
 +
elseif mw.ustring.sub(Ref, 0, 7) ~= 'CITEREF' then                      -- для рувики: иная генерация ref-якорей
 +
if mw.ustring.match(citeref_id, '%d%d%d%d') then
 +
citeref_id = 'CITEREF' .. citeref_id
 +
else
 +
local yearForRef = nil
 +
if year and mw.ustring.match(year, '^%d%d%d%d$') then
 +
yearForRef = mw.ustring.match(year, '^%d%d%d%d$')
 +
elseif Date and mw.ustring.match(Date, '%d%d%d%d') then
 +
yearForRef = mw.ustring.match(Date, '%d%d%d%d')
 +
end
 +
if yearForRef then
 +
citeref_id = 'CITEREF' .. citeref_id .. yearForRef
 +
else
 +
citeref_id = '' -- TODO: для рувики: выдавать ошибку?
 +
end
 +
end
 +
end
 +
options_t.id = citeref_id or '';
 +
end
 +
 
 +
if string.len (text:gsub('%b<>', '')) <= 2 then -- remove html and html-like tags; then get length of what remains;
 +
z.error_cats_t = {}; -- blank the categories list
 +
z.error_msgs_t = {}; -- blank the error messages list
 +
OCinSoutput = nil; -- blank the metadata string
 +
text = ''; -- blank the the citation
 +
utilities.set_message ('err_empty_citation'); -- set empty citation message and category
 +
end
 +
 +
local render_t = {}; -- here we collect the final bits for concatenation into the rendered citation
 +
 
 +
if utilities.is_set (options_t.id) then -- here we wrap the rendered citation in <cite ...>...</cite> tags
 +
table.insert (render_t, utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['cite-id'], {mw.uri.anchorEncode(options_t.id), mw.text.nowiki(options_t.class), text})); -- when |ref= is set or when there is a namelist
 +
else
 +
table.insert (render_t, utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['cite'], {mw.text.nowiki(options_t.class), text})); -- when |ref=none or when namelist_t empty and |ref= is missing or is empty
 +
end
 +
 
 +
if OCinSoutput then -- blanked when citation is 'empty' so don't bother to add boilerplate metadata span
 +
table.insert (render_t, utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['ocins'], OCinSoutput)); -- format and append metadata to the citation
 +
end
 +
 
 +
local template_name = ('citation' == config.CitationClass) and 'citation' or 'cite ' .. (cfg.citation_class_map_t[config.CitationClass] or config.CitationClass);
 +
local template_link = '[[Template:' .. template_name .. '|' .. template_name .. ']]';
 +
local msg_prefix = '<code class="cs1-code">{{' .. template_link .. '}}</code>: ';
 +
 
 +
if 0 ~= #z.error_msgs_t then
 +
mw.addWarning (utilities.substitute (cfg.messages.warning_msg_e, template_link));
 +
 
 +
table.insert (render_t, ' '); -- insert a space between citation and its error messages
 +
table.sort (z.error_msgs_t); -- sort the error messages list; sorting includes wrapping <span> and <code> tags; hidden-error sorts ahead of visible-error
 +
 
 +
local hidden = true; -- presume that the only error messages emited by this template are hidden
 +
for _, v in ipairs (z.error_msgs_t) do -- spin through the list of error messages
 +
if v:find ('cs1-visible-error', 1, true) then -- look for the visible error class name
 +
hidden = false; -- found one; so don't hide the error message prefix
 +
break; -- and done because no need to look further
 +
end
 +
end
 +
 
 +
z.error_msgs_t[1] = table.concat ({utilities.error_comment (msg_prefix, hidden), z.error_msgs_t[1]}); -- add error message prefix to first error message to prevent extraneous punctuation
 +
table.insert (render_t, table.concat (z.error_msgs_t, '; ')); -- make a big string of error messages and add it to the rendering
 +
end
 +
 
 +
if 0 ~= #z.maint_cats_t then
 +
mw.addWarning (utilities.substitute (cfg.messages.warning_msg_m, template_link));
 +
 
 +
table.sort (z.maint_cats_t); -- sort the maintenance messages list
 +
 
 +
local maint_msgs_t = {}; -- here we collect all of the maint messages
 +
 
 +
if 0 == #z.error_msgs_t then -- if no error messages
 +
table.insert (maint_msgs_t, msg_prefix); -- insert message prefix in maint message livery
 +
end
 +
 +
for _, v in ipairs( z.maint_cats_t ) do -- append maintenance categories
 +
table.insert (maint_msgs_t, -- assemble new maint message and add it to the maint_msgs_t table
 +
table.concat ({v, ' (', utilities.substitute (cfg.messages[':cat wikilink'], v), ')'})
 +
);
 +
end
 +
table.insert (render_t, utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['hidden-maint'], table.concat (maint_msgs_t, ' '))); -- wrap the group of maint messages with proper presentation and save
 +
end
 +
 
 +
if not no_tracking_cats then
 +
local sort_key;
 +
local cat_wikilink = 'cat wikilink';
 +
if cfg.enable_sort_keys then -- when namespace sort keys enabled
 +
local namespace_number = mw.title.getCurrentTitle().namespace; -- get namespace number for this wikitext
 +
sort_key = (0 ~= namespace_number and (cfg.name_space_sort_keys[namespace_number] or cfg.name_space_sort_keys.other)) or nil; -- get sort key character; nil for mainspace
 +
cat_wikilink = (not sort_key and 'cat wikilink') or 'cat wikilink sk'; -- make <cfg.messages> key
 +
end
 +
 
 +
for _, v in ipairs (z.error_cats_t) do -- append error categories
 +
table.insert (render_t, utilities.substitute (cfg.messages[cat_wikilink], {v, sort_key}));
 +
end
 +
for _, v in ipairs (z.maint_cats_t) do -- append maintenance categories
 +
table.insert (render_t, utilities.substitute (cfg.messages[cat_wikilink], {v, sort_key}));
 +
end
 +
 
 +
-- for _, v in ipairs (z.prop_cats_t) do -- append properties categories
 +
-- table.insert (render_t, utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['cat wikilink'], v)); -- no sort keys
 +
-- end
 +
end
 +
 
 +
return table.concat (render_t); -- make a big string and done
 +
end
 +
 
 +
 
 +
--[[--------------------------< V A L I D A T E >--------------------------------------------------------------
 +
 
 +
Looks for a parameter's name in one of several whitelists.
 +
 
 +
Parameters in the whitelist can have three values:
 +
true - active, supported parameters
 +
false - deprecated, supported parameters
 +
nil - unsupported parameters
 +
 +
]]
 +
 
 +
local function validate (name, cite_class, empty)
 +
local name = tostring (name);
 +
local enum_name; -- parameter name with enumerator (if any) replaced with '#'
 +
local state;
 +
local function state_test (state, name) -- local function to do testing of state values
 +
if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter
 +
if false == state then
 +
if empty then return nil; end -- empty deprecated parameters are treated as unknowns
 +
deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported
 +
return true;
 +
end
 +
if 'tracked' == state then
 +
local base_name = name:gsub ('%d', ''); -- strip enumerators from parameter names that have them to get the base name
 +
utilities.add_prop_cat ('tracked-param', {base_name}, base_name); -- add a properties category; <base_name> modifies <key>
 +
return true;
 +
end
 +
return nil;
 +
end
 +
 
 +
if name:find ('#') then -- # is a cs1|2 reserved character so parameters with # not permitted
 +
return nil;
 +
end
 +
-- replace enumerator digit(s) with # (|last25= becomes |last#=) (mw.ustring because non-Western 'local' digits)
 +
enum_name = mw.ustring.gsub (name, '%d+$', '#'); -- where enumerator is last charaters in parameter name (these to protect |s2cid=)
 +
enum_name = mw.ustring.gsub (enum_name, '%d+([%-l])', '#%1'); -- where enumerator is in the middle of the parameter name; |author#link= is the oddity
 +
 
 +
if 'document' == cite_class then -- special case for {{cite document}}
 +
state = whitelist.document_parameters_t[enum_name]; -- this list holds enumerated and nonenumerated parameters
 +
if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end
 +
 +
return false;
 +
end
 +
 
 +
if utilities.in_array (cite_class, whitelist.preprint_template_list_t) then -- limited parameter sets allowed for these templates
 +
state = whitelist.limited_parameters_t[enum_name]; -- this list holds enumerated and nonenumerated parameters
 +
if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end
 +
 
 +
state = whitelist.preprint_arguments_t[cite_class][name]; -- look in the parameter-list for the template identified by cite_class
 +
if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end
 +
 
 +
return false; -- not supported because not found or name is set to nil
 +
end -- end limited parameter-set templates
 +
 
 +
if utilities.in_array (cite_class, whitelist.unique_param_template_list_t) then -- template-specific parameters for templates that accept parameters from the basic argument list
 +
state = whitelist.unique_arguments_t[cite_class][name]; -- look in the template-specific parameter-lists for the template identified by cite_class
 +
if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end
 +
end -- if here, fall into general validation
 +
 
 +
state = whitelist.common_parameters_t[enum_name]; -- all other templates; all normal parameters allowed; this list holds enumerated and nonenumerated parameters
 +
if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end
 +
 
 +
return false; -- not supported because not found or name is set to nil
 +
end
 +
 
 +
 
 +
--[=[-------------------------< I N T E R _ W I K I _ C H E C K >----------------------------------------------
 +
 
 +
check <value> for inter-language interwiki-link markup.  <prefix> must be a MediaWiki-recognized language
 +
code.  when these values have the form (without leading colon):
 +
[[<prefix>:link|label]] return label as plain-text
 +
[[<prefix>:link]] return <prefix>:link as plain-text
 +
 
 +
return value as is else
 +
 
 +
]=]
 +
 
 +
local function inter_wiki_check (parameter, value)
 +
local prefix = value:match ('%[%[(%a+):'); -- get an interwiki prefix if one exists
 +
local _;
 +
 +
if prefix and cfg.inter_wiki_map[prefix:lower()] then -- if prefix is in the map, needs preceding colon so
 +
utilities.set_message ('err_bad_paramlink', parameter); -- emit an error message
 +
_, value, _ = utilities.is_wikilink (value); -- extract label portion from wikilink
 +
end
 +
return value;
 +
end
 +
 
 +
 
 +
--[[--------------------------< M I S S I N G _ P I P E _ C H E C K >------------------------------------------
 +
 
 +
Look at the contents of a parameter. If the content has a string of characters and digits followed by an equal
 +
sign, compare the alphanumeric string to the list of cs1|2 parameters.  If found, then the string is possibly a
 +
parameter that is missing its pipe.  There are two tests made:
 +
{{cite ... |title=Title access-date=2016-03-17}} -- the first parameter has a value and whitespace separates that value from the missing pipe parameter name
 +
{{cite ... |title=access-date=2016-03-17}} -- the first parameter has no value (whitespace after the first = is trimmed by MediaWiki)
 +
cs1|2 shares some parameter names with XML/HTML attributes: class=, title=, etc.  To prevent false positives XML/HTML
 +
tags are removed before the search.
 +
 
 +
If a missing pipe is detected, this function adds the missing pipe maintenance category.
 +
 
 +
]]
 +
 
 +
local function missing_pipe_check (parameter, value)
 +
local capture;
 +
value = value:gsub ('%b<>', ''); -- remove XML/HTML tags because attributes: class=, title=, etc.
 +
 
 +
capture = value:match ('%s+(%a[%w%-]+)%s*=') or value:match ('^(%a[%w%-]+)%s*='); -- find and categorize parameters with possible missing pipes
 +
if capture and validate (capture) then -- if the capture is a valid parameter name
 +
utilities.set_message ('err_missing_pipe', parameter);
 +
end
 +
end
 +
 
 +
 
 +
--[[--------------------------< H A S _ E X T R A N E O U S _ P U N C T >--------------------------------------
 +
 
 +
look for extraneous terminal punctuation in most parameter values; parameters listed in skip table are not checked
 +
 
 +
]]
 +
 
 +
local function has_extraneous_punc (param, value)
 +
if 'number' == type (param) then
 +
return;
 +
end
 +
 +
param = param:gsub ('%d+', '#'); -- enumerated name-list mask params allow terminal punct; normalize
 +
if cfg.punct_skip[param] then
 +
return; -- parameter name found in the skip table so done
 +
end
 +
 +
if value:match ('[,;:]$') then
 +
utilities.set_message ('maint_extra_punct'); -- has extraneous punctuation; add maint cat
 +
end
 +
if value:match ('^=') then -- sometimes an extraneous '=' character appears ...
 +
utilities.set_message ('maint_extra_punct'); -- has extraneous punctuation; add maint cat
 +
end
 +
end
 +
 
 +
 
 +
--[[--------------------------< H A S _ E X T R A N E O U S _ U R L >------------------------------------------
 +
 
 +
look for extraneous url parameter values; parameters listed in skip table are not checked
 +
 
 +
]]
 +
 
 +
local function has_extraneous_url (url_param_t)
 +
local url_error_t = {};
 +
 +
check_for_url (url_param_t, url_error_t); -- extraneous url check
 +
if 0 ~= #url_error_t then -- non-zero when there are errors
 +
table.sort (url_error_t);
 +
utilities.set_message ('err_param_has_ext_link', {utilities.make_sep_list (#url_error_t, url_error_t)}); -- add this error message
 +
end
 +
end
 +
 
 +
 
 +
--[[--------------------------< C I T A T I O N >--------------------------------------------------------------
 +
 
 +
This is used by templates such as {{cite book}} to create the actual citation text.
 +
 
 +
]]
 +
 
 +
local function citation(frame)
 +
Frame = frame; -- save a copy in case we need to display an error message in preview mode
 +
 
 +
local config = {}; -- table to store parameters from the module {{#invoke:}}
 +
for k, v in pairs( frame.args ) do -- get parameters from the {{#invoke}} frame
 +
config[k] = v;
 +
-- args[k] = v; -- crude debug support that allows us to render a citation from module {{#invoke:}}; skips parameter validation; TODO: keep?
 +
end
 +
-- i18n: set the name that your wiki uses to identify sandbox subpages from sandbox template invoke (or can be set here)
 +
local sandbox = ((config.SandboxPath and '' ~= config.SandboxPath) and config.SandboxPath) or '/sandbox'; -- sandbox path from {{#invoke:Citation/CS1/sandbox|citation|SandboxPath=/...}}
 +
is_sandbox = nil ~= string.find (frame:getTitle(), sandbox, 1, true); -- is this invoke the sandbox module?
 +
sandbox = is_sandbox and sandbox or ''; -- use i18n sandbox to load sandbox modules when this module is the sandox; live modules else
 +
 
 +
local pframe = frame:getParent()
 +
local styles;
 +
 +
cfg = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration' .. sandbox); -- load sandbox versions of support modules when {{#invoke:Citation/CS1/sandbox|...}}; live modules else
 +
whitelist = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist' .. sandbox);
 +
utilities = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities' .. sandbox);
 +
validation = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation' .. sandbox);
 +
identifiers = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers' .. sandbox);
 +
metadata = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/COinS' .. sandbox);
 +
styles = 'Module:Citation/CS1' .. sandbox .. '/styles.css';
 +
 
 +
utilities.set_selected_modules (cfg); -- so that functions in Utilities can see the selected cfg tables
 +
identifiers.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in Identifiers can see the selected cfg tables and selected Utilities module
 +
validation.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in Date validataion can see selected cfg tables and the selected Utilities module
 +
metadata.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in COinS can see the selected cfg tables and selected Utilities module
 +
 
 +
z = utilities.z; -- table of error and category tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities
 +
 
 +
is_preview_mode = not utilities.is_set (frame:preprocess ('{{REVISIONID}}'));
 +
 
 +
local args = {}; -- table where we store all of the template's arguments
 +
local suggestions = {}; -- table where we store suggestions if we need to loadData them
 +
local error_text; -- used as a flag
 +
 
 +
local capture; -- the single supported capture when matching unknown parameters using patterns
 +
local empty_unknowns = {}; -- sequence table to hold empty unknown params for error message listing
 +
for k, v in pairs( pframe.args ) do -- get parameters from the parent (template) frame
 +
v = mw.ustring.gsub (v, '^%s*(.-)%s*$', '%1'); -- trim leading/trailing whitespace; when v is only whitespace, becomes empty string
 +
if v ~= '' then
 +
if ('string' == type (k)) then
 +
k = mw.ustring.gsub (k, '%d', cfg.date_names.local_digits); -- for enumerated parameters, translate 'local' digits to Western 0-9
 +
end
 +
if not validate( k, config.CitationClass ) then
 +
if type (k) ~= 'string' then -- exclude empty numbered parameters
 +
if v:match("%S+") ~= nil then
 +
error_text = utilities.set_message ('err_text_ignored', {v});
 +
end
 +
elseif validate (k:lower(), config.CitationClass) then
 +
error_text = utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, k:lower()}); -- suggest the lowercase version of the parameter
 +
else
 +
if nil == suggestions.suggestions then -- if this table is nil then we need to load it
 +
suggestions = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Suggestions' .. sandbox); --load sandbox version of suggestion module when {{#invoke:Citation/CS1/sandbox|...}}; live module else
 +
end
 +
for pattern, param in pairs (suggestions.patterns) do -- loop through the patterns to see if we can suggest a proper parameter
 +
capture = k:match (pattern); -- the whole match if no capture in pattern else the capture if a match
 +
if capture then -- if the pattern matches
 +
param = utilities.substitute (param, capture); -- add the capture to the suggested parameter (typically the enumerator)
 +
if validate (param, config.CitationClass) then -- validate the suggestion to make sure that the suggestion is supported by this template (necessary for limited parameter lists)
 +
error_text = utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, param}); -- set the suggestion error message
 +
else
 +
error_text = utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored', {k}); -- suggested param not supported by this template
 +
v = ''; -- unset
 +
end
 +
end
 +
end
 +
if not utilities.is_set (error_text) then -- couldn't match with a pattern, is there an explicit suggestion?
 +
if (suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ] ~= nil) and validate (suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ], config.CitationClass) then
 +
utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ]});
 +
else
 +
utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored', {k});
 +
v = ''; -- unset value assigned to unrecognized parameters (this for the limited parameter lists)
 +
end
 +
end
 +
end  
 +
end
 +
 
 +
args[k] = v; -- save this parameter and its value
 +
 
 +
elseif not utilities.is_set (v) then -- for empty parameters
 +
if not validate (k, config.CitationClass, true) then -- is this empty parameter a valid parameter
 +
k = ('' == k) and '(empty string)' or k; -- when k is empty string (or was space(s) trimmed to empty string), replace with descriptive text
 +
table.insert (empty_unknowns, utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', k)); -- format for error message and add to the list
 +
end
 +
-- crude debug support that allows us to render a citation from module {{#invoke:}} TODO: keep?
 +
-- elseif args[k] ~= nil or (k == 'postscript') then -- when args[k] has a value from {{#invoke}} frame (we don't normally do that)
 +
-- args[k] = v; -- overwrite args[k] with empty string from pframe.args[k] (template frame); v is empty string here
 +
end -- not sure about the postscript bit; that gets handled in parameter validation; historical artifact?
 +
end
  
dates = validation.dates; -- imported functions from Module:Citation/CS1/Date validation
+
if 0 ~= #empty_unknowns then -- create empty unknown error message
year_date_check = validation.year_date_check;
+
utilities.set_message ('err_param_unknown_empty', {
reformat_dates = validation.reformat_dates;
+
1 == #empty_unknowns and '' or 's',
date_hyphen_to_dash = validation.date_hyphen_to_dash;
+
utilities.make_sep_list (#empty_unknowns, empty_unknowns)
date_name_xlate = validation.date_name_xlate;
+
});
 +
end
  
is_set = utilities.is_set; -- imported functions from Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities
+
local url_param_t = {};
in_array = utilities.in_array;
 
substitute = utilities.substitute;
 
error_comment = utilities.error_comment;
 
set_error = utilities.set_error;
 
select_one = utilities.select_one;
 
add_maint_cat = function () end; -- для рувики: вместо utilities.add_maint_cat;
 
wrap_style = utilities.wrap_style;
 
safe_for_italics = utilities.safe_for_italics;
 
is_wikilink = utilities.is_wikilink;
 
make_wikilink = utilities.make_wikilink;
 
  
z = utilities.z; -- table of error and category tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities
+
for k, v in pairs( args ) do
 +
if 'string' == type (k) then -- don't evaluate positional parameters
 +
has_invisible_chars (k, v); -- look for invisible characters
 +
end
 +
has_extraneous_punc (k, v); -- look for extraneous terminal punctuation in parameter values
 +
missing_pipe_check (k, v); -- do we think that there is a parameter that is missing a pipe?
 +
args[k] = inter_wiki_check (k, v); -- when language interwiki-linked parameter missing leading colon replace with wiki-link label
  
extract_ids = identifiers.extract_ids; -- imported functions from Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers
+
if 'string' == type (k) and not cfg.url_skip[k] then -- when parameter k is not positional and not in url skip table
build_id_list = identifiers.build_id_list;
+
url_param_t[k] = v; -- make a parameter/value list for extraneous url check
is_embargoed = identifiers.is_embargoed;
+
end
extract_id_access_levels = identifiers.extract_id_access_levels;
+
end
 
make_coins_title = metadata.make_coins_title; -- imported functions from Module:Citation/CS1/COinS
 
get_coins_pages = metadata.get_coins_pages;
 
COinS = metadata.COinS;
 
  
local args = {}; -- table where we store all of the template's arguments
+
has_extraneous_url (url_param_t); -- look for url in parameter values where a url does not belong
local suggestions = {}; -- table where we store suggestions if we need to loadData them
 
local error_text, error_state;
 
  
local config = {}; -- table to store parameters from the module {{#invoke:}}
+
return table.concat ({
for k, v in pairs( frame.args ) do
+
frame:extensionTag ('templatestyles', '', {src=styles}),
config[k] = v;
+
citation0( config, args)
-- args[k] = v; -- debug tool that allows us to render a citation from module {{#invoke:}}
+
});
end
+
end
  
local capture; -- the single supported capture when matching unknown parameters using patterns
 
for k, v in pairs( pframe.args ) do
 
if v ~= '' then
 
if ('string' == type (k)) then
 
k = mw.ustring.gsub (k, '%d', cfg.date_names.local_digits); -- for enumerated parameters, translate 'local' digits to Western 0-9
 
end
 
if not validate( k, config.CitationClass ) then
 
error_text = "";
 
if type( k ) ~= 'string' then
 
-- Exclude empty numbered parameters
 
if v:match("%S+") ~= nil then
 
error_text, error_state = set_error( 'text_ignored', {v}, true );
 
end
 
elseif validate( k:lower(), config.CitationClass ) then
 
error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, k:lower()}, true ); -- suggest the lowercase version of the parameter
 
else
 
if nil == suggestions.suggestions then -- if this table is nil then we need to load it
 
if nil ~= string.find (frame:getTitle(), 'sandbox', 1, true) then -- did the {{#invoke:}} use sandbox version?
 
suggestions = mw.loadData( 'Module:Citation/CS1/Suggestions/sandbox' ); -- use the sandbox version
 
else
 
suggestions = mw.loadData( 'Module:Citation/CS1/Suggestions' ); -- use the live version
 
end
 
end
 
for pattern, param in pairs (suggestions.patterns) do -- loop through the patterns to see if we can suggest a proper parameter
 
capture = k:match (pattern); -- the whole match if no caputre in pattern else the capture if a match
 
if capture then -- if the pattern matches
 
param = substitute (param, capture); -- add the capture to the suggested parameter (typically the enumerator)
 
if validate (param, config.CitationClass) then -- validate the suggestion to make sure that the suggestion is supported by this template (necessary for limited parameter lists)
 
error_text, error_state = set_error ('parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, param}, true); -- set the suggestion error message
 
else
 
error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored', {param}, true ); -- suggested param not supported by this template
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
if not is_set (error_text) then -- couldn't match with a pattern, is there an expicit suggestion?
 
if suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ] ~= nil then
 
error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ]}, true );
 
else
 
error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored', {k}, true );
 
v = ''; -- unset value assigned to unrecognized parameters (this for the limited parameter lists)
 
end
 
end
 
end  
 
if error_text ~= '' then
 
table.insert( z.message_tail, {error_text, error_state} );
 
end
 
end
 
missing_pipe_check (v); -- do we think that there is a parameter that is missing a pipe?
 
-- TODO: is this the best place for this translation?
 
args[k] = v;
 
elseif args[k] ~= nil or (k == 'postscript') then -- here when v is empty string
 
args[k] = v; -- why do we do this?  we don't support 'empty' parameters
 
end
 
end
 
  
for k, v in pairs( args ) do
+
--[[--------------------------< E X P O R T E D  F U N C T I O N S >------------------------------------------
if 'string' == type (k) then -- don't evaluate positional parameters
+
]]
has_invisible_chars (k, v);
 
end
 
end
 
return table.concat ({citation0( config, args), frame:extensionTag ('templatestyles', '', {src=styles})});
 
end
 
  
return cs1;
+
return {citation = citation};

Текущая версия от 03:40, 14 сентября 2024

This module and associated sub-modules support the Citation Style 1 and Citation Style 2 citation templates. In general, it is not intended to be called directly, but is called by one of the core CS1 and CS2 templates.

These files comprise the module support for CS1|2 citation templates:

CS2 modules
live sandbox diff description
Gold padlock Module:Citation/CS1 Module:Citation/CS1/sandbox [edit] diff Rendering and support functions
Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration/sandbox [edit] diff Translation tables; error and identifier handlers
Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist/sandbox [edit] diff 2 parameters
Module:Citation/CS1/Date validation Module:Citation/CS1/Date validation/sandbox [edit] diff Date format validation functions
Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers/sandbox [edit] diff Functions that support the named identifiers (ISBN, DOI, PMID, etc.)
Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities/sandbox [edit] diff Common functions and tables
Module:Citation/CS1/COinS Module:Citation/CS1/COinS/sandbox [edit] diff 2 template's metadata
Module:Citation/CS1/styles.css Module:Citation/CS1/sandbox/styles.css [edit] diff CSS styles applied to the CS1|2 templates
Silver padlock Module:Citation/CS1/Suggestions Module:Citation/CS1/Suggestions/sandbox [edit] diff List that maps common erroneous parameter names to valid parameter names

Other documentation:

testcases


require ('strict');

--[[--------------------------< F O R W A R D   D E C L A R A T I O N S >--------------------------------------

each of these counts against the Lua upvalue limit

]]

local validation;																-- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation

local utilities;																-- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities
local z = {};																	-- table of tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities

local identifiers;																-- functions and tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers
local metadata;																	-- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/COinS
local cfg = {};																	-- table of configuration tables that are defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration
local whitelist = {};															-- table of tables listing valid template parameter names; defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist

local boxDate = require('Module:Calendar').bxDate;								-- РУВИКИ: все даты делаем человекочитаемыми


--[[------------------< P A G E   S C O P E   V A R I A B L E S >---------------

declare variables here that have page-wide scope that are not brought in from
other modules; that are created here and used here

]]

local added_deprecated_cat;														-- Boolean flag so that the category is added only once
local added_vanc_errs;															-- Boolean flag so we only emit one Vancouver error / category
local added_generic_name_errs;													-- Boolean flag so we only emit one generic name error / category and stop testing names once an error is encountered
local added_numeric_name_errs;													-- Boolean flag so we only emit one numeric name error / category and stop testing names once an error is encountered
local added_numeric_name_maint;													-- Boolean flag so we only emit one numeric name maint category and stop testing names once a category has been emitted
local Frame;																	-- holds the module's frame table
local is_preview_mode;															-- true when article is in preview mode; false when using 'Preview page with this template' (previewing the module)
local is_sandbox;																-- true when using sandbox modules to render citation


--[[--------------------------< F I R S T _ S E T >------------------------------------------------------------

Locates and returns the first set value in a table of values where the order established in the table,
left-to-right (or top-to-bottom), is the order in which the values are evaluated.  Returns nil if none are set.

This version replaces the original 'for _, val in pairs do' and a similar version that used ipairs.  With the pairs
version the order of evaluation could not be guaranteed.  With the ipairs version, a nil value would terminate
the for-loop before it reached the actual end of the list.

]]

local function first_set (list, count)
	local i = 1;
	while i <= count do															-- loop through all items in list
		if utilities.is_set( list[i] ) then
			return list[i];														-- return the first set list member
		end
		i = i + 1;																-- point to next
	end
end


--[[--------------------------< A D D _ V A N C _ E R R O R >----------------------------------------------------

Adds a single Vancouver system error message to the template's output regardless of how many error actually exist.
To prevent duplication, added_vanc_errs is nil until an error message is emitted.

added_vanc_errs is a Boolean declared in page scope variables above

]]

local function add_vanc_error (source, position)
	if added_vanc_errs then return end
		
	added_vanc_errs = true;														-- note that we've added this category
	utilities.set_message ('err_vancouver', {source, position});
end


--[[--------------------------< I S _ S C H E M E >------------------------------------------------------------

does this thing that purports to be a URI scheme seem to be a valid scheme?  The scheme is checked to see if it
is in agreement with http://tools.ietf.org/html/std66#section-3.1 which says:
	Scheme names consist of a sequence of characters beginning with a
   letter and followed by any combination of letters, digits, plus
   ("+"), period ("."), or hyphen ("-").

returns true if it does, else false

]]

local function is_scheme (scheme)
	return scheme and scheme:match ('^%a[%a%d%+%.%-]*:');						-- true if scheme is set and matches the pattern
end


--[=[-------------------------< I S _ D O M A I N _ N A M E >--------------------------------------------------

Does this thing that purports to be a domain name seem to be a valid domain name?

Syntax defined here: http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034#section-3.5
BNF defined here: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4234
Single character names are generally reserved; see https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-dnsind-iana-dns-01#page-15;
	see also [[Single-letter second-level domain]]
list of TLDs: https://www.iana.org/domains/root/db

RFC 952 (modified by RFC 1123) requires the first and last character of a hostname to be a letter or a digit.  Between
the first and last characters the name may use letters, digits, and the hyphen.

Also allowed are IPv4 addresses. IPv6 not supported

domain is expected to be stripped of any path so that the last character in the last character of the TLD.  tld
is two or more alpha characters.  Any preceding '//' (from splitting a URL with a scheme) will be stripped
here.  Perhaps not necessary but retained in case it is necessary for IPv4 dot decimal.

There are several tests:
	the first character of the whole domain name including subdomains must be a letter or a digit
	internationalized domain name (ASCII characters with .xn-- ASCII Compatible Encoding (ACE) prefix xn-- in the TLD) see https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3490
	single-letter/digit second-level domains in the .org, .cash, and .today TLDs
	q, x, and z SL domains in the .com TLD
	i and q SL domains in the .net TLD
	single-letter SL domains in the ccTLDs (where the ccTLD is two letters)
	two-character SL domains in gTLDs (where the gTLD is two or more letters)
	three-plus-character SL domains in gTLDs (where the gTLD is two or more letters)
	IPv4 dot-decimal address format; TLD not allowed

returns true if domain appears to be a proper name and TLD or IPv4 address, else false

]=]

local function is_domain_name (domain)
	if not domain then
		return false;															-- if not set, abandon
	end
	
	domain = domain:gsub ('^//', '');											-- strip '//' from domain name if present; done here so we only have to do it once
	
	if not domain:match ('^[%w]') then											-- first character must be letter or digit
		return false;
	end

	if domain:match ('^%a+:') then												-- hack to detect things that look like s:Page:Title where Page: is namespace at Wikisource
		return false;
	end

	local patterns = {															-- patterns that look like URLs
		'%f[%w][%w][%w%-]+[%w]%.%a%a+$',										-- three or more character hostname.hostname or hostname.tld
		'%f[%w][%w][%w%-]+[%w]%.xn%-%-[%w]+$',									-- internationalized domain name with ACE prefix
		'%f[%a][qxz]%.com$',													-- assigned one character .com hostname (x.com times out 2015-12-10)
		'%f[%a][iq]%.net$',														-- assigned one character .net hostname (q.net registered but not active 2015-12-10)
		'%f[%w][%w]%.%a%a$',													-- one character hostname and ccTLD (2 chars)
		'%f[%w][%w][%w]%.%a%a+$',												-- two character hostname and TLD
		'^%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?',								-- IPv4 address
		}

	for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns) do										-- loop through the patterns list
		if domain:match (pattern) then
			return true;														-- if a match then we think that this thing that purports to be a URL is a URL
		end
	end

	for _, d in ipairs (cfg.single_letter_2nd_lvl_domains_t) do					-- look for single letter second level domain names for these top level domains
		if domain:match ('%f[%w][%w]%.' .. d) then
			return true
		end
	end
	return false;																-- no matches, we don't know what this thing is
end


--[[--------------------------< I S _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------------

returns true if the scheme and domain parts of a URL appear to be a valid URL; else false.

This function is the last step in the validation process.  This function is separate because there are cases that
are not covered by split_url(), for example is_parameter_ext_wikilink() which is looking for bracketted external
wikilinks.

]]

local function is_url (scheme, domain)
	if utilities.is_set (scheme) then											-- if scheme is set check it and domain
		return is_scheme (scheme) and is_domain_name (domain);
	else
		return is_domain_name (domain);											-- scheme not set when URL is protocol-relative
	end
end


--[[--------------------------< S P L I T _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------

Split a URL into a scheme, authority indicator, and domain.

First remove Fully Qualified Domain Name terminator (a dot following TLD) (if any) and any path(/), query(?) or fragment(#).

If protocol-relative URL, return nil scheme and domain else return nil for both scheme and domain.

When not protocol-relative, get scheme, authority indicator, and domain.  If there is an authority indicator (one
or more '/' characters immediately following the scheme's colon), make sure that there are only 2.

Any URL that does not have news: scheme must have authority indicator (//).  TODO: are there other common schemes
like news: that don't use authority indicator?

Strip off any port and path;

]]

local function split_url (url_str)
	local scheme, authority, domain;
	
	url_str = url_str:gsub ('([%a%d])%.?[/%?#].*$', '%1');						-- strip FQDN terminator and path(/), query(?), fragment (#) (the capture prevents false replacement of '//')

	if url_str:match ('^//%S*') then											-- if there is what appears to be a protocol-relative URL
		domain = url_str:match ('^//(%S*)')
	elseif url_str:match ('%S-:/*%S+') then										-- if there is what appears to be a scheme, optional authority indicator, and domain name
		scheme, authority, domain = url_str:match ('(%S-:)(/*)(%S+)');			-- extract the scheme, authority indicator, and domain portions
		if utilities.is_set (authority) then
			authority = authority:gsub ('//', '', 1);							-- replace place 1 pair of '/' with nothing;
			if utilities.is_set(authority) then									-- if anything left (1 or 3+ '/' where authority should be) then
				return scheme;													-- return scheme only making domain nil which will cause an error message
			end
		else
			if not scheme:match ('^news:') then									-- except for news:..., MediaWiki won't link URLs that do not have authority indicator; TODO: a better way to do this test?
				return scheme;													-- return scheme only making domain nil which will cause an error message
			end
		end
		domain = domain:gsub ('(%a):%d+', '%1');								-- strip port number if present
	end
	
	return scheme, domain;
end


--[[--------------------------< L I N K _ P A R A M _ O K >---------------------------------------------------

checks the content of |title-link=, |series-link=, |author-link=, etc. for properly formatted content: no wikilinks, no URLs

Link parameters are to hold the title of a Wikipedia article, so none of the WP:TITLESPECIALCHARACTERS are allowed:
	# < > [ ] | { } _
except the underscore which is used as a space in wiki URLs and # which is used for section links

returns false when the value contains any of these characters.

When there are no illegal characters, this function returns TRUE if value DOES NOT appear to be a valid URL (the
|<param>-link= parameter is ok); else false when value appears to be a valid URL (the |<param>-link= parameter is NOT ok).

]]

local function link_param_ok (value)
	local scheme, domain;
	if value:find ('[<>%[%]|{}]') then											-- if any prohibited characters
		return false;
	end

	scheme, domain = split_url (value);											-- get scheme or nil and domain or nil from URL; 
	return not is_url (scheme, domain);											-- return true if value DOES NOT appear to be a valid URL
end


--[[--------------------------< L I N K _ T I T L E _ O K >---------------------------------------------------

Use link_param_ok() to validate |<param>-link= value and its matching |<title>= value.

|<title>= may be wiki-linked but not when |<param>-link= has a value.  This function emits an error message when
that condition exists

check <link> for inter-language interwiki-link prefix.  prefix must be a MediaWiki-recognized language
code and must begin with a colon.

]]

local function link_title_ok (link, lorig, title, torig)
	local orig;
	if utilities.is_set (link) then 											-- don't bother if <param>-link doesn't have a value
		if not link_param_ok (link) then										-- check |<param>-link= markup
			orig = lorig;														-- identify the failing link parameter
		elseif title:find ('%[%[') then											-- check |title= for wikilink markup
			orig = torig;														-- identify the failing |title= parameter
		elseif link:match ('^%a+:') then										-- if the link is what looks like an interwiki
			local prefix = link:match ('^(%a+):'):lower();						-- get the interwiki prefix

			if cfg.inter_wiki_map[prefix] then									-- if prefix is in the map, must have preceding colon
				orig = lorig;													-- flag as error
			end
		end
	end

	if utilities.is_set (orig) then
		link = '';																-- unset
		utilities.set_message ('err_bad_paramlink', orig);						-- URL or wikilink in |title= with |title-link=;
	end
	
	return link;																-- link if ok, empty string else
end


--[[--------------------------< C H E C K _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------

Determines whether a URL string appears to be valid.

First we test for space characters.  If any are found, return false.  Then split the URL into scheme and domain
portions, or for protocol-relative (//example.com) URLs, just the domain.  Use is_url() to validate the two
portions of the URL.  If both are valid, or for protocol-relative if domain is valid, return true, else false.

Because it is different from a standard URL, and because this module used external_link() to make external links
that work for standard and news: links, we validate newsgroup names here.  The specification for a newsgroup name
is at https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5536#section-3.1.4

]]

local function check_url( url_str )
	if nil == url_str:match ("^%S+$") then										-- if there are any spaces in |url=value it can't be a proper URL
		return false;
	end
	local scheme, domain;

	scheme, domain = split_url (url_str);										-- get scheme or nil and domain or nil from URL;
	
	if 'news:' == scheme then													-- special case for newsgroups
		return domain:match('^[%a%d%+%-_]+%.[%a%d%+%-_%.]*[%a%d%+%-_]$');
	end
	
	return is_url (scheme, domain);												-- return true if value appears to be a valid URL
end


--[=[-------------------------< I S _ P A R A M E T E R _ E X T _ W I K I L I N K >----------------------------

Return true if a parameter value has a string that begins and ends with square brackets [ and ] and the first
non-space characters following the opening bracket appear to be a URL.  The test will also find external wikilinks
that use protocol-relative URLs. Also finds bare URLs.

The frontier pattern prevents a match on interwiki-links which are similar to scheme:path URLs.  The tests that
find bracketed URLs are required because the parameters that call this test (currently |title=, |chapter=, |work=,
and |publisher=) may have wikilinks and there are articles or redirects like '//Hus' so, while uncommon, |title=[[//Hus]]
is possible as might be [[en://Hus]].

]=]

local function is_parameter_ext_wikilink (value)
local scheme, domain;

	if value:match ('%f[%[]%[%a%S*:%S+.*%]') then								-- if ext. wikilink with scheme and domain: [xxxx://yyyyy.zzz]
		scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('%f[%[]%[(%a%S*:%S+).*%]'));
	elseif value:match ('%f[%[]%[//%S+.*%]') then								-- if protocol-relative ext. wikilink: [//yyyyy.zzz]
		scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('%f[%[]%[(//%S+).*%]'));
	elseif value:match ('%a%S*:%S+') then										-- if bare URL with scheme; may have leading or trailing plain text
		scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('(%a%S*:%S+)'));
	elseif value:match ('//%S+') then											-- if protocol-relative bare URL: //yyyyy.zzz; may have leading or trailing plain text
		scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('(//%S+)'));					-- what is left should be the domain
	else
		return false;															-- didn't find anything that is obviously a URL
	end

	return is_url (scheme, domain);												-- return true if value appears to be a valid URL
end


--[[-------------------------< C H E C K _ F O R _ U R L >-----------------------------------------------------

loop through a list of parameters and their values.  Look at the value and if it has an external link, emit an error message.

]]

local function check_for_url (parameter_list, error_list)
	for k, v in pairs (parameter_list) do										-- for each parameter in the list
		if is_parameter_ext_wikilink (v) then									-- look at the value; if there is a URL add an error message
			table.insert (error_list, utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', k));
		end
	end
end


--[[--------------------------< S A F E _ F O R _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------

Escape sequences for content that will be used for URL descriptions

]]

local function safe_for_url( str )
	if str:match( "%[%[.-%]%]" ) ~= nil then 
		utilities.set_message ('err_wikilink_in_url', {});
	end
	
	return str:gsub( '[%[%]\n]', {	
		['['] = '&#91;',
		[']'] = '&#93;',
		['\n'] = ' ' } );
end


--[[--------------------------< E X T E R N A L _ L I N K >----------------------------------------------------

Format an external link with error checking

]]

local function external_link (URL, label, source, access)
	local err_msg = '';
	local domain;
	local path;
	local base_url;

	if not utilities.is_set (label) then
		label = URL;
		if utilities.is_set (source) then
			utilities.set_message ('err_bare_url_missing_title', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', source)});
		else
			error (cfg.messages["bare_url_no_origin"]);							-- programmer error; valid parameter name does not have matching meta-parameter
		end			
	end
	if not check_url (URL) then
		utilities.set_message ('err_bad_url', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', source)});
	end
	
	domain, path = URL:match ('^([/%.%-%+:%a%d]+)([/%?#].*)$');					-- split the URL into scheme plus domain and path
	if path then																-- if there is a path portion
		path = path:gsub ('[%[%]]', {['['] = '%5b', [']'] = '%5d'});			-- replace '[' and ']' with their percent-encoded values
		URL = table.concat ({domain, path});									-- and reassemble
	end

	base_url = table.concat ({ "[", URL, " ", safe_for_url (label), "]" });		-- assemble a wiki-markup URL

	if utilities.is_set (access) then											-- access level (subscription, registration, limited)
		base_url = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['ext-link-access-signal'], {cfg.presentation[access].class, cfg.presentation[access].title, base_url});	-- add the appropriate icon
	end

	return base_url;
end

--[[--------------------------< F O R M A T E _  D A T E >-----------------------------------------------------

Call a calendar module that turns all non-local language dates (including ISO dates) into local language dates.
Used for archiving and review dates.

]]

local function formatDate(txtDateIn, strFormat, params)
	local txtDateOut, date, status = boxDate(txtDateIn, strFormat, params)
	if status.brk then
		return error(status.errorText)
	else
		return txtDateOut
	end
end


--[[--------------------------< D E P R E C A T E D _ P A R A M E T E R >--------------------------------------

Categorize and emit an error message when the citation contains one or more deprecated parameters.  The function includes the
offending parameter name to the error message.  Only one error message is emitted regardless of the number of deprecated
parameters in the citation.

added_deprecated_cat is a Boolean declared in page scope variables above

]]

local function deprecated_parameter(name)
	if not added_deprecated_cat then
		added_deprecated_cat = true;											-- note that we've added this category
		utilities.set_message ('err_deprecated_params', {name});				-- add error message
	end
end


--[=[-------------------------< K E R N _ Q U O T E S >--------------------------------------------------------

Apply kerning to open the space between the quote mark provided by the module and a leading or trailing quote
mark contained in a |title= or |chapter= parameter's value.

This function will positive kern either single or double quotes:
	"'Unkerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks'"
	" 'Kerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks' " (in real life the kerning isn't as wide as this example)
Double single quotes (italic or bold wiki-markup) are not kerned.

Replaces Unicode quote marks in plain text or in the label portion of a [[L|D]] style wikilink with typewriter
quote marks regardless of the need for kerning.  Unicode quote marks are not replaced in simple [[D]] wikilinks.

Call this function for chapter titles, for website titles, etc.; not for book titles.

]=]

local function kern_quotes (str)
	local cap = '';
	local wl_type, label, link;

	wl_type, label, link = utilities.is_wikilink (str);							-- wl_type is: 0, no wl (text in label variable); 1, [[D]]; 2, [[L|D]]
	
	if 1 == wl_type then														-- [[D]] simple wikilink with or without quote marks
		if mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[[\"“”\'‘’].+[\"“”\'‘’]%]%]') then		-- leading and trailing quote marks
			str = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-left'], str);
			str = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-right'], str);
		elseif mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[[\"“”\'‘’].+%]%]')	then			-- leading quote marks
			str = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-left'], str);
		elseif mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[.+[\"“”\'‘’]%]%]') then				-- trailing quote marks
			str = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-right'], str);
		end

	else																		-- plain text or [[L|D]]; text in label variable
		label = mw.ustring.gsub (label, '[“”]', '\"');							-- replace “” (U+201C & U+201D) with " (typewriter double quote mark)
		label = mw.ustring.gsub (label, '[‘’]', '\'');							-- replace ‘’ (U+2018 & U+2019) with ' (typewriter single quote mark)

		cap = mw.ustring.match (label, "^([\"\'][^\'].+)");						-- match leading double or single quote but not doubled single quotes (italic markup)
		if utilities.is_set (cap) then
			label = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-left'], cap);
		end
	
		cap = mw.ustring.match (label, "^(.+[^\'][\"\'])$")						-- match trailing double or single quote but not doubled single quotes (italic markup)
		if utilities.is_set (cap) then
			label = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-right'], cap);
		end
		
		if 2 == wl_type then
			str = utilities.make_wikilink (link, label);						-- reassemble the wikilink
		else
			str = label;
		end
	end
	return str;
end


--[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ S C R I P T _ V A L U E >----------------------------------------

|script-title= holds title parameters that are not written in Latin-based scripts: Chinese, Japanese, Arabic, Hebrew, etc. These scripts should
not be italicized and may be written right-to-left.  The value supplied by |script-title= is concatenated onto Title after Title has been wrapped
in italic markup.

Regardless of language, all values provided by |script-title= are wrapped in <bdi>...</bdi> tags to isolate RTL languages from the English left to right.

|script-title= provides a unique feature.  The value in |script-title= may be prefixed with a two-character ISO 639-1 language code and a colon:
	|script-title=ja:*** *** (where * represents a Japanese character)
Spaces between the two-character code and the colon and the colon and the first script character are allowed:
	|script-title=ja : *** ***
	|script-title=ja: *** ***
	|script-title=ja :*** ***
Spaces preceding the prefix are allowed: |script-title = ja:*** ***

The prefix is checked for validity.  If it is a valid ISO 639-1 language code, the lang attribute (lang="ja") is added to the <bdi> tag so that browsers can
know the language the tag contains.  This may help the browser render the script more correctly.  If the prefix is invalid, the lang attribute
is not added.  At this time there is no error message for this condition.

Supports |script-title=, |script-chapter=, |script-<periodical>=

]]

local function format_script_value (script_value, script_param)
	local lang='';																-- initialize to empty string
	local name;
	if script_value:match('^%l%l%l?%s*:') then									-- if first 3 or 4 non-space characters are script language prefix
		lang = script_value:match('^(%l%l%l?)%s*:%s*%S.*');						-- get the language prefix or nil if there is no script
		if not utilities.is_set (lang) then
			utilities.set_message ('err_script_parameter', {script_param, cfg.err_msg_supl['missing title part']});		-- prefix without 'title'; add error message
			return '';															-- script_value was just the prefix so return empty string
		end
																				-- if we get this far we have prefix and script
		name = cfg.lang_tag_remap[lang] or mw.language.fetchLanguageName( lang, cfg.this_wiki_code );	-- get language name so that we can use it to categorize
		if utilities.is_set (name) then											-- is prefix a proper ISO 639-1 language code?
			script_value = script_value:gsub ('^%l+%s*:%s*', '');				-- strip prefix from script
																				-- is prefix one of these language codes?
			if utilities.in_array (lang, cfg.script_lang_codes) then
				utilities.add_prop_cat ('script', {name, lang})
			else
				utilities.set_message ('err_script_parameter', {script_param, cfg.err_msg_supl['unknown language code']});	-- unknown script-language; add error message
			end
			lang = ' lang="' .. lang .. '" ';									-- convert prefix into a lang attribute
		else
			utilities.set_message ('err_script_parameter', {script_param, cfg.err_msg_supl['invalid language code']});		-- invalid language code; add error message
			lang = '';															-- invalid so set lang to empty string
		end
	else
		utilities.set_message ('err_script_parameter', {script_param, cfg.err_msg_supl['missing prefix']});				-- no language code prefix; add error message
	end
	script_value = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['bdi'], {lang, script_value});	-- isolate in case script is RTL

	return script_value;
end


--[[--------------------------< S C R I P T _ C O N C A T E N A T E >------------------------------------------

Initially for |title= and |script-title=, this function concatenates those two parameter values after the script
value has been wrapped in <bdi> tags.

]]

local function script_concatenate (title, script, script_param)
	if utilities.is_set (script) then
		script = format_script_value (script, script_param);					-- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; returns empty string on error
		if utilities.is_set (script) then
			title = title .. ' ' .. script;										-- concatenate title and script title
		end
	end
	return title;
end


--[[--------------------------< W R A P _ M S G >--------------------------------------------------------------

Applies additional message text to various parameter values. Supplied string is wrapped using a message_list
configuration taking one argument.  Supports lower case text for {{citation}} templates.  Additional text taken
from citation_config.messages - the reason this function is similar to but separate from wrap_style().

]]

local function wrap_msg (key, str, lower)
	if not utilities.is_set ( str ) then
		return "";
	end
	if true == lower then
		local msg;
		msg = cfg.messages[key]:lower();										-- set the message to lower case before 
		return utilities.substitute ( msg, str );								-- including template text
	else
		return utilities.substitute ( cfg.messages[key], str );
	end		
end


--[[----------------< W I K I S O U R C E _ U R L _ M A K E >-------------------

Makes a Wikisource URL from Wikisource interwiki-link.  Returns the URL and appropriate
label; nil else.

str is the value assigned to |chapter= (or aliases) or |title= or |title-link=

]]

local function wikisource_url_make (str)
	local wl_type, D, L;
	local ws_url, ws_label;
	local wikisource_prefix = table.concat ({'https://', cfg.this_wiki_code, '.wikisource.org/wiki/'});

	wl_type, D, L = utilities.is_wikilink (str);								-- wl_type is 0 (not a wikilink), 1 (simple wikilink), 2 (complex wikilink)

	if 0 == wl_type then														-- not a wikilink; might be from |title-link=
		str = D:match ('^[Ww]ikisource:(.+)') or D:match ('^[Ss]:(.+)');		-- article title from interwiki link with long-form or short-form namespace
		if utilities.is_set (str) then
			ws_url = table.concat ({											-- build a Wikisource URL
				wikisource_prefix,												-- prefix
				str,															-- article title
				});
			ws_label = str;														-- label for the URL
		end
	elseif 1 == wl_type then													-- simple wikilink: [[Wikisource:ws article]]
		str = D:match ('^[Ww]ikisource:(.+)') or D:match ('^[Ss]:(.+)');		-- article title from interwiki link with long-form or short-form namespace
		if utilities.is_set (str) then
			ws_url = table.concat ({											-- build a Wikisource URL
				wikisource_prefix,												-- prefix
				str,															-- article title
				});
			ws_label = str;														-- label for the URL
		end
	elseif 2 == wl_type then													-- non-so-simple wikilink: [[Wikisource:ws article|displayed text]] ([[L|D]])
		str = L:match ('^[Ww]ikisource:(.+)') or L:match ('^[Ss]:(.+)');		-- article title from interwiki link with long-form or short-form namespace
		if utilities.is_set (str) then
			ws_label = D;														-- get ws article name from display portion of interwiki link
			ws_url = table.concat ({											-- build a Wikisource URL
				wikisource_prefix,												-- prefix
				str,															-- article title without namespace from link portion of wikilink
				});
		end
	end

	if ws_url then
		ws_url = mw.uri.encode (ws_url, 'WIKI');								-- make a usable URL
		ws_url = ws_url:gsub ('%%23', '#');										-- undo percent-encoding of fragment marker
	end

	return ws_url, ws_label, L or D;											-- return proper URL or nil and a label or nil
end


--[[----------------< F O R M A T _ P E R I O D I C A L >-----------------------

Format the three periodical parameters: |script-<periodical>=, |<periodical>=,
and |trans-<periodical>= into a single Periodical meta-parameter.

]]

local function format_periodical (script_periodical, script_periodical_source, periodical, trans_periodical)

	if not utilities.is_set (periodical) then
		periodical = '';														-- to be safe for concatenation
	else
		periodical = utilities.wrap_style ('italic-title', periodical);			-- style  
	end

	periodical = script_concatenate (periodical, script_periodical, script_periodical_source);	-- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped

	if utilities.is_set (trans_periodical) then
		trans_periodical = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-italic-title', trans_periodical);
		if utilities.is_set (periodical) then
			periodical = periodical .. ' ' .. trans_periodical;
		else																	-- here when trans-periodical without periodical or script-periodical
			periodical = trans_periodical;
			utilities.set_message ('err_trans_missing_title', {'periodical'});
		end
	end

	return periodical;
end


--[[------------------< F O R M A T _ C H A P T E R _ T I T L E >---------------

Format the four chapter parameters: |script-chapter=, |chapter=, |trans-chapter=,
and |chapter-url= into a single chapter meta- parameter (chapter_url_source used
for error messages).

]]

local function format_chapter_title (script_chapter, script_chapter_source, chapter, chapter_source, trans_chapter, trans_chapter_source, chapter_url, chapter_url_source, no_quotes, access)
	local ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (chapter);					-- make a wikisource URL and label from a wikisource interwiki link
	if ws_url then
		ws_label = ws_label:gsub ('_', ' ');									-- replace underscore separators with space characters
		chapter = ws_label;
	end

	if not utilities.is_set (chapter) then
		chapter = '';															-- to be safe for concatenation
	else
		if false == no_quotes then
			chapter = kern_quotes (chapter);									-- if necessary, separate chapter title's leading and trailing quote marks from module provided quote marks
			chapter = utilities.wrap_style ('quoted-title', chapter);
		end
	end

	chapter = script_concatenate (chapter, script_chapter, script_chapter_source);	-- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped

	if utilities.is_set (chapter_url) then
		chapter = external_link (chapter_url, chapter, chapter_url_source, access);	-- adds bare_url_missing_title error if appropriate
	elseif ws_url then
		chapter = external_link (ws_url, chapter .. '&nbsp;', 'ws link in chapter');	-- adds bare_url_missing_title error if appropriate; space char to move icon away from chap text; TODO: better way to do this?
		chapter = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, chapter});				
	end

	if utilities.is_set (trans_chapter) then
		trans_chapter = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', trans_chapter);
		if utilities.is_set (chapter) then
			chapter = chapter .. ' ' .. trans_chapter;
		else																	-- here when trans_chapter without chapter or script-chapter
			chapter = trans_chapter;
			chapter_source = trans_chapter_source:match ('trans%-?(.+)');		-- when no chapter, get matching name from trans-<param>
			utilities.set_message ('err_trans_missing_title', {chapter_source});
		end
	end

	return chapter;
end


--[[----------------< H A S _ I N V I S I B L E _ C H A R S >-------------------

This function searches a parameter's value for non-printable or invisible characters.
The search stops at the first match.

This function will detect the visible replacement character when it is part of the Wikisource.

Detects but ignores nowiki and math stripmarkers.  Also detects other named stripmarkers
(gallery, math, pre, ref) and identifies them with a slightly different error message.
See also coins_cleanup().

Output of this function is an error message that identifies the character or the
Unicode group, or the stripmarker that was detected along with its position (or,
for multi-byte characters, the position of its first byte) in the parameter value.

]]

local function has_invisible_chars (param, v)
	local position = '';														-- position of invisible char or starting position of stripmarker
	local capture;																-- used by stripmarker detection to hold name of the stripmarker
	local stripmarker;															-- boolean set true when a stripmarker is found

	capture = string.match (v, '[%w%p ]*');										-- test for values that are simple ASCII text and bypass other tests if true
	if capture == v then														-- if same there are no Unicode characters
		return;
	end

	for _, invisible_char in ipairs (cfg.invisible_chars) do
		local char_name = invisible_char[1];									-- the character or group name
		local pattern = invisible_char[2];										-- the pattern used to find it
		position, _, capture = mw.ustring.find (v, pattern);					-- see if the parameter value contains characters that match the pattern
		
		if position and (cfg.invisible_defs.zwj == capture) then				-- if we found a zero-width joiner character
			if mw.ustring.find (v, cfg.indic_script) then						-- it's ok if one of the Indic scripts
				position = nil;													-- unset position
			elseif cfg.emoji_t[mw.ustring.codepoint (v, position+1)] then			-- is zwj followed by a character listed in emoji{}?
				position = nil;													-- unset position
			end
		end
		
		if position then
			if 'nowiki' == capture or 'math' == capture or						-- nowiki and math stripmarkers (not an error condition)
				('templatestyles' == capture and utilities.in_array (param, {'id', 'quote'})) then	-- templatestyles stripmarker allowed in these parameters
					stripmarker = true;											-- set a flag
			elseif true == stripmarker and cfg.invisible_defs.del == capture then	-- because stripmakers begin and end with the delete char, assume that we've found one end of a stripmarker
				position = nil;													-- unset
			else
				local err_msg;
				if capture and not (cfg.invisible_defs.del == capture or cfg.invisible_defs.zwj == capture) then
					err_msg = capture .. ' ' .. char_name;
				else
					err_msg = char_name .. ' ' .. 'character';
				end

				utilities.set_message ('err_invisible_char', {err_msg, utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', param), position});	-- add error message
				return;															-- and done with this parameter
			end
		end
	end
end


--[[-------------------< A R G U M E N T _ W R A P P E R >----------------------

Argument wrapper.  This function provides support for argument mapping defined
in the configuration file so that multiple names can be transparently aliased to
single internal variable.

]]

local function argument_wrapper ( args )
	local origin = {};
	
	return setmetatable({
		ORIGIN = function ( self, k )
			local dummy = self[k];												-- force the variable to be loaded.
			return origin[k];
		end
	},
	{
		__index = function ( tbl, k )
			if origin[k] ~= nil then
				return nil;
			end
			
			local args, list, v = args, cfg.aliases[k];
			
			if type( list ) == 'table' then
				v, origin[k] = utilities.select_one ( args, list, 'err_redundant_parameters' );
				if origin[k] == nil then
					origin[k] = '';												-- Empty string, not nil
				end
			elseif list ~= nil then
				v, origin[k] = args[list], list;
			else
				-- maybe let through instead of raising an error?
				-- v, origin[k] = args[k], k;
				error( cfg.messages['unknown_argument_map'] .. ': ' .. k);
			end
			
			-- Empty strings, not nil;
			if v == nil then
				v = '';
				origin[k] = '';
			end
			
			tbl = rawset( tbl, k, v );
			return v;
		end,
	});
end


--[[--------------------------< N O W R A P _ D A T E >-------------------------

When date is YYYY-MM-DD format wrap in nowrap span: <span ...>YYYY-MM-DD</span>.
When date is DD MMMM YYYY or is MMMM DD, YYYY then wrap in nowrap span:
<span ...>DD MMMM</span> YYYY or <span ...>MMMM DD,</span> YYYY

DOES NOT yet support MMMM YYYY or any of the date ranges.

]]

local function nowrap_date (date)
	local cap = '';
	local cap2 = '';

	if date:match("^%d%d%d%d%-%d%d%-%d%d$") then
		date = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap1'], date);
	
	elseif date:match("^%a+%s*%d%d?,%s+%d%d%d%d$") or date:match ("^%d%d?%s*%a+%s+%d%d%d%d$") then
		cap, cap2 = string.match (date, "^(.*)%s+(%d%d%d%d)$");
		date = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap2'], {cap, cap2});
	end
	
	return date;
end


--[[--------------------------< S E T _ T I T L E T Y P E >---------------------

This function sets default title types (equivalent to the citation including
|type=<default value>) for those templates that have defaults. Also handles the
special case where it is desirable to omit the title type from the rendered citation
(|type=none).

]]

local function set_titletype (cite_class, title_type)
	if utilities.is_set (title_type) then
		if 'none' == cfg.keywords_xlate[title_type] then
			title_type = '';													-- if |type=none then type parameter not displayed
		end
		return title_type;														-- if |type= has been set to any other value use that value
	end

	return cfg.title_types [cite_class] or '';									-- set template's default title type; else empty string for concatenation
end


--[[--------------------------< S A F E _ J O I N >-----------------------------

Joins a sequence of strings together while checking for duplicate separation characters.

]]

local function safe_join( tbl, duplicate_char )
	local f = {};																-- create a function table appropriate to type of 'duplicate character'
		if 1 == #duplicate_char then											-- for single byte ASCII characters use the string library functions
			f.gsub = string.gsub
			f.match = string.match
			f.sub = string.sub
		else																	-- for multi-byte characters use the ustring library functions
			f.gsub = mw.ustring.gsub
			f.match = mw.ustring.match
			f.sub = mw.ustring.sub
		end

	local str = '';																-- the output string
	local comp = '';															-- what does 'comp' mean?
	local end_chr = '';
	local trim;
	for _, value in ipairs( tbl ) do
		if value == nil then value = ''; end
		
		if str == '' then														-- if output string is empty
			str = value;														-- assign value to it (first time through the loop)
		elseif value ~= '' then
			if value:sub(1, 1) == '<' then										-- special case of values enclosed in spans and other markup.
				comp = value:gsub( "%b<>", "" );								-- remove HTML markup (<span>string</span> -> string)
			else
				comp = value;
			end
																				-- typically duplicate_char is sepc
			if f.sub(comp, 1, 1) == duplicate_char then							-- is first character same as duplicate_char? why test first character?
																				--   Because individual string segments often (always?) begin with terminal punct for the
																				--   preceding segment: 'First element' .. 'sepc next element' .. etc.?
				trim = false;
				end_chr = f.sub(str, -1, -1);									-- get the last character of the output string
				-- str = str .. "<HERE(enchr=" .. end_chr .. ")"				-- debug stuff?
				if end_chr == duplicate_char then								-- if same as separator
					str = f.sub(str, 1, -2);									-- remove it
				elseif end_chr == "'" then										-- if it might be wiki-markup
					if f.sub(str, -3, -1) == duplicate_char .. "''" then		-- if last three chars of str are sepc'' 
						str = f.sub(str, 1, -4) .. "''";						-- remove them and add back ''
					elseif  f.sub(str, -5, -1) == duplicate_char .. "]]''" then	-- if last five chars of str are sepc]]'' 
						trim = true;											-- why? why do this and next differently from previous?
					elseif f.sub(str, -4, -1) == duplicate_char .. "]''" then	-- if last four chars of str are sepc]'' 
						trim = true;											-- same question
					end
				elseif end_chr == "]" then										-- if it might be wiki-markup
					if f.sub(str, -3, -1) == duplicate_char .. "]]" then		-- if last three chars of str are sepc]] wikilink 
						trim = true;
					elseif f.sub(str, -3, -1) == duplicate_char .. '"]' then	-- if last three chars of str are sepc"] quoted external link 
						trim = true;
					elseif  f.sub(str, -2, -1) == duplicate_char .. "]" then	-- if last two chars of str are sepc] external link
						trim = true;
					elseif f.sub(str, -4, -1) == duplicate_char .. "'']" then	-- normal case when |url=something & |title=Title.
						trim = true;
					end
				elseif end_chr == " " then										-- if last char of output string is a space
					if f.sub(str, -2, -1) == duplicate_char .. " " then			-- if last two chars of str are <sepc><space>
						str = f.sub(str, 1, -3);								-- remove them both
					end
				end

				if trim then
					if value ~= comp then 										-- value does not equal comp when value contains HTML markup
						local dup2 = duplicate_char;
						if f.match(dup2, "%A" ) then dup2 = "%" .. dup2; end	-- if duplicate_char not a letter then escape it
						
						value = f.gsub(value, "(%b<>)" .. dup2, "%1", 1 )		-- remove duplicate_char if it follows HTML markup
					else
						value = f.sub(value, 2, -1 );							-- remove duplicate_char when it is first character
					end
				end
			end
			str = str .. value; 												-- add it to the output string
		end
	end
	return str;
end


--[[--------------------------< I S _ S U F F I X >-----------------------------

returns true if suffix is properly formed Jr, Sr, or ordinal in the range 1–9.
Puncutation not allowed.

]]

local function is_suffix (suffix)
	if utilities.in_array (suffix, {'Jr', 'Sr', 'Jnr', 'Snr', '1st', '2nd', '3rd'}) or suffix:match ('^%dth$') then
		return true;
	end
	return false;
end


--[[--------------------< I S _ G O O D _ V A N C _ N A M E >-------------------

For Vancouver style, author/editor names are supposed to be rendered in Latin
(read ASCII) characters.  When a name uses characters that contain diacritical
marks, those characters are to be converted to the corresponding Latin
character. When a name is written using a non-Latin alphabet or logogram, that
name is to be transliterated into Latin characters. The module doesn't do this
so editors may/must.

This test allows |first= and |last= names to contain any of the letters defined
in the four Unicode Latin character sets
	[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0000.pdf C0 Controls and Basic Latin] 0041–005A, 0061–007A
	[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0080.pdf C1 Controls and Latin-1 Supplement] 00C0–00D6, 00D8–00F6, 00F8–00FF
	[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0100.pdf Latin Extended-A] 0100–017F
	[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0180.pdf Latin Extended-B] 0180–01BF, 01C4–024F

|lastn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, and apostrophes.
	(http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/)
|firstn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, apostrophes, and periods

This original test:
	if nil == mw.ustring.find (last, "^[A-Za-zÀ-ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%']*$")
	or nil == mw.ustring.find (first, "^[A-Za-zÀ-ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%'%.]+[2-6%a]*$") then
was written outside of the code editor and pasted here because the code editor
gets confused between character insertion point and cursor position. The test has
been rewritten to use decimal character escape sequence for the individual bytes
of the Unicode characters so that it is not necessary to use an external editor
to maintain this code.

	\195\128-\195\150 – À-Ö (U+00C0–U+00D6 – C0 controls)
	\195\152-\195\182 – Ø-ö (U+00D8-U+00F6 – C0 controls)
	\195\184-\198\191 – ø-ƿ (U+00F8-U+01BF – C0 controls, Latin extended A & B)
	\199\132-\201\143 – DŽ-ɏ (U+01C4-U+024F – Latin extended B)

]]

local function is_good_vanc_name (last, first, suffix, position)
	if not suffix then
		if first:find ('[,%s]') then											-- when there is a space or comma, might be first name/initials + generational suffix
			first = first:match ('(.-)[,%s]+');									-- get name/initials
			suffix = first:match ('[,%s]+(.+)$');								-- get generational suffix
		end
	end
	if utilities.is_set (suffix) then
		if not is_suffix (suffix) then
			add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.suffix, position);
			return false;														-- not a name with an appropriate suffix
		end
	end
	if nil == mw.ustring.find (last, "^[A-Za-z\195\128-\195\150\195\152-\195\182\195\184-\198\191\199\132-\201\143\225\184\128-\225\187\191%-%s%']*$") or
		nil == mw.ustring.find (first, "^[A-Za-z\195\128-\195\150\195\152-\195\182\195\184-\198\191\199\132-\201\143\225\184\128-\225\187\191%-%s%'%.]*$") then
			add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl['non-Latin char'], position);
			return false;														-- not a string of Latin characters; Vancouver requires Romanization
	end;
	return true;
end


--[[--------------------------< R E D U C E _ T O _ I N I T I A L S >------------------------------------------

Attempts to convert names to initials in support of |name-list-style=vanc.  

Names in |firstn= may be separated by spaces or hyphens, or for initials, a period.
See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35062/.

Vancouver style requires family rank designations (Jr, II, III, etc.) to be rendered
as Jr, 2nd, 3rd, etc.  See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35085/.
This code only accepts and understands generational suffix in the Vancouver format
because Roman numerals look like, and can be mistaken for, initials.

This function uses ustring functions because firstname initials may be any of the
Unicode Latin characters accepted by is_good_vanc_name ().

]]

local function reduce_to_initials (first, position)
	if first:find (',', 1, true) then
		return first;															-- commas not allowed; abandon
	end

	local name, suffix = mw.ustring.match (first, "^(%u+) ([%dJS][%drndth]+)$");

	if not name then															-- if not initials and a suffix
		name = mw.ustring.match (first, "^(%u+)$");								-- is it just initials?
	end

	if name then																-- if first is initials with or without suffix
		if 3 > mw.ustring.len (name) then										-- if one or two initials
			if suffix then														-- if there is a suffix
				if is_suffix (suffix) then										-- is it legitimate?
					return first;												-- one or two initials and a valid suffix so nothing to do
				else
					add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.suffix, position);			-- one or two initials with invalid suffix so error message
					return first;												-- and return first unmolested
				end
			else
				return first;													-- one or two initials without suffix; nothing to do
			end
		end
	end																			-- if here then name has 3 or more uppercase letters so treat them as a word

	local initials_t, names_t = {}, {};											-- tables to hold name parts and initials
	local i = 1;																-- counter for number of initials

	names_t = mw.text.split (first, '[%s%-]+');									-- split into a sequence of names and possible suffix

	while names_t[i] do															-- loop through the sequence
		if 1 < i and names_t[i]:match ('[%dJS][%drndth]+%.?$') then				-- if not the first name, and looks like a suffix (may have trailing dot)
			names_t[i] = names_t[i]:gsub ('%.', '');							-- remove terminal dot if present
			if is_suffix (names_t[i]) then										-- if a legitimate suffix
				table.insert (initials_t, ' ' .. names_t[i]);					-- add a separator space, insert at end of initials sequence
				break;															-- and done because suffix must fall at the end of a name
			end																	-- no error message if not a suffix; possibly because of Romanization
		end
		if 3 > i then
			table.insert (initials_t, mw.ustring.sub (names_t[i], 1, 1));		-- insert the initial at end of initials sequence
		end
		i = i + 1;																-- bump the counter
	end
			
	return table.concat (initials_t);											-- Vancouver format does not include spaces.
end


--[[--------------------------< I N T E R W I K I _ P R E F I X E N _ G E T >----------------------------------

extract interwiki prefixen from <value>.  Returns two one or two values:
	false – no prefixen
	nil – prefix exists but not recognized
	project prefix, language prefix – when value has either of:
		:<project>:<language>:<article>
		:<language>:<project>:<article>
	project prefix, nil – when <value> has only a known single-letter prefix
	nil, language prefix – when <value> has only a known language prefix

accepts single-letter project prefixen: 'd' (wikidata), 's' (wikisource), and 'w' (wikipedia) prefixes; at this
writing, the other single-letter prefixen (b (wikibook), c (commons), m (meta), n (wikinews), q (wikiquote), and
v (wikiversity)) are not supported.

]]

local function interwiki_prefixen_get (value, is_link)
	if not value:find (':%l+:') then											-- if no prefix
		return false;															-- abandon; boolean here to distinguish from nil fail returns later
	end

	local prefix_patterns_linked_t = {											-- sequence of valid interwiki and inter project prefixen
		'^%[%[:([dsw]):(%l%l+):',												-- wikilinked; project and language prefixes
		'^%[%[:(%l%l+):([dsw]):',												-- wikilinked; language and project prefixes
		'^%[%[:([dsw]):',														-- wikilinked; project prefix
		'^%[%[:(%l%l+):',														-- wikilinked; language prefix
		}
		
	local prefix_patterns_unlinked_t = {										-- sequence of valid interwiki and inter project prefixen
		'^:([dsw]):(%l%l+):',													-- project and language prefixes
		'^:(%l%l+):([dsw]):',													-- language and project prefixes
		'^:([dsw]):',															-- project prefix
		'^:(%l%l+):',															-- language prefix
		}
	
	local cap1, cap2;
	for _, pattern in ipairs ((is_link and prefix_patterns_linked_t) or prefix_patterns_unlinked_t) do
		cap1, cap2 = value:match (pattern);
		if cap1 then
			break;																-- found a match so stop looking
		end
	end
	
	if cap1 and cap2 then														-- when both then :project:language: or :language:project: (both forms allowed)
		if 1 == #cap1 then														-- length == 1 then :project:language:
			if cfg.inter_wiki_map[cap2] then									-- is language prefix in the interwiki map?
				return cap1, cap2;												-- return interwiki project and interwiki language
			end
		else																	-- here when :language:project:
			if cfg.inter_wiki_map[cap1] then									-- is language prefix in the interwiki map?
				return cap2, cap1;												-- return interwiki project and interwiki language
			end
		end
		return nil;																-- unknown interwiki language
	elseif not (cap1 or cap2) then												-- both are nil?
		return nil;																-- we got something that looks like a project prefix but isn't; return fail
	elseif 1 == #cap1 then														-- here when one capture
		return cap1, nil;														-- length is 1 so return project, nil language
	else																		-- here when one capture and its length it more than 1
		if cfg.inter_wiki_map[cap1] then										-- is language prefix in the interwiki map?
			return nil, cap1;													-- return nil project, language
		end
	end
end


--[[--------------------------< L I S T _ P E O P L E >--------------------------

Formats a list of people (authors, contributors, editors, interviewers, translators) 

names in the list will be linked when
	|<name>-link= has a value
	|<name>-mask- does NOT have a value; masked names are presumed to have been
		rendered previously so should have been linked there

when |<name>-mask=0, the associated name is not rendered

]]

local function list_people (control, people, etal)
	local sep;
	local namesep;
	local format = control.format;
	local maximum = control.maximum;
	local name_list = {};

	if 'vanc' == format then													-- Vancouver-like name styling?
		sep = cfg.presentation['sep_nl_vanc'];									-- name-list separator between names is a comma
		namesep = cfg.presentation['sep_name_vanc'];							-- last/first separator is a space
	else
		sep = cfg.presentation['sep_nl'];										-- name-list separator between names is a semicolon
		namesep = cfg.presentation['sep_name'];									-- last/first separator is <comma><space>
	end
	
	if sep:sub (-1, -1) ~= " " then sep = sep .. " " end
	if utilities.is_set (maximum) and maximum < 1 then return "", 0; end		-- returned 0 is for EditorCount; not used for other names
	
	for i, person in ipairs (people) do
		if utilities.is_set (person.last) then
			local mask = person.mask;
			local one;
			local sep_one = sep;

			if utilities.is_set (maximum) and i > maximum then
				etal = true;
				break;
			end
			
			if mask then
				local n = tonumber (mask);										-- convert to a number if it can be converted; nil else
				if n then
					one = 0 ~= n and string.rep("&mdash;", n) or nil;			-- make a string of (n > 0) mdashes, nil else, to replace name
					person.link = nil;											-- don't create link to name if name is replaces with mdash string or has been set nil
				else
					one = mask;													-- replace name with mask text (must include name-list separator)
					sep_one = " ";												-- modify name-list separator
				end
			else
				one = person.last;												-- get surname
				local first = person.first										-- get given name
				if utilities.is_set (first) then
					if ("vanc" == format) then									-- if Vancouver format
						one = one:gsub ('%.', '');								-- remove periods from surnames (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/)
						if not person.corporate and is_good_vanc_name (one, first, nil, i) then		-- and name is all Latin characters; corporate authors not tested
							first = reduce_to_initials (first, i);				-- attempt to convert first name(s) to initials
						end
					end
					one = one .. namesep .. first;
				end
			end
			if utilities.is_set (person.link) then
				one = utilities.make_wikilink (person.link, one);				-- link author/editor
			end

			if one then															-- if <one> has a value (name, mdash replacement, or mask text replacement)
				local proj, tag = interwiki_prefixen_get (one, true);			-- get the interwiki prefixen if present

				if 'w' == proj and ('Wikipedia' == mw.site.namespaces.Project['name']) then
					proj = nil;													-- for stuff like :w:de:<article>, :w is unnecessary TODO: maint cat?
				end
				if proj then
					local proj_name = ({['d'] = 'Wikidata', ['s'] = 'Wikisource', ['w'] = 'Wikipedia'})[proj];	-- :w (wikipedia) for linking from a non-wikipedia project
					if proj_name then 
						one = one .. utilities.wrap_style ('interproj', proj_name);	-- add resized leading space, brackets, static text, language name
						utilities.add_prop_cat ('interproj-linked-name', proj);	-- categorize it; <proj> is sort key
						tag = nil;												-- unset; don't do both project and language
					end
				end
				if tag == cfg.this_wiki_code then
					tag = nil;													-- stuff like :en:<article> at en.wiki is pointless TODO: maint cat?
				end
				if tag then
					local lang = cfg.lang_tag_remap[tag] or cfg.mw_languages_by_tag_t[tag];
					if lang then												-- error messaging done in extract_names() where we know parameter names
						one = one .. utilities.wrap_style ('interwiki', lang);	-- add resized leading space, brackets, static text, language name
						utilities.add_prop_cat ('interwiki-linked-name', tag);	-- categorize it; <tag> is sort key
					end
				end

				table.insert (name_list, one);									-- add it to the list of names
				table.insert (name_list, sep_one);								-- add the proper name-list separator
			end
		end
	end

	local count = #name_list / 2;												-- (number of names + number of separators) divided by 2
	if 0 < count then 
		if 1 < count and not etal then
			if 'amp' == format then
				name_list[#name_list-2] = " & ";								-- replace last separator with ampersand text
			elseif 'and' == format then
				if 2 == count then
					name_list[#name_list-2] = cfg.presentation.sep_nl_and;		-- replace last separator with 'and' text
				else
					name_list[#name_list-2] = cfg.presentation.sep_nl_end;		-- replace last separator with '(sep) and' text
				end
			end
		end
		name_list[#name_list] = nil;											-- erase the last separator
	end

	local result = table.concat (name_list);									-- construct list
	if etal and utilities.is_set (result) then									-- etal may be set by |display-authors=etal but we might not have a last-first list
		result = result .. sep .. cfg.messages['et al'];						-- we've got a last-first list and etal so add et al.
	end
	
	return result, count;														-- return name-list string and count of number of names (count used for editor names only)
end


--[[--------------------< M A K E _ C I T E R E F _ I D >-----------------------

Generates a CITEREF anchor ID if we have at least one name or a date.  Otherwise
returns an empty string.

namelist is one of the contributor-, author-, or editor-name lists chosen in that
order.  year is Year or anchor_year.

]]

local function make_citeref_id (namelist, year)
	local names={};							-- a table for the one to four names and year
	for i,v in ipairs (namelist) do			-- loop through the list and take up to the first four last names
		names[i] = v.last
		if i == 4 then break end			-- if four then done
	end
	table.insert (names, year);				-- add the year at the end
	local id = table.concat(names);			-- concatenate names and year for CITEREF id
	if utilities.is_set (id) then			-- if concatenation is not an empty string
		return "CITEREF" .. id;				-- add the CITEREF portion
	else
		return '';							-- return an empty string; no reason to include CITEREF id in this citation
	end
end


--[[--------------------------< C I T E _ C L A S S _A T T R I B U T E _M A K E >------------------------------

construct <cite> tag class attribute for this citation.

<cite_class> – config.CitationClass from calling template
<mode> – value from |mode= parameter

]]

local function cite_class_attribute_make (cite_class, mode)
	local class_t = {};
	table.insert (class_t, 'citation');											-- required for blue highlight
	if 'citation' ~= cite_class then
		table.insert (class_t, cite_class);										-- identify this template for user css
		table.insert (class_t, utilities.is_set (mode) and mode or 'cs1');		-- identify the citation style for user css or javascript
	else
		table.insert (class_t, utilities.is_set (mode) and mode or 'cs2');		-- identify the citation style for user css or javascript
	end
	for _, prop_key in ipairs (z.prop_keys_t) do
		table.insert (class_t, prop_key);										-- identify various properties for user css or javascript
	end

	return table.concat (class_t, ' ');											-- make a big string and done
end


--[[---------------------< N A M E _ H A S _ E T A L >--------------------------

Evaluates the content of name parameters (author, editor, etc.) for variations on
the theme of et al.  If found, the et al. is removed, a flag is set to true and
the function returns the modified name and the flag.

This function never sets the flag to false but returns its previous state because
it may have been set by previous passes through this function or by the associated
|display-<names>=etal parameter

]]

local function name_has_etal (name, etal, nocat, param)

	if utilities.is_set (name) then												-- name can be nil in which case just return
		local patterns = cfg.et_al_patterns; 									-- get patterns from configuration
		
		for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns) do									-- loop through all of the patterns
			if name:match (pattern) then										-- if this 'et al' pattern is found in name
				name = name:gsub (pattern, '');									-- remove the offending text
				etal = true;													-- set flag (may have been set previously here or by |display-<names>=etal)
				if not nocat then												-- no categorization for |vauthors=
					utilities.set_message ('err_etal', {param});				-- and set an error if not added
				end
			end
		end
	end

	return name, etal;
end


--[[---------------------< N A M E _ I S _ N U M E R I C >----------------------

Add an error message and category when <name> parameter value does not contain letters.  

Add a maintenance category when <name> parameter value has numeric characters mixed with characters that are 
not numeric characters; could be letters and/or punctuation characters.

This function will only emit one error and one maint message for the current template.  Does not emit both error
and maint messages/categories for the same parameter value.

]]

local function name_is_numeric (name, name_alias, list_name)
	local patterns = {
		'^%D+%d',																-- <name> must have digits preceded by other characters
		'^%D*%d+%D+',															-- <name> must have digits followed by other characters
		}

	if not added_numeric_name_errs and mw.ustring.match (name, '^[%A]+$') then	-- if we have not already set an error message and <name> does not have any alpha characters
		utilities.set_message ('err_numeric_names', name_alias);				-- add an error message
		added_numeric_name_errs = true;											-- set the flag so we emit only one error message
		return;																	-- when here no point in further testing; abandon
	end

	if not added_numeric_name_maint then										-- if we have already set a maint message
		for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns) do									-- spin through list of patterns
			if mw.ustring.match (name, pattern) then							-- digits preceded or followed by anything but digits; %D+ includes punctuation
				utilities.set_message ('maint_numeric_names', cfg.special_case_translation [list_name]);	-- add a maint cat for this template
				added_numeric_name_maint = true;								-- set the flag so we emit only one maint message
				return;															-- when here no point in further testing; abandon
			end
		end
	end
end


--[[-----------------< N A M E _ H A S _ M U L T _ N A M E S >------------------

Evaluates the content of last/surname (authors etc.) parameters for multiple names.
Multiple names are indicated if there is more than one comma or any "unescaped"
semicolons. Escaped semicolons are ones used as part of selected HTML entities.
If the condition is met, the function adds the multiple name maintenance category.

Same test for first except that commas should not appear in given names (MOS:JR says
that the generational suffix does not take a separator character).  Titles, degrees,
postnominals, affiliations, all normally comma separated don't belong in a citation.

<name> – name parameter value
<list_name> – AuthorList, EditorList, etc
<limit> – number of allowed commas; 1 (default) for surnames; 0 for given names

returns nothing

]]

local function name_has_mult_names (name, list_name, limit)
	local _, commas, semicolons, nbsps;
	limit = limit and limit or 1;
	if utilities.is_set (name) then
		_, commas = name:gsub (',', '');										-- count the number of commas
		_, semicolons = name:gsub (';', '');									-- count the number of semicolons
		-- nbsps probably should be its own separate count rather than merged in
		-- some way with semicolons because Lua patterns do not support the
		-- grouping operator that regex does, which means there is no way to add
		-- more entities to escape except by adding more counts with the new
		-- entities
		_, nbsps = name:gsub ('&nbsp;','');										-- count nbsps
		
		-- There is exactly 1 semicolon per &nbsp; entity, so subtract nbsps
		-- from semicolons to 'escape' them. If additional entities are added,
		-- they also can be subtracted.
		if limit < commas or 0 < (semicolons - nbsps) then
			utilities.set_message ('maint_mult_names', cfg.special_case_translation [list_name]);	-- add a maint message
		end
	end
end


--[=[-------------------------< I S _ G E N E R I C >----------------------------------------------------------

Compares values assigned to various parameters according to the string provided as <item> in the function call.
<item> can have on of two values:
	'generic_names' – for name-holding parameters: |last=, |first=, |editor-last=, etc
	'generic_titles' – for |title=

There are two types of generic tests.  The 'accept' tests look for a pattern that should not be rejected by the
'reject' test.  For example,
	|author=[[John Smith (author)|Smith, John]]
would be rejected by the 'author' reject test.  But piped wikilinks with 'author' disambiguation should not be
rejected so the 'accept' test prevents that from happening.  Accept tests are always performed before reject
tests.

Each of the 'accept' and 'reject' sequence tables hold tables for en.wiki (['en']) and local.wiki (['local'])
that each can hold a test sequence table  The sequence table holds, at index [1], a test pattern, and, at index
[2], a boolean control value.  The control value tells string.find() or mw.ustring.find() to do plain-text search (true)
or a pattern search (false).  The intent of all this complexity is to make these searches as fast as possible so
that we don't run out of processing time on very large articles.

Returns
	true when a reject test finds the pattern or string
	false when an accept test finds the pattern or string
	nil else

]=]

local function is_generic (item, value, wiki)
	local test_val;
	local str_lower = {															-- use string.lower() for en.wiki (['en']) and use mw.ustring.lower() or local.wiki (['local'])
		['en'] = string.lower,
		['local'] = mw.ustring.lower,
		}
	local str_find = {															-- use string.find() for en.wiki (['en']) and use mw.ustring.find() or local.wiki (['local'])
		['en'] = string.find,
		['local'] = mw.ustring.find,
		}

	local function test (val, test_t, wiki)										-- local function to do the testing; <wiki> selects lower() and find() functions
		val = test_t[2] and str_lower[wiki](value) or val;						-- when <test_t[2]> set to 'true', plaintext search using lowercase value
		return str_find[wiki] (val, test_t[1], 1, test_t[2]);					-- return nil when not found or matched
	end
		
	local test_types_t = {'accept', 'reject'};									-- test accept patterns first, then reject patterns
	local wikis_t = {'en', 'local'};											-- do tests for each of these keys; en.wiki first, local.wiki second

	for _, test_type in ipairs (test_types_t) do								-- for each test type
		for _, generic_value in pairs (cfg.special_case_translation[item][test_type]) do	-- spin through the list of generic value fragments to accept or reject
			for _, wiki in ipairs (wikis_t) do
				if generic_value[wiki] then
					if test (value, generic_value[wiki], wiki) then				-- go do the test
						return ('reject' == test_type);							-- param value rejected, return true; false else
					end
				end
			end
		end
	end
end


--[[--------------------------< N A M E _ I S _ G E N E R I C >------------------------------------------------

calls is_generic() to determine if <name> is a 'generic name' listed in cfg.generic_names; <name_alias> is the
parameter name used in error messaging

]]

local function name_is_generic (name, name_alias)
	if not added_generic_name_errs  and is_generic ('generic_names', name) then
		utilities.set_message ('err_generic_name', name_alias);					-- set an error message
		added_generic_name_errs = true;
	end
end


--[[--------------------------< N A M E _ C H E C K S >--------------------------------------------------------

This function calls various name checking functions used to validate the content of the various name-holding parameters.

]]

local function name_checks (last, first, list_name, last_alias, first_alias)
	local accept_name;

	if utilities.is_set (last) then
		last, accept_name = utilities.has_accept_as_written (last);				-- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of <last>

		if not accept_name then													-- <last> not wrapped in accept-as-written markup
			name_has_mult_names (last, list_name);								-- check for multiple names in the parameter
			name_is_numeric (last, last_alias, list_name);						-- check for names that have no letters or are a mix of digits and other characters
			name_is_generic (last, last_alias);									-- check for names found in the generic names list
		end
	end

	if utilities.is_set (first) then
		first, accept_name = utilities.has_accept_as_written (first);			-- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of <first>

		if not accept_name then													-- <first> not wrapped in accept-as-written markup
			name_has_mult_names (first, list_name, 0);							-- check for multiple names in the parameter; 0 is number of allowed commas in a given name
			name_is_numeric (first, first_alias, list_name);					-- check for names that have no letters or are a mix of digits and other characters
			name_is_generic (first, first_alias);								-- check for names found in the generic names list
		end
		local wl_type, D = utilities.is_wikilink (first);
		if 0 ~= wl_type then
			first = D;
			utilities.set_message ('err_bad_paramlink', first_alias);
		end
	end

	return last, first;															-- done
end


--[[----------------------< E X T R A C T _ N A M E S >-------------------------

Gets name list from the input arguments

Searches through args in sequential order to find |lastn= and |firstn= parameters
(or their aliases), and their matching link and mask parameters. Stops searching
when both |lastn= and |firstn= are not found in args after two sequential attempts:
found |last1=, |last2=, and |last3= but doesn't find |last4= and |last5= then the
search is done.

This function emits an error message when there is a |firstn= without a matching
|lastn=.  When there are 'holes' in the list of last names, |last1= and |last3=
are present but |last2= is missing, an error message is emitted. |lastn= is not
required to have a matching |firstn=.

When an author or editor parameter contains some form of 'et al.', the 'et al.'
is stripped from the parameter and a flag (etal) returned that will cause list_people()
to add the static 'et al.' text from Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration.  This keeps
'et al.' out of the template's metadata.  When this occurs, an error is emitted.

]]

local function extract_names(args, list_name)
	local names = {};															-- table of names
	local last;																	-- individual name components
	local first;
	local link;
	local mask;
	local i = 1;																-- loop counter/indexer
	local n = 1;																-- output table indexer
	local count = 0;															-- used to count the number of times we haven't found a |last= (or alias for authors, |editor-last or alias for editors)
	local etal = false;															-- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. in an author parameter

	local last_alias, first_alias, link_alias;									-- selected parameter aliases used in error messaging
	while true do
		last, last_alias = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i );		-- search through args for name components beginning at 1
		first, first_alias = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i );
		link, link_alias = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i );
		mask = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i );
	
		if last then															-- error check |lastn= alias for unknown interwiki link prefix; done here because this is where we have the parameter name
			local project, language = interwiki_prefixen_get (last, true);		-- true because we expect interwiki links in |lastn= to be wikilinked
			if nil == project and nil == language then							-- when both are nil
				utilities.set_message ('err_bad_paramlink', last_alias);		-- not known, emit an error message	-- TODO: err_bad_interwiki?
				last = utilities.remove_wiki_link (last);						-- remove wikilink markup; show display value only
			end
		end
		
		if link then															-- error check |linkn= alias for unknown interwiki link prefix
			local project, language = interwiki_prefixen_get (link, false);		-- false because wiki links in |author-linkn= is an error
			if nil == project and nil == language then							-- when both are nil
				utilities.set_message ('err_bad_paramlink', link_alias);		-- not known, emit an error message	-- TODO: err_bad_interwiki?
				link = nil;														-- unset so we don't link
				link_alias = nil;
			end
		end
		
		last, etal = name_has_etal (last, etal, false, last_alias);				-- find and remove variations on et al.
		first, etal = name_has_etal (first, etal, false, first_alias);			-- find and remove variations on et al.
		last, first = name_checks (last, first, list_name, last_alias, first_alias);						-- multiple names, extraneous annotation, etc. checks

		if first and not last then												-- if there is a firstn without a matching lastn
			local alias = first_alias:find ('given', 1, true) and 'given' or 'first';	-- get first or given form of the alias
			utilities.set_message ('err_first_missing_last', {
				first_alias,													-- param name of alias missing its mate
				first_alias:gsub (alias, {['first'] = 'last', ['given'] = 'surname'}),	-- make param name appropriate to the alias form
				});																-- add this error message
		elseif not first and not last then										-- if both firstn and lastn aren't found, are we done?
			count = count + 1;													-- number of times we haven't found last and first
			if 2 <= count then													-- two missing names and we give up
				break;															-- normal exit or there is a two-name hole in the list; can't tell which
			end
		else																	-- we have last with or without a first
			local result;
			link = link_title_ok (link, link_alias, last, last_alias);			-- check for improper wiki-markup

			if first then
				link = link_title_ok (link, link_alias, first, first_alias);	-- check for improper wiki-markup
			end

			names[n] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate = false};	-- add this name to our names list (corporate for |vauthors= only)
			n = n + 1;															-- point to next location in the names table
			if 1 == count then													-- if the previous name was missing
				utilities.set_message ('err_missing_name', {list_name:match ("(%w+)List"):lower(), i - 1});	-- add this error message
			end
			count = 0;															-- reset the counter, we're looking for two consecutive missing names
		end
		i = i + 1;																-- point to next args location
	end
	
	return names, etal;															-- all done, return our list of names and the etal flag
end


--[[--------------------------< N A M E _ T A G _ G E T >------------------------------------------------------

attempt to decode |language=<lang_param> and return language name and matching tag; nil else.

This function looks for:
	<lang_param> as a tag in cfg.lang_tag_remap{}
	<lang_param> as a name in cfg.lang_name_remap{}
	
	<lang_param> as a name in cfg.mw_languages_by_name_t
	<lang_param> as a tag in cfg.mw_languages_by_tag_t
when those fail, presume that <lang_param> is an IETF-like tag that MediaWiki does not recognize.  Strip all
script, region, variant, whatever subtags from <lang_param> to leave just a two or three character language tag
and look for the new <lang_param> in cfg.mw_languages_by_tag_t{}

on success, returns name (in properly capitalized form) and matching tag (in lowercase); on failure returns nil

]]

local function name_tag_get (lang_param)
	local lang_param_lc = mw.ustring.lower (lang_param);						-- use lowercase as an index into the various tables
	local name;
	local tag;

	name = cfg.lang_tag_remap[lang_param_lc];									-- assume <lang_param_lc> is a tag; attempt to get remapped language name 
	if name then																-- when <name>, <lang_param> is a tag for a remapped language name
		if cfg.lang_name_remap[name:lower()][2] ~= lang_param_lc then
			utilities.set_message ('maint_unknown_lang');						-- add maint category if not already added
			return name, cfg.lang_name_remap[name:lower()][2];					-- so return name and tag from lang_name_remap[name]; special case to xlate sr-ec and sr-el to sr-cyrl and sr-latn
		end
		return name, lang_param_lc;												-- so return <name> from remap and <lang_param_lc>
	end

	tag = lang_param_lc:match ('^(%a%a%a?)%-.*');								-- still assuming that <lang_param_lc> is a tag; strip script, region, variant subtags
	name = cfg.lang_tag_remap[tag];												-- attempt to get remapped language name with language subtag only
	if name then																-- when <name>, <tag> is a tag for a remapped language name
		return name, tag;														-- so return <name> from remap and <tag>
	end

	if cfg.lang_name_remap[lang_param_lc] then									-- not a remapped tag, assume <lang_param_lc> is a name; attempt to get remapped language tag 
		return cfg.lang_name_remap[lang_param_lc][1], cfg.lang_name_remap[lang_param_lc][2];	-- for this <lang_param_lc>, return a (possibly) new name and appropriate tag
	end

	name = cfg.mw_languages_by_tag_t[lang_param_lc];							-- assume that <lang_param_lc> is a tag; attempt to get its matching language name
	
	if name then
		return name, lang_param_lc;												-- <lang_param_lc> is a tag so return it and <name>
	end
	
	tag = cfg.mw_languages_by_name_t[lang_param_lc];							-- assume that <lang_param_lc> is a language name; attempt to get its matching tag
	
	if tag then
		return cfg.mw_languages_by_tag_t[tag], tag;								-- <lang_param_lc> is a name so return the name from the table and <tag>
	end

	tag = lang_param_lc:match ('^(%a%a%a?)%-.*');								-- is <lang_param_lc> an IETF-like tag that MediaWiki doesn't recognize? <tag> gets the language subtag; nil else

	if tag then
		name = cfg.mw_languages_by_tag_t[tag];									-- attempt to get a language name using the shortened <tag>
		if name then
			return name, tag;													-- <lang_param_lc> is an unrecognized IETF-like tag so return <name> and language subtag
		end
	end
end


--[[-------------------< L A N G U A G E _ P A R A M E T E R >------------------

Gets language name from a provided two- or three-character ISO 639 code.  If a code
is recognized by MediaWiki, use the returned name; if not, then use the value that
was provided with the language parameter.

When |language= contains a recognized language (either code or name), the page is
assigned to the category for that code: Category:Norwegian-language sources (no).
For valid three-character code languages, the page is assigned to the single category
for '639-2' codes: Category:CS1 ISO 639-2 language sources.

Languages that are the same as the local wiki are not categorized.  MediaWiki does
not recognize three-character equivalents of two-character codes: code 'ar' is
recognized but code 'ara' is not.

This function supports multiple languages in the form |language=nb, French, th
where the language names or codes are separated from each other by commas with
optional space characters.

]]

local function language_parameter (lang)
	local tag;																	-- some form of IETF-like language tag; language subtag with optional region, sript, vatiant, etc subtags
	local lang_subtag;															-- ve populates |language= with mostly unecessary region subtags the MediaWiki does not recognize; this is the base language subtag
	local name;																	-- the language name
	local language_list = {};													-- table of language names to be rendered
	local names_t = {};															-- table made from the value assigned to |language=

	local this_wiki_name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName (cfg.this_wiki_code, cfg.this_wiki_code);	-- get this wiki's language name

	names_t = mw.text.split (lang, '%s*,%s*');									-- names should be a comma separated list

	for _, lang in ipairs (names_t) do											-- reuse lang here because we don't yet know if lang is a language name or a language tag
		
			local fromEnglishToCode = {											-- костыль для РУВИКИ: замена распространённых англоназваний на коды, в следующей итерации использовать Module:Language.
			['Arabic'] = 'ar',
			['Azerbaijani'] = 'az',
			['Belarusian'] = 'be',
			['Bulgarian'] = 'bg',
			['Czech'] = 'cs',
			['Danish'] = 'da',
			['German'] = 'de',
			['Greek'] = 'el',
			['Spanish'] = 'es',
			['English'] = 'en',
			['Finnish'] = 'fi',
			['French'] = 'fr',
			['Hebrew'] = 'he',
			['Croatian'] = 'hr',
			['Hungarian'] = 'hu',
			['Armenian'] = 'hy',
			['Indonesian'] = 'id',
			['Italian'] = 'it',
			['Japanese'] = 'ja',
			['Korean'] = 'ko',
			['Latin'] = 'la',
			['Dutch'] = 'nl',
			['Norwegian'] = 'no',
			['Polish'] = 'pl',
			['Portuguese'] = 'pt',
			['Romanian'] = 'ro',
			['Russian'] = 'ru',
			['Slovenian'] = 'sl',
			['Serbian'] = 'sr',
			['Swedish'] = 'sv',
			['Thai'] = 'th',
			['Turkish'] = 'tr',
			['Ukrainian'] = 'uk',
			['Chinese'] = 'zh',
		}
		if fromEnglishToCode[lang] then
			lang = fromEnglishToCode[lang]
		end
		
		name, tag = name_tag_get (lang);										-- attempt to get name/tag pair for <lang>; <name> has proper capitalization; <tag> is lowercase

		if utilities.is_set (tag) then
			lang_subtag = tag:gsub ('^(%a%a%a?)%-.*', '%1');					-- for categorization, strip any IETF-like tags from language tag

			if cfg.this_wiki_code ~= lang_subtag then							-- when the language is not the same as this wiki's language
				if 2 == lang_subtag:len() then									-- and is a two-character tag
					utilities.add_prop_cat ('foreign-lang-source', {name, tag}, lang_subtag);		-- categorize it; tag appended to allow for multiple language categorization
				else															-- or is a recognized language (but has a three-character tag)
					utilities.add_prop_cat ('foreign-lang-source-2', {lang_subtag}, lang_subtag);			-- categorize it differently TODO: support multiple three-character tag categories per cs1|2 template?
				end
			elseif cfg.local_lang_cat_enable then								-- when the language and this wiki's language are the same and categorization is enabled
				utilities.add_prop_cat ('local-lang-source', {name, lang_subtag});		-- categorize it
			end
		else
			name = lang;														-- return whatever <lang> has so that we show something
			utilities.set_message ('maint_unknown_lang');						-- add maint category if not already added
		end
		
		table.insert (language_list, name);
		name = '';																-- so we can reuse it
	end
 
	name = utilities.make_sep_list (#language_list, language_list);
	if (1 == #language_list) and (lang_subtag == cfg.this_wiki_code) then		-- when only one language, find lang name in this wiki lang name; for |language=en-us, 'English' in 'American English'
		return '';																-- if one language and that language is this wiki's return an empty string (no annotation)
	end
	return (mw.getCurrentFrame():expandTemplate{								-- РУВИКИ: используем шаблон для отображения языка
				title= utilities.substitute (cfg.messages ['language'], tag)
			});								-- otherwise wrap with '(in ...)'
	--[[ TODO: should only return blank or name rather than full list
	so we can clean up the bunched parenthetical elements Language, Type, Format
	]]
end


--[[-----------------------< S E T _ C S _ S T Y L E >--------------------------

Gets the default CS style configuration for the given mode.
Returns default separator and either postscript as passed in or the default.
In CS1, the default postscript and separator are '.'.
In CS2, the default postscript is the empty string and the default separator is ','.

]]

local function set_cs_style (postscript, mode)
	if utilities.is_set(postscript) then
		-- emit a maintenance message if user postscript is the default cs1 postscript
		-- we catch the opposite case for cs2 in set_style
		if mode == 'cs1' and postscript == cfg.presentation['ps_' .. mode] then
			utilities.set_message ('maint_postscript');
		end
	else
		postscript = cfg.presentation['ps_' .. mode];
	end
	return cfg.presentation['sep_' .. mode], postscript;
end


--[[--------------------------< S E T _ S T Y L E >-----------------------------

Sets the separator and postscript styles. Checks the |mode= first and the
#invoke CitationClass second. Removes the postscript if postscript == none.

]]

local function set_style (mode, postscript, cite_class)
	local sep;
	if 'cs2' == mode then
		sep, postscript = set_cs_style (postscript, 'cs2');
	elseif 'cs1' == mode then
		sep, postscript = set_cs_style (postscript, 'cs1');
	elseif 'citation' == cite_class	then
		sep, postscript = set_cs_style (postscript, 'cs2');
	else
		sep, postscript = set_cs_style (postscript, 'cs1');
	end

	if cfg.keywords_xlate[postscript:lower()] == 'none' then
		-- emit a maintenance message if user postscript is the default cs2 postscript
		-- we catch the opposite case for cs1 in set_cs_style
		if 'cs2' == mode or ('cs1' ~= mode and 'citation' == cite_class) then	-- {{citation |title=Title |mode=cs1 |postscript=none}} should not emit maint message
			utilities.set_message ('maint_postscript');
		end
		postscript = '';
	end
	
	return sep, postscript
end


--[=[-------------------------< I S _ P D F >-----------------------------------

Determines if a URL has the file extension that is one of the PDF file extensions
used by [[MediaWiki:Common.css]] when applying the PDF icon to external links.

returns true if file extension is one of the recognized extensions, else false

]=]

local function is_pdf (url)
	return url:match ('%.pdf$') or url:match ('%.PDF$') or
		url:match ('%.pdf[%?#]') or url:match ('%.PDF[%?#]') or
		url:match ('%.PDF&#035') or url:match ('%.pdf&#035');
end


--[[--------------------------< S T Y L E _ F O R M A T >-----------------------

Applies CSS style to |format=, |chapter-format=, etc.  Also emits an error message
if the format parameter does not have a matching URL parameter.  If the format parameter
is not set and the URL contains a file extension that is recognized as a PDF document
by MediaWiki's commons.css, this code will set the format parameter to (PDF) with
the appropriate styling.

]]

local function style_format (format, url, fmt_param, url_param)
	if utilities.is_set (format) then
		format = utilities.wrap_style ('format', format);						-- add leading space, parentheses, resize
		if not utilities.is_set (url) then
			utilities.set_message ('err_format_missing_url', {fmt_param, url_param});	-- add an error message
		end
	elseif is_pdf (url) then													-- format is not set so if URL is a PDF file then
		format = utilities.wrap_style ('format', 'PDF');						-- set format to PDF
	else
		format = '';															-- empty string for concatenation
	end
	return format;
end


--[[---------------------< G E T _ D I S P L A Y _ N A M E S >------------------

Returns a number that defines the number of names displayed for author and editor
name lists and a Boolean flag to indicate when et al. should be appended to the name list.

When the value assigned to |display-xxxxors= is a number greater than or equal to zero,
return the number and the previous state of the 'etal' flag (false by default
but may have been set to true if the name list contains some variant of the text 'et al.').

When the value assigned to |display-xxxxors= is the keyword 'etal', return a number
that is one greater than the number of authors in the list and set the 'etal' flag true.
This will cause the list_people() to display all of the names in the name list followed by 'et al.'

In all other cases, returns nil and the previous state of the 'etal' flag.

inputs:
	max: A['DisplayAuthors'] or A['DisplayEditors'], etc; a number or some flavor of etal
	count: #a or #e
	list_name: 'authors' or 'editors'
	etal: author_etal or editor_etal

This function sets an error message when |display-xxxxors= value greater than or equal to number of names but
not when <max> comes from {{cs1 config}} global settings.  When using global settings, <param> is set to the
keyword 'cs1 config' which is used to supress the normal error.  Error is suppressed because it is to be expected
that some citations in an article will have the same or fewer names that the limit specified in {{cs1 config}}.

]]

local function get_display_names (max, count, list_name, etal, param)
	if utilities.is_set (max) then
		if 'etal' == max:lower():gsub("[ '%.]", '') then						-- the :gsub() portion makes 'etal' from a variety of 'et al.' spellings and stylings
			max = count + 1;													-- number of authors + 1 so display all author name plus et al.
			etal = true;														-- overrides value set by extract_names()
		elseif max:match ('^%d+$') then											-- if is a string of numbers
			max = tonumber (max);												-- make it a number
			if (max >= count) and ('cs1 config' ~= param) then					-- error when local |display-xxxxors= value greater than or equal to number of names; not an error when using global setting
				utilities.set_message ('err_disp_name', {param, max});			-- add error message
				max = nil;
			end
		else																	-- not a valid keyword or number
			utilities.set_message ('err_disp_name', {param, max});				-- add error message
			max = nil;															-- unset; as if |display-xxxxors= had not been set
		end
	end
	
	return max, etal;
end


--[[----------< E X T R A _ T E X T _ I N _ P A G E _ C H E C K >---------------

Adds error if |page=, |pages=, |quote-page=, |quote-pages= has what appears to be
some form of p. or pp. abbreviation in the first characters of the parameter content.

check page for extraneous p, p., pp, pp., pg, pg. at start of parameter value:
	good pattern: '^P[^%.P%l]' matches when page begins PX or P# but not Px
		      where x and X are letters and # is a digit
	bad pattern:  '^[Pp][PpGg]' matches when page begins pp, pP, Pp, PP, pg, pG, Pg, PG

]]

local function extra_text_in_page_check (val, name)
	if not val:match (cfg.vol_iss_pg_patterns.good_ppattern) then
		for _, pattern in ipairs (cfg.vol_iss_pg_patterns.bad_ppatterns) do		-- spin through the selected sequence table of patterns
			if val:match (pattern) then											-- when a match, error so
				utilities.set_message ('err_extra_text_pages', name);	 		-- add error message
				return;															-- and done
			end
		end
	end		
end


--[[--------------------------< E X T R A _ T E X T _ I N _ V O L _ I S S _ C H E C K >------------------------

Adds error if |volume= or |issue= has what appears to be some form of redundant 'type' indicator.  Applies to
both; this function looks for issue text in both |issue= and |volume= and looks for volume-like text in |voluem=
and |issue=.

For |volume=:
	'V.', or 'Vol.' (with or without the dot) abbreviations or 'Volume' in the first characters of the parameter
	content (all case insensitive). 'V' and 'v' (without the dot) are presumed to be roman numerals so
	are allowed.

For |issue=:
	'No.', 'I.', 'Iss.' (with or without the dot) abbreviations, or 'Issue' in the first characters of the
	parameter content (all case insensitive); numero styling: 'n°' with degree sign U+00B0, and № precomposed
	numero sign U+2116.
	
Single character values ('v', 'i', 'n') allowed when not followed by separator character ('.', ':', '=', or
whitespace character) – param values are trimmed of whitespace by MediaWiki before delivered to the module.
	
<val> is |volume= or |issue= parameter value
<name> is |volume= or |issue= parameter name for error message
<selector> is 'v' for |volume=, 'i' for |issue=

sets error message on failure; returns nothing

]]

local function extra_text_in_vol_iss_check (val, name, selector)
	if not utilities.is_set (val) then
		return;
	end
	
	local handler = 'v' == selector and 'err_extra_text_volume' or 'err_extra_text_issue';
	val = val:lower();															-- force parameter value to lower case
	for _, pattern in ipairs (cfg.vol_iss_pg_patterns.vi_patterns_t) do			-- spin through the sequence table of patterns
		if val:match (pattern) then												-- when a match, error so
			utilities.set_message (handler, name);								-- add error message
			return;																-- and done
		end
	end
end


--[=[-------------------------< G E T _ V _ N A M E _ T A B L E >----------------------------------------------

split apart a |vauthors= or |veditors= parameter.  This function allows for corporate names, wrapped in doubled
parentheses to also have commas; in the old version of the code, the doubled parentheses were included in the
rendered citation and in the metadata.  Individual author names may be wikilinked

	|vauthors=Jones AB, [[E. B. White|White EB]], ((Black, Brown, and Co.))

]=]

local function get_v_name_table (vparam, output_table, output_link_table)
	local name_table = mw.text.split(vparam, "%s*,%s*");						-- names are separated by commas
	local wl_type, label, link;													-- wl_type not used here; just a placeholder
	
	local i = 1;
	
	while name_table[i] do
		if name_table[i]:match ('^%(%(.*[^%)][^%)]$') then						-- first segment of corporate with one or more commas; this segment has the opening doubled parentheses
			local name = name_table[i];
			i = i + 1;															-- bump indexer to next segment
			while name_table[i] do
				name = name .. ', ' .. name_table[i];							-- concatenate with previous segments
				if name_table[i]:match ('^.*%)%)$') then						-- if this table member has the closing doubled parentheses
					break;														-- and done reassembling so
				end
				i = i + 1;														-- bump indexer
			end
			table.insert (output_table, name);									-- and add corporate name to the output table
			table.insert (output_link_table, '');								-- no wikilink
		else
			wl_type, label, link = utilities.is_wikilink (name_table[i]);		-- wl_type is: 0, no wl (text in label variable); 1, [[D]]; 2, [[L|D]]
			table.insert (output_table, label);									-- add this name
			if 1 == wl_type then
				table.insert (output_link_table, label);						-- simple wikilink [[D]]
			else
				table.insert (output_link_table, link);							-- no wikilink or [[L|D]]; add this link if there is one, else empty string
			end
		end
		i = i + 1;
	end	
	return output_table;
end


--[[--------------------------< P A R S E _ V A U T H O R S _ V E D I T O R S >--------------------------------

This function extracts author / editor names from |vauthors= or |veditors= and finds matching |xxxxor-maskn= and
|xxxxor-linkn= in args.  It then returns a table of assembled names just as extract_names() does.

Author / editor names in |vauthors= or |veditors= must be in Vancouver system style. Corporate or institutional names
may sometimes be required and because such names will often fail the is_good_vanc_name() and other format compliance
tests, are wrapped in doubled parentheses ((corporate name)) to suppress the format tests.

Supports generational suffixes Jr, 2nd, 3rd, 4th–6th.

This function sets the Vancouver error when a required comma is missing and when there is a space between an author's initials.

]]

local function parse_vauthors_veditors (args, vparam, list_name)
	local names = {};															-- table of names assembled from |vauthors=, |author-maskn=, |author-linkn=
	local v_name_table = {};
	local v_link_table = {};													-- when name is wikilinked, targets go in this table
	local etal = false;															-- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. vauthors parameter
	local last, first, link, mask, suffix;
	local corporate = false;

	vparam, etal = name_has_etal (vparam, etal, true);							-- find and remove variations on et al. do not categorize (do it here because et al. might have a period)
	v_name_table = get_v_name_table (vparam, v_name_table, v_link_table);		-- names are separated by commas

	for i, v_name in ipairs(v_name_table) do
		first = '';																-- set to empty string for concatenation and because it may have been set for previous author/editor
		local accept_name;
		v_name, accept_name = utilities.has_accept_as_written (v_name);			-- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of <v_name>

		if accept_name then
			last = v_name;
			corporate = true;													-- flag used in list_people()
		elseif string.find(v_name, "%s") then
			if v_name:find('[;%.]') then										-- look for commonly occurring punctuation characters; 
				add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.punctuation, i);
			end
			local lastfirstTable = {}
			lastfirstTable = mw.text.split(v_name, "%s+")
			first = table.remove(lastfirstTable);								-- removes and returns value of last element in table which should be initials or generational suffix

			if not mw.ustring.match (first, '^%u+$') then						-- mw.ustring here so that later we will catch non-Latin characters
				suffix = first;													-- not initials so assume that whatever we got is a generational suffix
				first = table.remove(lastfirstTable);							-- get what should be the initials from the table
			end
			last = table.concat(lastfirstTable, ' ')							-- returns a string that is the concatenation of all other names that are not initials and generational suffix
			if not utilities.is_set (last) then
				first = '';														-- unset
				last = v_name;													-- last empty because something wrong with first
				add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.name, i);
			end
			if mw.ustring.match (last, '%a+%s+%u+%s+%a+') then
				add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl['missing comma'], i);			-- matches last II last; the case when a comma is missing
			end
			if mw.ustring.match (v_name, ' %u %u$') then						-- this test is in the wrong place TODO: move or replace with a more appropriate test
				add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.initials, i);					-- matches a space between two initials
			end
		else
			last = v_name;														-- last name or single corporate name?  Doesn't support multiword corporate names? do we need this?
		end
		
		if utilities.is_set (first) then
			if not mw.ustring.match (first, "^%u?%u$") then						-- first shall contain one or two upper-case letters, nothing else
				add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.initials, i);					-- too many initials; mixed case initials (which may be ok Romanization); hyphenated initials
			end
			is_good_vanc_name (last, first, suffix, i);							-- check first and last before restoring the suffix which may have a non-Latin digit
			if utilities.is_set (suffix) then
				first = first .. ' ' .. suffix;									-- if there was a suffix concatenate with the initials
				suffix = '';													-- unset so we don't add this suffix to all subsequent names
			end
		else
			if not corporate then
				is_good_vanc_name (last, '', nil, i);
			end
		end

		link = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i ) or v_link_table[i];
		mask = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i );
		names[i] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate = corporate};		-- add this assembled name to our names list
	end
	return names, etal;															-- all done, return our list of names
end


--[[--------------------------< S E L E C T _ A U T H O R _ E D I T O R _ S O U R C E >------------------------

Select one of |authors=, |authorn= / |lastn / firstn=, or |vauthors= as the source of the author name list or
select one of |editorn= / editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn= or |veditors= as the source of the editor name list.

Only one of these appropriate three will be used.  The hierarchy is: |authorn= (and aliases) highest and |authors= lowest;
|editorn= (and aliases) highest and |veditors= lowest (support for |editors= withdrawn)

When looking for |authorn= / |editorn= parameters, test |xxxxor1= and |xxxxor2= (and all of their aliases); stops after the second
test which mimicks the test used in extract_names() when looking for a hole in the author name list.  There may be a better
way to do this, I just haven't discovered what that way is.

Emits an error message when more than one xxxxor name source is provided.

In this function, vxxxxors = vauthors or veditors; xxxxors = authors as appropriate.

]]

local function select_author_editor_source (vxxxxors, xxxxors, args, list_name)
	local lastfirst = false;
	if utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'none', 1 ) or		-- do this twice in case we have a |first1= without a |last1=; this ...
		utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'none', 1 ) or		-- ... also catches the case where |first= is used with |vauthors=
		utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'none', 2 ) or
		utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'none', 2 ) then
			lastfirst = true;
	end

	if (utilities.is_set (vxxxxors) and true == lastfirst) or					-- these are the three error conditions
		(utilities.is_set (vxxxxors) and utilities.is_set (xxxxors)) or
		(true == lastfirst and utilities.is_set (xxxxors)) then
			local err_name;
			if 'AuthorList' == list_name then									-- figure out which name should be used in error message
				err_name = 'author';
			else
				err_name = 'editor';
			end
			utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', err_name .. '-name-list parameters');	-- add error message
	end

	if true == lastfirst then return 1 end;										-- return a number indicating which author name source to use
	if utilities.is_set (vxxxxors) then return 2 end;
	if utilities.is_set (xxxxors) then return 3 end;
	return 1;																	-- no authors so return 1; this allows missing author name test to run in case there is a first without last 
end


--[[--------------------------< I S _ V A L I D _ P A R A M E T E R _ V A L U E >------------------------------

This function is used to validate a parameter's assigned value for those parameters that have only a limited number
of allowable values (yes, y, true, live, dead, etc.).  When the parameter value has not been assigned a value (missing
or empty in the source template) the function returns the value specified by ret_val.  If the parameter value is one
of the list of allowed values returns the translated value; else, emits an error message and returns the value
specified by ret_val.

TODO: explain <invert>

]]

local function is_valid_parameter_value (value, name, possible, ret_val, invert)
	if not utilities.is_set (value) then
		return ret_val;															-- an empty parameter is ok
	end

	if (not invert and utilities.in_array (value, possible)) then				-- normal; <value> is in <possible> table
		return cfg.keywords_xlate[value];										-- return translation of parameter keyword
	elseif invert and not utilities.in_array (value, possible) then				-- invert; <value> is not in <possible> table
		return value;															-- return <value> as it is
	else
		utilities.set_message ('err_invalid_param_val', {name, value});			-- not an allowed value so add error message
		return ret_val;
	end
end


--[[--------------------------< T E R M I N A T E _ N A M E _ L I S T >----------------------------------------

This function terminates a name list (author, contributor, editor) with a separator character (sepc) and a space
when the last character is not a sepc character or when the last three characters are not sepc followed by two
closing square brackets (close of a wikilink).  When either of these is true, the name_list is terminated with a
single space character.

]]

local function terminate_name_list (name_list, sepc)
	if (string.sub (name_list, -3, -1) == sepc .. '. ') then					-- if already properly terminated
		return name_list;														-- just return the name list
	elseif (string.sub (name_list, -1, -1) == sepc) or (string.sub (name_list, -3, -1) == sepc .. ']]') then	-- if last name in list ends with sepc char
		return name_list .. " ";												-- don't add another
	else
		return name_list .. sepc .. ' ';										-- otherwise terminate the name list
	end
end


--[[-------------------------< F O R M A T _ V O L U M E _ I S S U E >-----------------------------------------

returns the concatenation of the formatted volume and issue (or journal article number) parameters as a single
string; or formatted volume or formatted issue, or an empty string if neither are set.

]]
	
local function format_volume_issue (volume, issue, article, cite_class, origin, sepc, lower)
	if not utilities.is_set (volume) and not utilities.is_set (issue) and not utilities.is_set (article) then
		return '';
	end

	-- same condition as in format_pages_sheets()
	local is_journal = 'journal' == cite_class or (utilities.in_array (cite_class, {'citation', 'map', 'interview'}) and 'journal' == origin);

	local is_numeric_vol = volume and (volume:match ('^[MDCLXVI]+$') or volume:match ('^%d+$'));	-- is only uppercase roman numerals or only digits?
	local is_long_vol = volume and (4 < mw.ustring.len(volume));				-- is |volume= value longer than 4 characters?
	
	if volume and (not is_numeric_vol and is_long_vol) then						-- when not all digits or Roman numerals, is |volume= longer than 4 characters?
		utilities.add_prop_cat ('long-vol');									-- yes, add properties cat
	end

	if is_journal then															-- journal-style formatting
		local vol = '';

		if utilities.is_set (volume) then
			if is_numeric_vol then												-- |volume= value all digits or all uppercase Roman numerals?
				vol = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['vol-bold'], {sepc, volume});	-- render in bold face
			elseif is_long_vol then												-- not all digits or Roman numerals; longer than 4 characters?
				vol = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['j-vol'], {sepc, utilities.hyphen_to_dash (volume)});	-- not bold
			else																-- four or fewer characters
				vol = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['vol-bold'], {sepc, utilities.hyphen_to_dash (volume)});	-- bold
			end
		end
		vol = vol .. (utilities.is_set (issue) and utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['j-issue'], issue) or '')
		vol = vol .. (utilities.is_set (article) and utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['j-article-num'], article) or '')
		return vol;
	end
	
	if 'podcast' == cite_class and utilities.is_set (issue) then
		return wrap_msg ('issue', {sepc, issue}, lower);
	end
	
	if 'conference' == cite_class and utilities.is_set (article) then			-- |article-number= supported only in journal and conference cites
		if utilities.is_set (volume) and utilities.is_set (article) then		-- both volume and article number
			return wrap_msg ('vol-art', {sepc, utilities.hyphen_to_dash (volume), article}, lower);
		elseif utilities.is_set (article) then									-- article number alone; when volume alone, handled below
			return wrap_msg ('art', {sepc, article}, lower);
		end
	end

	-- all other types of citation
	if utilities.is_set (volume) and utilities.is_set (issue) then
		return wrap_msg ('vol-no', {sepc, utilities.hyphen_to_dash (volume), issue}, lower);
	elseif utilities.is_set (volume) then
		return wrap_msg ('vol', {sepc, utilities.hyphen_to_dash (volume)}, lower);
	else
		return wrap_msg ('issue', {sepc, issue}, lower);
	end
end


--[[-------------------------< F O R M A T _ P A G E S _ S H E E T S >-----------------------------------------

adds static text to one of |page(s)= or |sheet(s)= values and returns it with all of the others set to empty strings.
The return order is:
	page, pages, sheet, sheets

Singular has priority over plural when both are provided.

]]

local function format_pages_sheets (page, pages, sheet, sheets, cite_class, origin, sepc, nopp, lower)
	if 'map' == cite_class then													-- only cite map supports sheet(s) as in-source locators
		if utilities.is_set (sheet) then
			if 'journal' == origin then
				return '', '', wrap_msg ('j-sheet', sheet, lower), '';
			else
				return '', '', wrap_msg ('sheet', {sepc, sheet}, lower), '';
			end
		elseif utilities.is_set (sheets) then
			if 'journal' == origin then
				return '', '', '', wrap_msg ('j-sheets', sheets, lower);
			else
				return '', '', '', wrap_msg ('sheets', {sepc, sheets}, lower);
			end
		end
	end

	local is_journal = 'journal' == cite_class or (utilities.in_array (cite_class, {'citation', 'map', 'interview'}) and 'journal' == origin);
	
	if utilities.is_set (page) then
		if is_journal then
			return utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['j-page(s)'], page), '', '', '';
		elseif not nopp then
			return utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, page}), '', '', '';
		else
			return utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, page}), '', '', '';
		end
	elseif utilities.is_set (pages) then
		if is_journal then
			return utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['j-page(s)'], pages), '', '', '';
		elseif tonumber(pages) ~= nil and not nopp then							-- if pages is only digits, assume a single page number
			return '', utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, pages}), '', '';
		elseif not nopp then
			return '', utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['pp-prefix'], {sepc, pages}), '', '';
		else
			return '', utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, pages}), '', '';
		end
	end
	
	return '', '', '', '';														-- return empty strings
end


--[[--------------------------< I N S O U R C E _ L O C _ G E T >----------------------------------------------

returns one of the in-source locators: page, pages, or at. 

If any of these are interwiki links to Wikisource, returns the label portion of the interwiki-link as plain text
for use in COinS.  This COinS thing is done because here we convert an interwiki-link to an external link and
add an icon span around that; get_coins_pages() doesn't know about the span.  TODO: should it?  

TODO: add support for sheet and sheets?; streamline;

TODO: make it so that this function returns only one of the three as the single in-source (the return value assigned
to a new name)?

]]

local function insource_loc_get (page, page_orig, pages, pages_orig, at)
	local ws_url, ws_label, coins_pages, L;										-- for Wikisource interwiki-links; TODO: this corrupts page metadata (span remains in place after cleanup; fix there?)

	if utilities.is_set (page) then
		if utilities.is_set (pages) or utilities.is_set (at) then
			pages = '';															-- unset the others
			at = '';
		end
		extra_text_in_page_check (page, page_orig);								-- emit error message when |page= value begins with what looks like p., pp., etc.

		ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (page);						-- make ws URL from |page= interwiki link; link portion L becomes tooltip label
		if ws_url then
			page = external_link (ws_url, ws_label .. '&nbsp;', 'ws link in page');	-- space char after label to move icon away from in-source text; TODO: a better way to do this?
			page = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, page});
			coins_pages = ws_label;
		end
	elseif utilities.is_set (pages) then
		if utilities.is_set (at) then
			at = '';															-- unset
		end
		extra_text_in_page_check (pages, pages_orig);							-- emit error message when |page= value begins with what looks like p., pp., etc.

		ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (pages);						-- make ws URL from |pages= interwiki link; link portion L becomes tooltip label
		if ws_url then
			pages = external_link (ws_url, ws_label .. '&nbsp;', 'ws link in pages');	-- space char after label to move icon away from in-source text; TODO: a better way to do this?
			pages = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, pages});
			coins_pages = ws_label;
		end
	elseif utilities.is_set (at) then
		ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (at);							-- make ws URL from |at= interwiki link; link portion L becomes tooltip label
		if ws_url then
			at = external_link (ws_url, ws_label .. '&nbsp;', 'ws link in at');	-- space char after label to move icon away from in-source text; TODO: a better way to do this?
			at = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, at});
			coins_pages = ws_label;
		end
	end
	
	return page, pages, at, coins_pages;
end

--[[--------------------------< I S _ U N I Q U E _ A R C H I V E _ U R L >------------------------------------

add error message when |archive-url= value is same as |url= or chapter-url= (or alias...) value

]]

local function is_unique_archive_url (archive, url, c_url, source, date)
	if utilities.is_set (archive) then
		if archive == url or archive == c_url then
			utilities.set_message ('err_bad_url', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', source)});	-- add error message
			return '', '';														-- unset |archive-url= and |archive-date= because same as |url= or |chapter-url=
		end
	end

	return archive, date;
end


--[=[-------------------------< A R C H I V E _ U R L _ C H E C K >--------------------------------------------

Check archive.org URLs to make sure they at least look like they are pointing at valid archives and not to the 
save snapshot URL or to calendar pages.  When the archive URL is 'https://web.archive.org/save/' (or http://...)
archive.org saves a snapshot of the target page in the URL.  That is something that Wikipedia should not allow
unwitting readers to do.

When the archive.org URL does not have a complete timestamp, archive.org chooses a snapshot according to its own
algorithm or provides a calendar 'search' result.  [[WP:ELNO]] discourages links to search results.

This function looks at the value assigned to |archive-url= and returns empty strings for |archive-url= and
|archive-date= and an error message when:
	|archive-url= holds an archive.org save command URL
	|archive-url= is an archive.org URL that does not have a complete timestamp (YYYYMMDDhhmmss 14 digits) in the
		correct place
otherwise returns |archive-url= and |archive-date=

There are two mostly compatible archive.org URLs:
	//web.archive.org/<timestamp>...		-- the old form
	//web.archive.org/web/<timestamp>...	-- the new form

The old form does not support or map to the new form when it contains a display flag.  There are four identified flags
('id_', 'js_', 'cs_', 'im_') but since archive.org ignores others following the same form (two letters and an underscore)
we don't check for these specific flags but we do check the form.

This function supports a preview mode.  When the article is rendered in preview mode, this function may return a modified
archive URL:
	for save command errors, return undated wildcard (/*/)
	for timestamp errors when the timestamp has a wildcard, return the URL unmodified
	for timestamp errors when the timestamp does not have a wildcard, return with timestamp limited to six digits plus wildcard (/yyyymm*/)

A secondary function is to return an archive-url timestamp from those urls that have them (archive.org and
archive.today).  The timestamp is used by validation.archive_date_check() to see if the value in |archive-date=
matches the timestamp in the archive url.

]=]

local function archive_url_check (url, date)
	local err_msg = '';															-- start with the error message empty
	local path, timestamp, flag;												-- portions of the archive.org URL
	
timestamp = url:match ('//archive.today/(%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d)/') or	-- get timestamp from archive.today urls
		url:match ('//archive.today/(%d%d%d%d%.%d%d%.%d%d%-%d%d%d%d%d%d)/');		-- this timestamp needs cleanup
	if timestamp then															-- if this was an archive.today url ...
		return url, date, timestamp:gsub ('[%.%-]', '');						-- return ArchiveURL, ArchiveDate, and timestamp (dots and dashes removed) from |archive-url=, and done											-- return ArchiveURL, ArchiveDate, and timestamp from |archive-url=, and done
	end
																				-- here for archive.org urls
	if (not url:match('//web%.archive%.org/')) and (not url:match('//liveweb%.archive%.org/')) then		-- also deprecated liveweb Wayback machine URL
		return url, date;														-- not an archive.org archive, return ArchiveURL and ArchiveDate
	end

	if url:match('//web%.archive%.org/save/') then								-- if a save command URL, we don't want to allow saving of the target page 
		err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.save;
		url = url:gsub ('(//web%.archive%.org)/save/', '%1/*/', 1);				-- for preview mode: modify ArchiveURL
	elseif url:match('//liveweb%.archive%.org/') then
		err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.liveweb;
	else
		path, timestamp, flag = url:match('//web%.archive%.org/([^%d]*)(%d+)([^/]*)/');	-- split out some of the URL parts for evaluation
		if not path then														-- malformed in some way; pattern did not match
			err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.timestamp;
		elseif 14 ~= timestamp:len() then										-- path and flag optional, must have 14-digit timestamp here
			err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.timestamp;
			if '*' ~= flag then
				local replacement = timestamp:match ('^%d%d%d%d%d%d') or timestamp:match ('^%d%d%d%d');	-- get the first 6 (YYYYMM) or first 4 digits (YYYY)
				if replacement then												-- nil if there aren't at least 4 digits (year)
					replacement = replacement .. string.rep ('0', 14 - replacement:len());	-- year or yearmo (4 or 6 digits) zero-fill to make 14-digit timestamp
					url=url:gsub ('(//web%.archive%.org/[^%d]*)%d[^/]*', '%1' .. replacement .. '*', 1)	-- for preview, modify ts to 14 digits plus splat for calendar display
				end
			end
		elseif utilities.is_set (path) and 'web/' ~= path then					-- older archive URLs do not have the extra 'web/' path element
			err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.path;
		elseif utilities.is_set (flag) and not utilities.is_set (path) then		-- flag not allowed with the old form URL (without the 'web/' path element)
			err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.flag;
		elseif utilities.is_set (flag) and not flag:match ('%a%a_') then		-- flag if present must be two alpha characters and underscore (requires 'web/' path element)
			err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.flag;
		else
			return url, date, timestamp;										-- return ArchiveURL, ArchiveDate, and timestamp from |archive-url=
		end
	end
																				-- if here, something not right so
	utilities.set_message ('err_archive_url', {err_msg});						-- add error message and

	if is_preview_mode then
		return url, date, timestamp;											-- preview mode so return ArchiveURL, ArchiveDate, and timestamp from |archive-url=
	else
		return '', '';															-- return empty strings for ArchiveURL and ArchiveDate
	end
end


--[[--------------------------< P L A C E _ C H E C K >--------------------------------------------------------

check |place=, |publication-place=, |location= to see if these params include digits.  This function added because
many editors misuse location to specify the in-source location (|page(s)= and |at= are supposed to do that)

returns the original parameter value without modification; added maint cat when parameter value contains digits

]]

local function place_check (param_val)
	if not utilities.is_set (param_val) then									-- parameter empty or omitted
		return param_val;														-- return that empty state
	end
	
	if mw.ustring.find (param_val, '%d') then									-- not empty, are there digits in the parameter value
		utilities.set_message ('maint_location');								-- yep, add maint cat
	end
	
	return param_val;															-- and done
end


--[[--------------------------< I S _ A R C H I V E D _ C O P Y >----------------------------------------------

compares |title= to 'Archived copy' (placeholder added by bots that can't find proper title); if matches, return true; nil else

]]

local function is_archived_copy (title)
	title = mw.ustring.lower(title);											-- switch title to lower case
	if title:find (cfg.special_case_translation.archived_copy.en) then			-- if title is 'Archived copy'
		return true;
	elseif cfg.special_case_translation.archived_copy['local'] then
		if mw.ustring.find (title, cfg.special_case_translation.archived_copy['local']) then	-- mw.ustring() because might not be Latin script
			return true;
		end
	end
end

--[[--------------------------< D I S P L A Y _ N A M E S _ S E L E C T >--------------------------------------

for any of the |display-authors=, |display-editors=, etc parameters, select either the local or global setting.
When both are present, look at <local_display_names> value.  When the value is some sort of 'et al.'string,
special handling is required.

When {{cs1 config}} has |display-<namelist>= AND this template has |display-<namelist>=etal AND:
	the number of names specified by <number_of_names> is:
		greater than the number specified in the global |display-<namelist>= parameter (<global_display_names>)
			use global |display-<namelist>= parameter value
			set overridden maint category
		less than or equal to the number specified in the global |display-<namelist>=  parameter
			use local |display-<namelist>= parameter value

The purpose of this function is to prevent categorizing a template that has fewer names than the global setting
to keep the etal annotation specified by <local_display_names>.

]]

local function display_names_select (global_display_names, local_display_names, param_name, number_of_names, test)
	if global_display_names and utilities.is_set (local_display_names) then		-- when both
		if 'etal' == local_display_names:lower():gsub("[ '%.]", '') then		-- the :gsub() portion makes 'etal' from a variety of 'et al.' spellings and stylings
			number_of_names = tonumber (number_of_names);						-- convert these to numbers for comparison
			local global_display_names_num = tonumber (global_display_names);	-- <global_display_names> not set when parameter value is not digits

			if number_of_names > global_display_names_num then					-- template has more names than global config allows to be displayed?
				utilities.set_message ('maint_overridden_setting');				-- set a maint message because global is overriding local |display-<namelist>=etal
				return global_display_names, 'cs1 config';						-- return global with spoof parameter name (for get_display_names())
			else
				return local_display_names, param_name;							-- return local because fewer names so let <local_display_names> control
			end
		end
																				-- here when <global_display_names> and <local_display_names> both numbers; <global_display_names> controls
		utilities.set_message ('maint_overridden_setting');						-- set a maint message
		return global_display_names, 'cs1 config';								-- return global with spoof parameter name (for get_display_names())
	end
																				-- here when only one of <global_display_names> or <local_display_names> set
	if global_display_names then
		return global_display_names, 'cs1 config';								-- return global with spoof parameter name (for get_display_names())
	else
		return local_display_names, param_name;									-- return local
	end
end

--[[--------------------------< C I T A T I O N 0 >------------------------------------------------------------

This is the main function doing the majority of the citation formatting.

]]

local function citation0( config, args )
	--[[ 
	Load Input Parameters
	The argument_wrapper facilitates the mapping of multiple aliases to single internal variable.
	]]
	local A = argument_wrapper ( args );
	local i 

	-- Pick out the relevant fields from the arguments.  Different citation templates
	-- define different field names for the same underlying things.	

	local author_etal;
	local a	= {};																-- authors list from |lastn= / |firstn= pairs or |vauthors=
	local Authors;
	local NameListStyle;
		if cfg.global_cs1_config_t['NameListStyle'] then						-- global setting in {{cs1 config}} overrides local |name-list-style= parameter value; nil when empty or assigned value invalid
			NameListStyle = is_valid_parameter_value (cfg.global_cs1_config_t['NameListStyle'], 'cs1 config: name-list-style', cfg.keywords_lists['name-list-style'], '');	-- error messaging 'param' here is a hoax
		else
			NameListStyle = is_valid_parameter_value (A['NameListStyle'], A:ORIGIN('NameListStyle'), cfg.keywords_lists['name-list-style'], '');
		end

		if cfg.global_cs1_config_t['NameListStyle'] and utilities.is_set (A['NameListStyle']) then	-- when template has |name-list-style=<something> which global setting has overridden
			utilities.set_message ('maint_overridden_setting');					-- set a maint message
		end

	local Collaboration = A['Collaboration'];

	do																			-- to limit scope of selected
		local selected = select_author_editor_source (A['Vauthors'], A['Authors'], args, 'AuthorList');
		if 1 == selected then
			a, author_etal = extract_names (args, 'AuthorList');				-- fetch author list from |authorn= / |lastn= / |firstn=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn=
		elseif 2 == selected then
			NameListStyle = 'vanc';												-- override whatever |name-list-style= might be
			a, author_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors (args, A['Vauthors'], 'AuthorList');	-- fetch author list from |vauthors=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn=
		elseif 3 == selected then
			Authors = A['Authors'];												-- use content of |authors=
		end
		if utilities.is_set (Collaboration) then
			author_etal = true;													-- so that |display-authors=etal not required
		end
	end

	local editor_etal;
	local e	= {};																-- editors list from |editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn= pairs or |veditors=

	do																			-- to limit scope of selected
		local selected = select_author_editor_source (A['Veditors'], nil, args, 'EditorList');	-- support for |editors= withdrawn
		if 1 == selected then
			e, editor_etal = extract_names (args, 'EditorList');				-- fetch editor list from |editorn= / |editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn=
		elseif 2 == selected then
			NameListStyle = 'vanc';												-- override whatever |name-list-style= might be
			e, editor_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors (args, args.veditors, 'EditorList');	-- fetch editor list from |veditors=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn=
		end
	end
							
	local Chapter = A['Chapter'];												-- done here so that we have access to |contribution= from |chapter= aliases
	local Chapter_origin = A:ORIGIN ('Chapter');
	local Contribution;															-- because contribution is required for contributor(s)
		if 'contribution' == Chapter_origin then
			Contribution = Chapter;												-- get the name of the contribution
		end
	local c = {};																-- contributors list from |contributor-lastn= / contributor-firstn= pairs
	
	if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"book", "citation"}) and not utilities.is_set (A['Periodical']) then	-- |contributor= and |contribution= only supported in book cites
		c = extract_names (args, 'ContributorList');							-- fetch contributor list from |contributorn= / |contributor-lastn=, -firstn=, -linkn=, -maskn=
		
		if 0 < #c then
			if not utilities.is_set (Contribution) then							-- |contributor= requires |contribution=
				utilities.set_message ('err_contributor_missing_required_param', 'contribution');	-- add missing contribution error message
				c = {};															-- blank the contributors' table; it is used as a flag later
			end
			if 0 == #a then														-- |contributor= requires |author=
				utilities.set_message ('err_contributor_missing_required_param', 'author');	-- add missing author error message
				c = {};															-- blank the contributors' table; it is used as a flag later
			end
		end
	else																		-- if not a book cite
		if utilities.select_one (args, cfg.aliases['ContributorList-Last'], 'err_redundant_parameters', 1 ) then	-- are there contributor name list parameters?
			utilities.set_message ('err_contributor_ignored');					-- add contributor ignored error message
		end
		Contribution = nil;														-- unset
	end

	local Title = A['Title'];
	local TitleLink = A['TitleLink'];

	local auto_select = '';														-- default is auto
	local accept_link;
	TitleLink, accept_link = utilities.has_accept_as_written (TitleLink, true);	-- test for accept-this-as-written markup
	if (not accept_link) and utilities.in_array (TitleLink, {'none', 'pmc', 'doi'}) then -- check for special keywords
		auto_select = TitleLink;												-- remember selection for later
		TitleLink = '';															-- treat as if |title-link= would have been empty
	end

	TitleLink = link_title_ok (TitleLink, A:ORIGIN ('TitleLink'), Title, 'title');	-- check for wiki-markup in |title-link= or wiki-markup in |title= when |title-link= is set

	local Section = '';															-- {{cite map}} only; preset to empty string for concatenation if not used
	if 'map' == config.CitationClass and 'section' == Chapter_origin then
		Section = A['Chapter'];													-- get |section= from |chapter= alias list; |chapter= and the other aliases not supported in {{cite map}}
		Chapter = '';															-- unset for now; will be reset later from |map= if present
	end

	local Periodical = A['Periodical'];
	local Periodical_origin = A:ORIGIN('Periodical');
	local ScriptPeriodical = A['ScriptPeriodical'];
	local ScriptPeriodical_origin = A:ORIGIN('ScriptPeriodical');
	local TransPeriodical =  A['TransPeriodical'];
	local TransPeriodical_origin =  A:ORIGIN ('TransPeriodical');
	
if (utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'book', 'encyclopaedia'}) and (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical) or utilities.is_set (TransPeriodical))) then
		local param;
		if utilities.is_set (Periodical) then									-- get a parameter name from one of these periodical related meta-parameters
			Periodical = '';													-- unset because not valid {{cite book}} or {{cite encyclopedia}} parameters 
			param = Periodical_origin											-- get parameter name for error messaging
		elseif utilities.is_set (TransPeriodical) then
			TransPeriodical = '';												-- unset because not valid {{cite book}} or {{cite encyclopedia}} parameters 
			param = TransPeriodical_origin;										-- get parameter name for error messaging
		elseif utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical) then
			ScriptPeriodical = '';												-- unset because not valid {{cite book}} or {{cite encyclopedia}} parameters 
			param = ScriptPeriodical_origin;									-- get parameter name for error messaging
		end

		if utilities.is_set (param) then										-- if we found one
			utilities.set_message ('err_periodical_ignored', {param});			-- emit an error message
		end
	end

	if utilities.is_set (Periodical) then
		local i;
		Periodical, i = utilities.strip_apostrophe_markup (Periodical);			-- strip apostrophe markup so that metadata isn't contaminated 
		if i then																-- non-zero when markup was stripped so emit an error message
			utilities.set_message ('err_apostrophe_markup', {Periodical_origin});
		end
	end

	if 'mailinglist' == config.CitationClass then								-- special case for {{cite mailing list}}
		if utilities.is_set (Periodical) and utilities.is_set (A ['MailingList']) then	-- both set emit an error TODO: make a function for this and similar?
			utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', Periodical_origin) .. cfg.presentation['sep_list_pair'] .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'mailinglist')});
		end

		Periodical = A ['MailingList'];											-- error or no, set Periodical to |mailinglist= value because this template is {{cite mailing list}}
		Periodical_origin = A:ORIGIN('MailingList');
	end

	-- web and news not tested for now because of 
	-- Wikipedia:Administrators%27_noticeboard#Is_there_a_semi-automated_tool_that_could_fix_these_annoying_"Cite_Web"_errors?
	if not (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) then	-- 'periodical' templates require periodical parameter
	--	local p = {['journal'] = 'journal', ['magazine'] = 'magazine', ['news'] = 'newspaper', ['web'] = 'website'};	-- for error message
		local p = {['journal'] = 'journal', ['magazine'] = 'magazine'};			-- for error message
		if p[config.CitationClass]  then
			utilities.set_message ('err_missing_periodical', {config.CitationClass, p[config.CitationClass]});
		end
	end
	
	local Volume;
	if 'citation' == config.CitationClass then
		if utilities.is_set (Periodical) then
			if not utilities.in_array (Periodical_origin, cfg.citation_no_volume_t) then	-- {{citation}} does not render |volume= when these parameters are used
				Volume = A['Volume'];											-- but does for all other 'periodicals'
			end
		elseif utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical) then
			if 'script-website' ~= ScriptPeriodical_origin then					-- {{citation}} does not render volume for |script-website=
				Volume = A['Volume'];											-- but does for all other 'periodicals'
			end
		else
			Volume = A['Volume'];												-- and does for non-'periodical' cites
		end
	elseif utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_using_volume) then	-- render |volume= for cs1 according to the configuration settings
		Volume = A['Volume'];
	end	
	extra_text_in_vol_iss_check (Volume, A:ORIGIN ('Volume'), 'v');	

	local Issue;
	if 'citation' == config.CitationClass then
		if utilities.is_set (Periodical) and utilities.in_array (Periodical_origin, cfg.citation_issue_t) then	-- {{citation}} may render |issue= when these parameters are used
			Issue = utilities.hyphen_to_dash (A['Issue']);
		end
	elseif utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_using_issue) then	-- conference & map books do not support issue; {{citation}} listed here because included in settings table
		if not (utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'conference', 'map', 'citation'}) and not (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical))) then
			Issue = utilities.hyphen_to_dash (A['Issue']);
		end
	end
	
	local ArticleNumber;

	if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'journal', 'conference'}) or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Periodical) and 'journal' == Periodical_origin) then
		ArticleNumber = A['ArticleNumber'];
	end

	extra_text_in_vol_iss_check (Issue, A:ORIGIN ('Issue'), 'i');	

	local Page;
	local Pages;
	local At;
	local QuotePage;
	local QuotePages;
	if not utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_not_using_page) then		-- TODO: rewrite to emit ignored parameter error message?
		Page = A['Page'];
		Pages = utilities.hyphen_to_dash (A['Pages']);	
		At = A['At'];
		QuotePage = A['QuotePage'];
		QuotePages = utilities.hyphen_to_dash (A['QuotePages']);
	end

	local Edition = A['Edition'];
	local PublicationPlace = place_check (A['PublicationPlace'], A:ORIGIN('PublicationPlace'));
	local Place = place_check (A['Place'], A:ORIGIN('Place'));
	
	local PublisherName = A['PublisherName'];
	local PublisherName_origin = A:ORIGIN('PublisherName');
	if utilities.is_set (PublisherName) and (cfg.keywords_xlate['none'] ~= PublisherName) then
		local i = 0;
		PublisherName, i = utilities.strip_apostrophe_markup (PublisherName);	-- strip apostrophe markup so that metadata isn't contaminated; publisher is never italicized
		if i and (0 < i) then													-- non-zero when markup was stripped so emit an error message
			utilities.set_message ('err_apostrophe_markup', {PublisherName_origin});
		end
	end
	
	if ('document' == config.CitationClass) and not utilities.is_set (PublisherName) then
		utilities.set_message ('err_missing_publisher', {config.CitationClass, 'publisher'});
	end

	local Newsgroup = A['Newsgroup'];											-- TODO: strip apostrophe markup?
	local Newsgroup_origin = A:ORIGIN('Newsgroup');	

	if 'newsgroup' == config.CitationClass then
		if utilities.is_set (PublisherName) and (cfg.keywords_xlate['none'] ~= PublisherName) then	-- general use parameter |publisher= not allowed in cite newsgroup
			utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored', {PublisherName_origin});
		end

		PublisherName = nil;													-- ensure that this parameter is unset for the time being; will be used again after COinS
	end

	local URL = A['URL'];														-- TODO: better way to do this for URL, ChapterURL, and MapURL?
	local UrlAccess = is_valid_parameter_value (A['UrlAccess'], A:ORIGIN('UrlAccess'), cfg.keywords_lists['url-access'], nil);
	
	if not utilities.is_set (URL) and utilities.is_set (UrlAccess) then
		UrlAccess = nil;
		utilities.set_message ('err_param_access_requires_param', 'url');
	end
	
	local ChapterURL = A['ChapterURL'];
	local ChapterUrlAccess = is_valid_parameter_value (A['ChapterUrlAccess'], A:ORIGIN('ChapterUrlAccess'), cfg.keywords_lists['url-access'], nil);
	if not utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) and utilities.is_set (ChapterUrlAccess) then
		ChapterUrlAccess = nil;
		utilities.set_message ('err_param_access_requires_param', {A:ORIGIN('ChapterUrlAccess'):gsub ('%-access', '')});
	end

	local MapUrlAccess = is_valid_parameter_value (A['MapUrlAccess'], A:ORIGIN('MapUrlAccess'), cfg.keywords_lists['url-access'], nil);
	if not utilities.is_set (A['MapURL']) and utilities.is_set (MapUrlAccess) then
		MapUrlAccess = nil;
		utilities.set_message ('err_param_access_requires_param', {'map-url'});
	end

	local this_page = mw.title.getCurrentTitle();								-- also used for COinS and for language
	local no_tracking_cats = is_valid_parameter_value (A['NoTracking'], A:ORIGIN('NoTracking'), cfg.keywords_lists['yes_true_y'], nil);

	-- check this page to see if it is in one of the namespaces that cs1 is not supposed to add to the error categories
	if not utilities.is_set (no_tracking_cats) then								-- ignore if we are already not going to categorize this page
		if cfg.uncategorized_namespaces[this_page.namespace] then				-- is this page's namespace id one of the uncategorized namespace ids?
			no_tracking_cats = "true";											-- set no_tracking_cats
		end
		for _, v in ipairs (cfg.uncategorized_subpages) do						-- cycle through page name patterns
			if this_page.text:match (v) then									-- test page name against each pattern
				no_tracking_cats = "true";										-- set no_tracking_cats
				break;															-- bail out if one is found
			end
		end
	end

--	no_tracking_cats = "true"; -- выключаем всю категоризацию для РУВИКИ
																				-- check for extra |page=, |pages= or |at= parameters. (also sheet and sheets while we're at it)
	utilities.select_one (args, {'page', 'p', 'pp', 'pages', 'at', 'sheet', 'sheets'}, 'err_redundant_parameters');	-- this is a dummy call simply to get the error message and category

	local coins_pages;
	
	Page, Pages, At, coins_pages = insource_loc_get (Page, A:ORIGIN('Page'), Pages, A:ORIGIN('Pages'), At);

	local NoPP = is_valid_parameter_value (A['NoPP'], A:ORIGIN('NoPP'), cfg.keywords_lists['yes_true_y'], nil);

	if utilities.is_set (PublicationPlace) and utilities.is_set (Place) then	-- both |publication-place= and |place= (|location=) allowed if different
		utilities.add_prop_cat ('location-test');								-- add property cat to evaluate how often PublicationPlace and Place are used together
		if PublicationPlace == Place then
			Place = '';															-- unset; don't need both if they are the same
		end
	elseif not utilities.is_set (PublicationPlace) and utilities.is_set (Place) then	-- when only |place= (|location=) is set ...
		PublicationPlace = Place;												-- promote |place= (|location=) to |publication-place
	end

	if PublicationPlace == Place then Place = ''; end							-- don't need both if they are the same

	local URL_origin = A:ORIGIN('URL');											-- get name of parameter that holds URL
	local ChapterURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('ChapterURL');							-- get name of parameter that holds ChapterURL
	local ScriptChapter = A['ScriptChapter'];
	local ScriptChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN ('ScriptChapter');
	local Format = A['Format'];
	local ChapterFormat = A['ChapterFormat'];
	local TransChapter = A['TransChapter'];
	local TransChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN ('TransChapter');
	local TransTitle = A['TransTitle'];
	local ScriptTitle = A['ScriptTitle'];
	
	--[[
	Parameter remapping for cite encyclopedia:
	When the citation has these parameters:
		|encyclopedia= and |title= then map |title= to |article= and |encyclopedia= to |title= for rendering
		|encyclopedia= and |article= then map |encyclopedia= to |title= for rendering

		|trans-title= maps to |trans-chapter= when |title= is re-mapped
		|url= maps to |chapter-url= when |title= is remapped
	
	All other combinations of |encyclopedia=, |title=, and |article= are not modified
	
	]]

	local Encyclopedia = A['Encyclopedia'];										-- used as a flag by this module and by ~/COinS
	local ScriptEncyclopedia = A['ScriptEncyclopedia'];
	local TransEncyclopedia = A['TransEncyclopedia'];

	if utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia) or utilities.is_set (ScriptEncyclopedia) then	-- emit error message when Encyclopedia set but template is other than {{cite encyclopedia}} or {{citation}}
		if 'encyclopaedia' ~= config.CitationClass and 'citation' ~= config.CitationClass then
			if utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia) then
				utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored', {A:ORIGIN ('Encyclopedia')});
			else
				utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored', {A:ORIGIN ('ScriptEncyclopedia')});
			end
			Encyclopedia = nil;													-- unset these because not supported by this template
			ScriptEncyclopedia = nil;
			TransEncyclopedia = nil;
		end
	elseif utilities.is_set (TransEncyclopedia) then
		utilities.set_message ('err_trans_missing_title', {'encyclopedia'});
	end

	if ('encyclopaedia' == config.CitationClass) or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia)) then
		if utilities.is_set (Periodical) and utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia) then	-- when both parameters set emit an error message; {{citation}} only; Periodical not allowed in {{cite encyclopedia}}
			utilities.set_message ('err_periodical_ignored', {Periodical_origin});
		end

		if utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia) or utilities.is_set (ScriptEncyclopedia) then
			Periodical = Encyclopedia;											-- error or no, set Periodical to Encyclopedia for rendering; {{citation}} could (not legitimately) have both; use Encyclopedia
			Periodical_origin = A:ORIGIN ('Encyclopedia');
			ScriptPeriodical = ScriptEncyclopedia;
			ScriptPeriodical_origin = A:ORIGIN ('ScriptEncyclopedia');

			if utilities.is_set (Title) or utilities.is_set (ScriptTitle) then
				if not utilities.is_set (Chapter) then
					Chapter = Title;											-- |encyclopedia= and |title= are set so map |title= params to |article= params for rendering
					ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle;
					ScriptChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN('ScriptTitle')
					TransChapter = TransTitle;
					ChapterURL = URL;
					ChapterURL_origin = URL_origin;
					ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess;
					ChapterFormat = Format;

					if not utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) and utilities.is_set (TitleLink) then
						Chapter = utilities.make_wikilink (TitleLink, Chapter);
					end
					Title = Periodical;											-- now map |encyclopedia= params to |title= params for rendering
					ScriptTitle = ScriptPeriodical or '';
					TransTitle = TransEncyclopedia or '';
					Periodical = '';											-- redundant so unset
					ScriptPeriodical = '';
					URL = '';
					Format = '';
					TitleLink = '';
				end
			elseif utilities.is_set (Chapter) or utilities.is_set (ScriptChapter) then	-- |title= not set
				Title = Periodical;												-- |encyclopedia= set and |article= set so map |encyclopedia= to |title= for rendering
				ScriptTitle = ScriptPeriodical or '';
				TransTitle = TransEncyclopedia or '';
				Periodical = '';												-- redundant so unset
				ScriptPeriodical = '';
			end
		end
	end

	-- special case for cite techreport.
	local ID = A['ID'];
	if (config.CitationClass == "techreport") then								-- special case for cite techreport
		if utilities.is_set (A['Number']) then									-- cite techreport uses 'number', which other citations alias to 'issue'
			if not utilities.is_set (ID) then									-- can we use ID for the "number"?
				ID = A['Number'];												-- yes, use it
			else																-- ID has a value so emit error message
				utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'id') .. cfg.presentation['sep_list_pair'] .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'number')});
			end
		end	
	end

	-- Account for the oddity that is {{cite conference}}, before generation of COinS data.
	local ChapterLink -- = A['ChapterLink'];									-- deprecated as a parameter but still used internally by cite episode
	local Conference = A['Conference'];
	local BookTitle = A['BookTitle'];
	local TransTitle_origin = A:ORIGIN ('TransTitle');
	if 'conference' == config.CitationClass then
		if utilities.is_set (BookTitle) then
			Chapter = Title;
			Chapter_origin = 'title';
	--		ChapterLink = TitleLink;											-- |chapter-link= is deprecated
			ChapterURL = URL;
			ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess;
			ChapterURL_origin = URL_origin;
			URL_origin = '';
			ChapterFormat = Format;
			TransChapter = TransTitle;
			TransChapter_origin = TransTitle_origin;
			Title = BookTitle;
			Format = '';
	--		TitleLink = '';
			TransTitle = '';
			URL = '';
		end
	elseif 'speech' ~= config.CitationClass then
		Conference = '';														-- not cite conference or cite speech so make sure this is empty string
	end
	
	-- CS1/2 mode
	local Mode;
		if cfg.global_cs1_config_t['Mode'] then									-- global setting in {{cs1 config}} overrides local |mode= parameter value; nil when empty or assigned value invalid
			Mode = is_valid_parameter_value (cfg.global_cs1_config_t['Mode'], 'cs1 config: mode', cfg.keywords_lists['mode'], '');	-- error messaging 'param' here is a hoax
		else
			Mode = is_valid_parameter_value (A['Mode'], A:ORIGIN('Mode'), cfg.keywords_lists['mode'], '');
		end

		if cfg.global_cs1_config_t['Mode'] and utilities.is_set (A['Mode']) then	-- when template has |mode=<something> which global setting has overridden
			utilities.set_message ('maint_overridden_setting');					-- set a maint message
		end

	-- separator character and postscript
	local sepc, PostScript = set_style (Mode:lower(), A['PostScript'], config.CitationClass);
	-- controls capitalization of certain static text
	local use_lowercase = ( sepc == ',' );
	
	-- cite map oddities
	local Cartography = "";
	local Scale = "";
	local Sheet = A['Sheet'] or '';
	local Sheets = A['Sheets'] or '';
	if config.CitationClass == "map" then
		if utilities.is_set (Chapter) then										--TODO: make a function for this and similar?
			utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'map') .. cfg.presentation['sep_list_pair'] .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', Chapter_origin)});	-- add error message
		end
		Chapter = A['Map'];
		Chapter_origin = A:ORIGIN('Map');
		ChapterURL = A['MapURL'];
		ChapterURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('MapURL');
		TransChapter = A['TransMap'];
		ScriptChapter = A['ScriptMap']
		ScriptChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN('ScriptMap')

		ChapterUrlAccess = MapUrlAccess;
		ChapterFormat = A['MapFormat'];

		Cartography = A['Cartography'];
		if utilities.is_set ( Cartography ) then
			Cartography = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('cartography', Cartography, use_lowercase);
		end		
		Scale = A['Scale'];
		if utilities.is_set ( Scale ) then
			Scale = sepc .. " " .. Scale;
		end
	end

	-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite episode}} and {{cite serial}}, before generation of COinS data.
	local Series = A['Series'];
	if 'episode' == config.CitationClass or 'serial' == config.CitationClass then
		local SeriesLink = A['SeriesLink'];

		SeriesLink = link_title_ok (SeriesLink, A:ORIGIN ('SeriesLink'), Series, 'series');	-- check for wiki-markup in |series-link= or wiki-markup in |series= when |series-link= is set

		local Network = A['Network'];
		local Station = A['Station'];
		local s, n = {}, {};
																				-- do common parameters first
		if utilities.is_set (Network) then table.insert(n, Network); end
		if utilities.is_set (Station) then table.insert(n, Station); end
		ID = table.concat(n, sepc .. ' ');
		
		if 'episode' == config.CitationClass then								-- handle the oddities that are strictly {{cite episode}}
			local Season = A['Season'];
			local SeriesNumber = A['SeriesNumber'];

			if utilities.is_set (Season) and utilities.is_set (SeriesNumber) then	-- these are mutually exclusive so if both are set TODO: make a function for this and similar?
				utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'season') .. cfg.presentation['sep_list_pair'] .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'seriesno')});		-- add error message
				SeriesNumber = '';												-- unset; prefer |season= over |seriesno=
			end
																				-- assemble a table of parts concatenated later into Series
			if utilities.is_set (Season) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('season', Season, use_lowercase)); end
			if utilities.is_set (SeriesNumber) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('seriesnum', SeriesNumber, use_lowercase)); end
			if utilities.is_set (Issue) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('episode', Issue, use_lowercase)); end
			Issue = '';															-- unset because this is not a unique parameter
	
			Chapter = Title;													-- promote title parameters to chapter
			ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle;
			ScriptChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN('ScriptTitle');
			ChapterLink = TitleLink;											-- alias |episode-link=
			TransChapter = TransTitle;
			ChapterURL = URL;
			ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess;
			ChapterURL_origin = URL_origin;
			ChapterFormat = Format;

			Title = Series;														-- promote series to title
			TitleLink = SeriesLink;
			Series = table.concat(s, sepc .. ' ');								-- this is concatenation of season, seriesno, episode number

			if utilities.is_set (ChapterLink) and not utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then	-- link but not URL
				Chapter = utilities.make_wikilink (ChapterLink, Chapter);
			elseif utilities.is_set (ChapterLink) and utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then	-- if both are set, URL links episode;
				Series = utilities.make_wikilink (ChapterLink, Series);
			end
			URL = '';															-- unset
			TransTitle = '';
			ScriptTitle = '';
			Format = '';
			
		else																	-- now oddities that are cite serial
			Issue = '';															-- unset because this parameter no longer supported by the citation/core version of cite serial
			Chapter = A['Episode'];												-- TODO: make |episode= available to cite episode someday?
			if utilities.is_set (Series) and utilities.is_set (SeriesLink) then
				Series = utilities.make_wikilink (SeriesLink, Series);
			end
			Series = utilities.wrap_style ('italic-title', Series);				-- series is italicized
		end	
	end
	-- end of {{cite episode}} stuff

	-- handle type parameter for those CS1 citations that have default values
	local TitleType = A['TitleType'];
	local Degree = A['Degree'];
	if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'AV-media-notes', 'document', 'interview', 'mailinglist', 'map', 'podcast', 'pressrelease', 'report', 'speech', 'techreport', 'thesis'}) then
		TitleType = set_titletype (config.CitationClass, TitleType);
		if utilities.is_set (Degree) and "Thesis" == TitleType then				-- special case for cite thesis
			TitleType = Degree .. ' ' .. cfg.title_types ['thesis']:lower();
		end
	end

	if utilities.is_set (TitleType) then										-- if type parameter is specified
		TitleType = utilities.substitute ( cfg.messages['type'], TitleType);	-- display it in parentheses
	-- TODO: Hack on TitleType to fix bunched parentheses problem
	end

	-- legacy: promote PublicationDate to Date if neither Date nor Year are set.
	local Date = A['Date'];
 	local Date_origin;															-- to hold the name of parameter promoted to Date; required for date error messaging
	local PublicationDate = A['PublicationDate'];
	local Year = A['Year'];
	
	if utilities.is_set (Year) then
		validation.year_check (Year);											-- returns nothing; emits maint message when |year= doesn't hold a 'year' value
	end

	if not utilities.is_set (Date) then
		Date = Year;															-- promote Year to Date
		Year = nil;																-- make nil so Year as empty string isn't used for CITEREF
		if not utilities.is_set (Date) and utilities.is_set (PublicationDate) then	-- use PublicationDate when |date= and |year= are not set
			Date = PublicationDate;												-- promote PublicationDate to Date
			PublicationDate = '';												-- unset, no longer needed
			Date_origin = A:ORIGIN('PublicationDate');							-- save the name of the promoted parameter
		else
			Date_origin = A:ORIGIN('Year');										-- save the name of the promoted parameter
		end
	else
		Date_origin = A:ORIGIN('Date');											-- not a promotion; name required for error messaging
	end

	if PublicationDate == Date then PublicationDate = ''; end					-- if PublicationDate is same as Date, don't display in rendered citation

	--[[
	Go test all of the date-holding parameters for valid MOS:DATE format and make sure that dates are real dates. This must be done before we do COinS because here is where
	we get the date used in the metadata.
	
	Date validation supporting code is in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation
	]]

	local DF = is_valid_parameter_value (A['DF'], A:ORIGIN('DF'), cfg.keywords_lists['df'], '');
	if not utilities.is_set (DF) then
		DF = cfg.global_df;														-- local |df= if present overrides global df set by {{use xxx date}} template
	end

	local ArchiveURL;
	local ArchiveDate;
	local ArchiveFormat = A['ArchiveFormat'];
	local archive_url_timestamp;												-- timestamp from wayback machine url
	
	ArchiveURL, ArchiveDate, archive_url_timestamp = archive_url_check (A['ArchiveURL'], A['ArchiveDate'])
	ArchiveFormat = style_format (ArchiveFormat, ArchiveURL, 'archive-format', 'archive-url');
	
	ArchiveURL, ArchiveDate = is_unique_archive_url (ArchiveURL, URL, ChapterURL, A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL'), ArchiveDate);		-- add error message when URL or ChapterURL == ArchiveURL

	local AccessDate = A['AccessDate'];
	local COinS_date = {};														-- holds date info extracted from |date= for the COinS metadata by Module:Date verification
	local DoiBroken = A['DoiBroken'];
	local Embargo = A['Embargo'];
	local anchor_year;															-- used in the CITEREF identifier
	do	-- create defined block to contain local variables error_message, date_parameters_list, mismatch
		local error_message = '';
																				-- AirDate has been promoted to Date so not necessary to check it
		local date_parameters_list = {
			['access-date'] = {val = AccessDate, name = A:ORIGIN ('AccessDate')},
			['archive-date'] = {val = ArchiveDate, name = A:ORIGIN ('ArchiveDate')},
			['date'] = {val = Date, name = Date_origin},
			['doi-broken-date'] = {val = DoiBroken, name = A:ORIGIN ('DoiBroken')},
			['pmc-embargo-date'] = {val = Embargo, name = A:ORIGIN ('Embargo')},
			['publication-date'] = {val = PublicationDate, name = A:ORIGIN ('PublicationDate')},
			['year'] = {val = Year, name = A:ORIGIN ('Year')},
			};

		local error_list = {};
		anchor_year, Embargo = validation.dates(date_parameters_list, COinS_date, error_list);

		if utilities.is_set (Year) and utilities.is_set (Date) then				-- both |date= and |year= not normally needed; 
			validation.year_date_check (Year, A:ORIGIN ('Year'), Date, A:ORIGIN ('Date'), error_list);
		end

		if 0 == #error_list then												-- error free dates only; 0 when error_list is empty
			local modified = false;												-- flag
			
			if utilities.is_set (DF) then										-- if we need to reformat dates
				modified = validation.reformat_dates (date_parameters_list, DF);	-- reformat to DF format, use long month names if appropriate
			end

			if true == validation.date_hyphen_to_dash (date_parameters_list) then	-- convert hyphens to dashes where appropriate
				modified = true;
				utilities.set_message ('maint_date_format');					-- hyphens were converted so add maint category
			end
			
	-- for those wikis that can and want to have English date names translated to the local language; not supported at en.wiki
			if cfg.date_name_auto_xlate_enable and validation.date_name_xlate (date_parameters_list, cfg.date_digit_auto_xlate_enable ) then
				utilities.set_message ('maint_date_auto_xlated');				-- add maint cat
				modified = true;
			end

			if modified then													-- if the date_parameters_list values were modified
				AccessDate = date_parameters_list['access-date'].val;			-- overwrite date holding parameters with modified values
				ArchiveDate = date_parameters_list['archive-date'].val;
				Date = date_parameters_list['date'].val;
				DoiBroken = date_parameters_list['doi-broken-date'].val;
				PublicationDate = date_parameters_list['publication-date'].val;
			end

			if archive_url_timestamp and utilities.is_set (ArchiveDate) then
				validation.archive_date_check (ArchiveDate, archive_url_timestamp, DF);	-- does YYYYMMDD in archive_url_timestamp match date in ArchiveDate
			end
		else
			utilities.set_message ('err_bad_date', {utilities.make_sep_list (#error_list, error_list)});	-- add this error message
		end
	end	-- end of do

	if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'book', 'encyclopaedia'}) or	-- {{cite book}}, {{cite encyclopedia}}; TODO: {{cite conference}} and others?
		('citation' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia)) or			-- {{citation}} as an encylopedia citation
		('citation' == config.CitationClass and not utilities.is_set (Periodical)) then		-- {{citation}} as a book citation
			if utilities.is_set (PublicationPlace) then
				if not utilities.is_set (PublisherName) then
					local date = COinS_date.rftdate and tonumber (COinS_date.rftdate:match ('%d%d%d%d'));	-- get year portion of COinS date (because in Arabic numerals); convert string to number
					if date and (1850 <= date) then								-- location has no publisher; if date is 1850 or later
						utilities.set_message ('maint_location_no_publisher');	-- add maint cat
					end
				else															-- PublisherName has a value
					if cfg.keywords_xlate['none'] == PublisherName then			-- if that value is 'none' (only for book and encyclopedia citations)
						PublisherName = '';										-- unset
					end
				end
			end
	end

	local ID_list = {};															-- sequence table of rendered identifiers
	local ID_list_coins = {};													-- table of identifiers and their values from args; key is same as cfg.id_handlers's key
	local Class = A['Class'];													-- arxiv class identifier
	
	local ID_support = {
		{A['ASINTLD'], 'ASIN', 'err_asintld_missing_asin', A:ORIGIN ('ASINTLD')},				
		{DoiBroken, 'DOI', 'err_doibroken_missing_doi', A:ORIGIN ('DoiBroken')},
		{Embargo, 'PMC', 'err_embargo_missing_pmc', A:ORIGIN ('Embargo')},
		}

	ID_list, ID_list_coins = identifiers.identifier_lists_get (args, {DoiBroken = DoiBroken, ASINTLD = A['ASINTLD'], Embargo = Embargo, Class = Class}, ID_support);

	-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, {{cite biorxiv}}, {{cite citeseerx}}, {{cite medrxiv}}, {{cite ssrn}}, before generation of COinS data.
	if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, whitelist.preprint_template_list_t) then	-- |arxiv= or |eprint= required for cite arxiv; |biorxiv=, |citeseerx=, |medrxiv=, |ssrn= required for their templates
		if not (args[cfg.id_handlers[config.CitationClass:upper()].parameters[1]] or 		-- can't use ID_list_coins k/v table here because invalid parameters omitted
			args[cfg.id_handlers[config.CitationClass:upper()].parameters[2]]) then			-- which causes unexpected parameter missing error message
				utilities.set_message ('err_' .. config.CitationClass .. '_missing');		-- add error message
		end

		Periodical = ({['arxiv'] = 'arXiv', ['biorxiv'] = 'bioRxiv', ['citeseerx'] = 'CiteSeerX', ['medrxiv'] = 'medRxiv', ['ssrn'] = 'Social Science Research Network'})[config.CitationClass];
	end

	-- Link the title of the work if no |url= was provided, but we have a |pmc= or a |doi= with |doi-access=free

	if config.CitationClass == "journal" and not utilities.is_set (URL) and not utilities.is_set (TitleLink) and not utilities.in_array (cfg.keywords_xlate[Title], {'off', 'none'}) then -- TODO: remove 'none' once existing citations have been switched to 'off', so 'none' can be used as token for "no title" instead
		if 'none' ~= cfg.keywords_xlate[auto_select] then						-- if auto-linking not disabled
 	 		if identifiers.auto_link_urls[auto_select] then						-- manual selection
		 		URL = identifiers.auto_link_urls[auto_select];					-- set URL to be the same as identifier's external link
 				URL_origin = cfg.id_handlers[auto_select:upper()].parameters[1];	-- set URL_origin to parameter name for use in error message if citation is missing a |title=
			elseif identifiers.auto_link_urls['pmc'] then						-- auto-select PMC
				URL = identifiers.auto_link_urls['pmc'];						-- set URL to be the same as the PMC external link if not embargoed
				URL_origin = cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].parameters[1];				-- set URL_origin to parameter name for use in error message if citation is missing a |title=
			elseif identifiers.auto_link_urls['doi'] then						-- auto-select DOI
				URL = identifiers.auto_link_urls['doi'];
				URL_origin = cfg.id_handlers['DOI'].parameters[1];
			end
 	 	end

		if utilities.is_set (URL) then											-- set when using an identifier-created URL
			if utilities.is_set (AccessDate) then								-- |access-date= requires |url=; identifier-created URL is not |url=
				utilities.set_message ('err_accessdate_missing_url');			-- add an error message
				AccessDate = '';												-- unset
			end

			if utilities.is_set (ArchiveURL) then								-- |archive-url= requires |url=; identifier-created URL is not |url=
				utilities.set_message ('err_archive_missing_url');				-- add an error message
				ArchiveURL = '';												-- unset
			end
		end
	end

	-- At this point fields may be nil if they weren't specified in the template use.  We can use that fact.
	-- Test if citation has no title
	if	not utilities.is_set (Title) and not utilities.is_set (TransTitle) and not utilities.is_set (ScriptTitle) then	-- has special case for cite episode
		utilities.set_message ('err_citation_missing_title', {'episode' == config.CitationClass and 'series' or 'title'});
	end

	if utilities.in_array (cfg.keywords_xlate[Title], {'off', 'none'}) and
			utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'journal', 'citation'}) and
			(utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) and
			('journal' == Periodical_origin or 'script-journal' == ScriptPeriodical_origin) then	-- special case for journal cites
				Title = '';														-- set title to empty string
				utilities.set_message ('maint_untitled');						-- add maint cat
	end

	-- COinS metadata (see <http://ocoins.info/>) for automated parsing of citation information.
	-- handle the oddity that is cite encyclopedia and {{citation |encyclopedia=something}}. Here we presume that
	-- when Periodical, Title, and Chapter are all set, then Periodical is the book (encyclopedia) title, Title
	-- is the article title, and Chapter is a section within the article.  So, we remap 
	
	local coins_chapter = Chapter;												-- default assuming that remapping not required
	local coins_title = Title;													-- et tu
	if 'encyclopaedia' == config.CitationClass or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia)) then
		if utilities.is_set (Chapter) and utilities.is_set (Title) and utilities.is_set (Periodical) then		-- if all are used then
			coins_chapter = Title;												-- remap
			coins_title = Periodical;
		end
	end
	local coins_author = a;														-- default for coins rft.au 
	if 0 < #c then																-- but if contributor list
		coins_author = c;														-- use that instead
	end
	
	-- this is the function call to COinS()
	local OCinSoutput = metadata.COinS({
		['Periodical'] = utilities.strip_apostrophe_markup (Periodical),		-- no markup in the metadata
		['Encyclopedia'] = Encyclopedia,										-- just a flag; content ignored by ~/COinS
		['Chapter'] = metadata.make_coins_title (coins_chapter, ScriptChapter),	-- Chapter and ScriptChapter stripped of bold / italic / accept-as-written markup
		['Degree'] = Degree;													-- cite thesis only
		['Title'] = metadata.make_coins_title (coins_title, ScriptTitle),		-- Title and ScriptTitle stripped of bold / italic / accept-as-written markup
		['PublicationPlace'] = PublicationPlace,
		['Date'] = COinS_date.rftdate,											-- COinS_date.* has correctly formatted date values if Date is valid;
		['Season'] = COinS_date.rftssn,
		['Quarter'] = COinS_date.rftquarter,
		['Chron'] =  COinS_date.rftchron,
		['Series'] = Series,
		['Volume'] = Volume,
		['Issue'] = Issue,
		['ArticleNumber'] = ArticleNumber,
		['Pages'] = coins_pages or metadata.get_coins_pages (first_set ({Sheet, Sheets, Page, Pages, At, QuotePage, QuotePages}, 7)),	-- pages stripped of external links
		['Edition'] = Edition,
		['PublisherName'] = PublisherName or Newsgroup,							-- any apostrophe markup already removed from PublisherName
		['URL'] = first_set ({ChapterURL, URL}, 2),
		['Authors'] = coins_author,
		['ID_list'] = ID_list_coins,
		['RawPage'] = this_page.prefixedText,
	}, config.CitationClass);

	-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, {{cite biorxiv}}, {{cite citeseerx}}, {{cite medrxiv}}, and {{cite ssrn}} AFTER generation of COinS data.
	if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, whitelist.preprint_template_list_t) then	-- we have set rft.jtitle in COinS to arXiv, bioRxiv, CiteSeerX, medRxiv, or ssrn now unset so it isn't displayed
		Periodical = '';														-- periodical not allowed in these templates; if article has been published, use cite journal
	end

	-- special case for cite newsgroup.  Do this after COinS because we are modifying Publishername to include some static text
	if 'newsgroup' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Newsgroup) then
		PublisherName = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['newsgroup'], external_link( 'news:' .. Newsgroup, Newsgroup, Newsgroup_origin, nil ));
	end

	local Editors;
	local EditorCount;															-- used only for choosing {ed.) or (eds.) annotation at end of editor name-list
	local Contributors;															-- assembled contributors name list
	local contributor_etal;
	local Translators;															-- assembled translators name list
	local translator_etal;
	local t = {};																-- translators list from |translator-lastn= / translator-firstn= pairs
	t = extract_names (args, 'TranslatorList');									-- fetch translator list from |translatorn= / |translator-lastn=, -firstn=, -linkn=, -maskn=
	local Interviewers;															
	local interviewers_list = {};					
	interviewers_list = extract_names (args, 'InterviewerList');				-- process preferred interviewers parameters
	local interviewer_etal;
	
	-- Now perform various field substitutions.
	-- We also add leading spaces and surrounding markup and punctuation to the
	-- various parts of the citation, but only when they are non-nil.
	do
		local last_first_list;
		local control = { 
			format = NameListStyle,												-- empty string, '&', 'amp', 'and', or 'vanc'
			maximum = nil,														-- as if display-authors or display-editors not set
			mode = Mode
		};

		do																		-- do editor name list first because the now unsupported coauthors used to modify control table
			local display_names, param = display_names_select (cfg.global_cs1_config_t['DisplayEditors'], A['DisplayEditors'], A:ORIGIN ('DisplayEditors'), #e);
			control.maximum, editor_etal = get_display_names (display_names, #e, 'editors', editor_etal, param);

			Editors, EditorCount = list_people (control, e, editor_etal);

			if 1 == EditorCount and (true == editor_etal or 1 < #e) then		-- only one editor displayed but includes etal then 
				EditorCount = 2;												-- spoof to display (eds.) annotation
			end
		end
		do																		-- now do interviewers
			local display_names, param = display_names_select (cfg.global_cs1_config_t['DisplayInterviewers'], A['DisplayInterviewers'], A:ORIGIN ('DisplayInterviewers'), #interviewers_list);
			control.maximum, interviewer_etal = get_display_names (display_names, #interviewers_list, 'interviewers', interviewer_etal, param);

			Interviewers = list_people (control, interviewers_list, interviewer_etal);
		end
		do																		-- now do translators
			local display_names, param = display_names_select (cfg.global_cs1_config_t['DisplayTranslators'], A['DisplayTranslators'], A:ORIGIN ('DisplayTranslators'), #t);
			control.maximum, translator_etal = get_display_names (display_names, #t, 'translators', translator_etal, param);

			Translators = list_people (control, t, translator_etal);
		end
		do																		-- now do contributors
			local display_names, param = display_names_select (cfg.global_cs1_config_t['DisplayContributors'], A['DisplayContributors'], A:ORIGIN ('DisplayContributors'), #c);
			control.maximum, contributor_etal = get_display_names (display_names, #c, 'contributors', contributor_etal, param);

			Contributors = list_people (control, c, contributor_etal);
		end
		do																		-- now do authors
			local display_names, param = display_names_select (cfg.global_cs1_config_t['DisplayAuthors'], A['DisplayAuthors'], A:ORIGIN ('DisplayAuthors'), #a, author_etal);
			control.maximum, author_etal = get_display_names (display_names, #a, 'authors', author_etal, param);

			last_first_list = list_people (control, a, author_etal);

			if utilities.is_set (Authors) then
				Authors, author_etal = name_has_etal (Authors, author_etal, false, 'authors');	-- find and remove variations on et al.
				if author_etal then
					Authors = Authors .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al'];			-- add et al. to authors parameter
				end
			else
				Authors = last_first_list;										-- either an author name list or an empty string
			end
		end																		-- end of do
	
		if utilities.is_set (Authors) and utilities.is_set (Collaboration) then
			Authors = Authors .. ' (' .. Collaboration .. ')';					-- add collaboration after et al.
		end

	end

	local ConferenceFormat = A['ConferenceFormat'];
	local ConferenceURL = A['ConferenceURL'];
	ConferenceFormat = style_format (ConferenceFormat, ConferenceURL, 'conference-format', 'conference-url');
	Format = style_format (Format, URL, 'format', 'url');

	-- special case for chapter format so no error message or cat when chapter not supported
	if not (utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'web', 'news', 'journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx', 'medrxiv', 'ssrn'}) or
		('citation' == config.CitationClass and (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) and not utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia))) then
			ChapterFormat = style_format (ChapterFormat, ChapterURL, 'chapter-format', 'chapter-url');
	end

	if not utilities.is_set (URL) then
		if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"web", "podcast", "mailinglist"}) or		-- |url= required for cite web, cite podcast, and cite mailinglist
			('citation' == config.CitationClass and ('website' == Periodical_origin or 'script-website' == ScriptPeriodical_origin)) then	-- and required for {{citation}} with |website= or |script-website=
				utilities.set_message ('err_cite_web_url');
		end
		
		-- do we have |accessdate= without either |url= or |chapter-url=?
		if utilities.is_set (AccessDate) and not utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then		-- ChapterURL may be set when URL is not set;
			utilities.set_message ('err_accessdate_missing_url');
			AccessDate = '';
		end
	end

	local UrlStatus = is_valid_parameter_value (A['UrlStatus'], A:ORIGIN('UrlStatus'), cfg.keywords_lists['url-status'], '');
	local OriginalURL
	local OriginalURL_origin
	local OriginalFormat
	local OriginalAccess;
	UrlStatus = UrlStatus:lower();												-- used later when assembling archived text
	if utilities.is_set ( ArchiveURL ) then
		if utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then 									-- if chapter-url= is set apply archive url to it
			OriginalURL = ChapterURL;											-- save copy of source chapter's url for archive text
			OriginalURL_origin = ChapterURL_origin;								-- name of |chapter-url= parameter for error messages
			OriginalFormat = ChapterFormat;										-- and original |chapter-format=

			if utilities.in_array (UrlStatus, {'unfit', 'deviated', 'dead', 'usurped', 'bot: unknown'}) then
				ChapterURL = ArchiveURL											-- swap-in the archive's URL
				ChapterURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL')						-- name of |archive-url= parameter for error messages
				ChapterFormat = ArchiveFormat or '';							-- swap in archive's format
				ChapterUrlAccess = nil;											-- restricted access levels do not make sense for archived URLs
			end
		elseif utilities.is_set (URL) then
			OriginalURL = URL;													-- save copy of original source URL
			OriginalURL_origin = URL_origin;									-- name of URL parameter for error messages
			OriginalFormat = Format; 											-- and original |format=
			OriginalAccess = UrlAccess;

			if utilities.in_array (UrlStatus, {'unfit', 'deviated', 'dead', 'usurped', 'bot: unknown'}) then											-- if URL set then |archive-url= applies to it
				URL = ArchiveURL												-- swap-in the archive's URL
				URL_origin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL')								-- name of archive URL parameter for error messages
				Format = ArchiveFormat or '';									-- swap in archive's format
				UrlAccess = nil;												-- restricted access levels do not make sense for archived URLs
			end
		end
	elseif utilities.is_set (UrlStatus) then									-- if |url-status= is set when |archive-url= is not set
 		utilities.set_message ('maint_url_status');								-- add maint cat
	end

	if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'web', 'news', 'journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx', 'medrxiv', 'ssrn'}) or	-- if any of the 'periodical' cites except encyclopedia
		('citation' == config.CitationClass and (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) and not utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia)) then
			local chap_param;
			if utilities.is_set (Chapter) then									-- get a parameter name from one of these chapter related meta-parameters
				chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('Chapter')
			elseif utilities.is_set (TransChapter) then
				chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('TransChapter')
			elseif utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then
				chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ChapterURL')
			elseif utilities.is_set (ScriptChapter) then
				chap_param = ScriptChapter_origin;
			else utilities.is_set (ChapterFormat)
				chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ChapterFormat')
			end

			if utilities.is_set (chap_param) then								-- if we found one
				utilities.set_message ('err_chapter_ignored', {chap_param});	-- add error message
				Chapter = '';													-- and set them to empty string to be safe with concatenation
				TransChapter = '';
				ChapterURL = '';
				ScriptChapter = '';
				ChapterFormat = '';
			end
	else																		-- otherwise, format chapter / article title
		local no_quotes = false;												-- default assume that we will be quoting the chapter parameter value
		if utilities.is_set (Contribution) and 0 < #c then						-- if this is a contribution with contributor(s)
			if utilities.in_array (Contribution:lower(), cfg.keywords_lists.contribution) then	-- and a generic contribution title
				no_quotes = true;												-- then render it unquoted
			end
		end

		Chapter = format_chapter_title (ScriptChapter, ScriptChapter_origin, Chapter, Chapter_origin, TransChapter, TransChapter_origin, ChapterURL, ChapterURL_origin, no_quotes, ChapterUrlAccess);		-- Contribution is also in Chapter
		if utilities.is_set (Chapter) then
			Chapter = Chapter .. ChapterFormat ;
			if 'map' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (TitleType) then
				Chapter = Chapter .. ' ' .. TitleType;							-- map annotation here; not after title
			end
			Chapter = Chapter .. sepc .. ' ';
		elseif utilities.is_set (ChapterFormat) then							-- |chapter= not set but |chapter-format= is so ...
			Chapter = ChapterFormat .. sepc .. ' ';								-- ... ChapterFormat has error message, we want to see it
		end
	end

	-- Format main title
	local plain_title = false;
	local accept_title;
	Title, accept_title = utilities.has_accept_as_written (Title, true);		-- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of <Title>
	if accept_title and ('' == Title) then										-- only support forced empty for now "(())"
		Title = cfg.messages['notitle'];										-- replace by predefined "No title" message
			-- TODO: utilities.set_message ( 'err_redundant_parameters', ...);	-- issue proper error message instead of muting	 
			ScriptTitle = '';													-- just mute for now	 
			TransTitle = '';													-- just mute for now
 		plain_title = true;														-- suppress text decoration for descriptive title
		utilities.set_message ('maint_untitled');								-- add maint cat
	end

	if not accept_title then													-- <Title> not wrapped in accept-as-written markup
		if '...' == Title:sub (-3) then											-- if ellipsis is the last three characters of |title=
			Title = Title:gsub ('(%.%.%.)%.+$', '%1');							-- limit the number of dots to three
		elseif not mw.ustring.find (Title, '%.%s*%a%.$') and					-- end of title is not a 'dot-(optional space-)letter-dot' initialism ...
			not mw.ustring.find (Title, '%s+%a%.$') then						-- ...and not a 'space-letter-dot' initial (''Allium canadense'' L.)
				Title = mw.ustring.gsub(Title, '%' .. sepc .. '$', '');			-- remove any trailing separator character; sepc and ms.ustring() here for languages that use multibyte separator characters
		end

		if utilities.is_set (ArchiveURL) and is_archived_copy (Title) then
			utilities.set_message ('maint_archived_copy');						-- add maintenance category before we modify the content of Title
		end

		if is_generic ('generic_titles', Title) then
			utilities.set_message ('err_generic_title');						-- set an error message
		end
	end

	if (not plain_title) and (utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'web', 'news', 'journal', 'magazine', 'document', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'mailinglist', 'interview', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx', 'medrxiv', 'ssrn'}) or
		('citation' == config.CitationClass and (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) and not utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia)) or
		('map' == config.CitationClass and (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)))) then		-- special case for cite map when the map is in a periodical treat as an article
			Title = kern_quotes (Title);										-- if necessary, separate title's leading and trailing quote marks from module provided quote marks
			Title = utilities.wrap_style ('quoted-title', Title);				
			Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle, 'script-title');	-- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped
			TransTitle = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle );
	elseif plain_title or ('report' == config.CitationClass) then				-- no styling for cite report and descriptive titles (otherwise same as above)
		Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle, 'script-title');		-- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped
		TransTitle = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle );	-- for cite report, use this form for trans-title
	else
		Title = utilities.wrap_style ('italic-title', Title);
		Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle, 'script-title');		-- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped
		TransTitle = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-italic-title', TransTitle);
	end

	if utilities.is_set (TransTitle) then
		if utilities.is_set (Title) then
			TransTitle = " " .. TransTitle;
		else
			utilities.set_message ('err_trans_missing_title', {'title'});
		end
	end

	if utilities.is_set (Title) then											-- TODO: is this the right place to be making Wikisource URLs?
		if utilities.is_set (TitleLink) and utilities.is_set (URL) then
			utilities.set_message ('err_wikilink_in_url');						-- set an error message because we can't have both
			TitleLink = '';														-- unset
		end
	
		if not utilities.is_set (TitleLink) and utilities.is_set (URL) then
			Title = external_link (URL, Title, URL_origin, UrlAccess) .. TransTitle .. Format;
			URL = '';															-- unset these because no longer needed
			Format = "";
		elseif utilities.is_set (TitleLink) and not utilities.is_set (URL) then
			local ws_url;
			ws_url = wikisource_url_make (TitleLink);							-- ignore ws_label return; not used here
			if ws_url then
				Title = external_link (ws_url, Title .. '&nbsp;', 'ws link in title-link');	-- space char after Title to move icon away from italic text; TODO: a better way to do this?
				Title = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], TitleLink, Title});				
				Title = Title .. TransTitle;
			else
				Title = utilities.make_wikilink (TitleLink, Title) .. TransTitle;
			end
		else
			local ws_url, ws_label, L;											-- Title has italic or quote markup by the time we get here which causes is_wikilink() to return 0 (not a wikilink)
			ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (Title:gsub('^[\'"]*(.-)[\'"]*$', '%1'));	-- make ws URL from |title= interwiki link (strip italic or quote markup); link portion L becomes tooltip label
			if ws_url then
				Title = Title:gsub ('%b[]', ws_label);							-- replace interwiki link with ws_label to retain markup
				Title = external_link (ws_url, Title .. '&nbsp;', 'ws link in title');	-- space char after Title to move icon away from italic text; TODO: a better way to do this?
				Title = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, Title});				
				Title = Title .. TransTitle;
			else
				Title = Title .. TransTitle;
			end
		end
	else
		Title = TransTitle;
	end

	if utilities.is_set (Place) then
		Place = " " .. wrap_msg ('written', Place, use_lowercase) .. sepc .. " ";
	end

	local ConferenceURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('ConferenceURL');						-- get name of parameter that holds ConferenceURL
	if utilities.is_set (Conference) then
		if utilities.is_set (ConferenceURL) then
			Conference = external_link( ConferenceURL, Conference, ConferenceURL_origin, nil );
		end
		Conference = sepc .. " " .. Conference .. ConferenceFormat;
	elseif utilities.is_set (ConferenceURL) then
		Conference = sepc .. " " .. external_link( ConferenceURL, nil, ConferenceURL_origin, nil );
	end

	local Position = '';
	if not utilities.is_set (Position) then
		local Minutes = A['Minutes'];
		local Time = A['Time'];

		if utilities.is_set (Minutes) then
			if utilities.is_set (Time) then		--TODO: make a function for this and similar?
				utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'minutes') .. cfg.presentation['sep_list_pair'] .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'time')});
			end
			Position = " " .. Minutes .. " " .. cfg.messages['minutes'];
		else
			if utilities.is_set (Time) then
				local TimeCaption = A['TimeCaption']
				if not utilities.is_set (TimeCaption) then
					TimeCaption = cfg.messages['event'];
					if sepc ~= '.' then
						TimeCaption = TimeCaption:lower();
					end
				end
				Position = " " .. TimeCaption .. " " .. Time;
			end
		end
	else
		Position = " " .. Position;
		At = '';
	end

	Page, Pages, Sheet, Sheets = format_pages_sheets (Page, Pages, Sheet, Sheets, config.CitationClass, Periodical_origin, sepc, NoPP, use_lowercase);

	At = utilities.is_set (At) and (sepc .. " " .. At) or "";
	Position = utilities.is_set (Position) and (sepc .. " " .. Position) or "";
	if config.CitationClass == 'map' then
		local Sections = A['Sections'];											-- Section (singular) is an alias of Chapter so set earlier
		local Inset = A['Inset'];
		
		if utilities.is_set ( Inset ) then
			Inset = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('inset', Inset, use_lowercase);
		end			

		if utilities.is_set ( Sections ) then
			Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('sections', Sections, use_lowercase);
		elseif utilities.is_set ( Section ) then
			Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('section', Section, use_lowercase);
		end
		At = At .. Inset .. Section;		
	end	

	local Others = A['Others'];
	if utilities.is_set (Others) and 0 == #a and 0 == #e then					-- add maint cat when |others= has value and used without |author=, |editor=
		if config.CitationClass == "AV-media-notes"
		or config.CitationClass == "audio-visual" then							-- special maint for AV/M which has a lot of 'false' positives right now
			utilities.set_message ('maint_others_avm')
		else
			utilities.set_message ('maint_others');
		end
	end
	Others = utilities.is_set (Others) and (sepc .. " " .. Others) or "";
	
	if utilities.is_set (Translators) then
		Others = safe_join ({sepc .. ' ', wrap_msg ('translated', Translators, use_lowercase), Others}, sepc);
	end
	if utilities.is_set (Interviewers) then
		Others = safe_join ({sepc .. ' ', wrap_msg ('interview', Interviewers, use_lowercase), Others}, sepc);
	end
	
	local TitleNote = A['TitleNote'];
	TitleNote = utilities.is_set (TitleNote) and (sepc .. " " .. TitleNote) or "";
	if utilities.is_set (Edition) then
		if Edition:match ('%f[%a][Ee]d%n?%.?$') or Edition:match ('%f[%a][Ee]dition$') then -- Ed, ed, Ed., ed., Edn, edn, Edn., edn.
			utilities.set_message ('err_extra_text_edition');					 -- add error message
		end
		Edition = " " .. wrap_msg ('edition', Edition);
	else
		Edition = '';
	end

	Series = utilities.is_set (Series) and wrap_msg ('series', {sepc, Series}) or "";	-- not the same as SeriesNum
	local Agency = A['Agency'] or '';											-- |agency= is supported by {{cite magazine}}, {{cite news}}, {{cite press release}}, {{cite web}}, and certain {{citation}} templates
	if utilities.is_set (Agency) then											-- this testing done here because {{citation}} supports 'news' citations
		if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'magazine', 'news', 'pressrelease', 'web'}) or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and utilities.in_array (Periodical_origin, {"magazine", "newspaper", "work"})) then
			Agency = wrap_msg ('agency', {sepc, Agency});						-- format for rendering
		else
			Agency = '';														-- unset; not supported
			utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored', {'agency'});		-- add error message
		end
	end

	Volume = format_volume_issue (Volume, Issue, ArticleNumber, config.CitationClass, Periodical_origin, sepc, use_lowercase);

	if utilities.is_set (AccessDate) then
		local retrv_text = " " .. cfg.messages['retrieved']
		local status, result = pcall(formatDate, AccessDate)							-- РУВИКИ: человекочитаемые даты
			if status then
				AccessDate = string.format("<span class='date'>%s</span>", result)
			else 
				AccessDate = string.format("<span class='error'>(Строка «%s» не является верной датой, пожалуйста, укажите дату в формате <code>ГГГГ-ММ-ДД</code>)</span>", AccessDate)
		end
--		AccessDate = nowrap_date (AccessDate);									-- wrap in nowrap span if date in appropriate format
		if (sepc ~= ".") then retrv_text = retrv_text:lower() end				-- if mode is cs2, lower case
		AccessDate = utilities.substitute (retrv_text, AccessDate);				-- add retrieved text

		AccessDate = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['accessdate'], {sepc, AccessDate});	-- allow editors to hide accessdates
	end
	
	if utilities.is_set (ID) then ID = sepc .. " " .. ID; end
	
	local Docket = A['Docket'];
   	if "thesis" == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Docket) then
		ID = sepc .. " Docket " .. Docket .. ID;
	end
   	if "report" == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Docket) then		-- for cite report when |docket= is set
		ID = sepc .. ' ' .. Docket;												-- overwrite ID even if |id= is set
	end

	if utilities.is_set (URL) then
		URL = " " .. external_link( URL, nil, URL_origin, UrlAccess );
	end

	local Quote = A['Quote'];
	local TransQuote = A['TransQuote'];
	local ScriptQuote = A['ScriptQuote'];
	if utilities.is_set (Quote) or utilities.is_set (TransQuote) or utilities.is_set (ScriptQuote) then

		if utilities.is_set (Quote) then
			if Quote:sub(1, 1) == '"' and Quote:sub(-1, -1) == '"' then			-- if first and last characters of quote are quote marks
				Quote = Quote:sub(2, -2);										-- strip them off
			end
		end
		
		Quote = kern_quotes (Quote);											-- kern if needed
		Quote = utilities.wrap_style ('quoted-text', Quote );					-- wrap in <q>...</q> tags
	
		if utilities.is_set (ScriptQuote) then
			Quote = script_concatenate (Quote, ScriptQuote, 'script-quote');	-- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after quote is wrapped
		end

		if utilities.is_set (TransQuote) then
			if TransQuote:sub(1, 1) == '"' and TransQuote:sub(-1, -1) == '"' then -- if first and last characters of |trans-quote are quote marks
				TransQuote = TransQuote:sub(2, -2); -- strip them off
			end
			Quote = Quote .. " " .. utilities.wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransQuote );
		end

		if utilities.is_set (QuotePage) or utilities.is_set (QuotePages) then	-- add page prefix
			local quote_prefix = '';
			if utilities.is_set (QuotePage) then
				extra_text_in_page_check (QuotePage, 'quote-page');				-- add to maint cat if |quote-page= value begins with what looks like p., pp., etc.
				if not NoPP then
					quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, QuotePage}), '', '', '';
				else
					quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, QuotePage}), '', '', '';
				end
			elseif utilities.is_set (QuotePages) then
				extra_text_in_page_check (QuotePages, 'quote-pages');			-- add to maint cat if |quote-pages= value begins with what looks like p., pp., etc.
				if tonumber(QuotePages) ~= nil and not NoPP then				-- if only digits, assume single page
					quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, QuotePages}), '', '';
				elseif not NoPP then
					quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['pp-prefix'], {sepc, QuotePages}), '', '';
				else
					quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, QuotePages}), '', '';
				end
			end
                        
			Quote = quote_prefix .. ": " .. Quote;
		else
			Quote = sepc .. " " .. Quote;
		end

		PostScript = "";														-- cs1|2 does not supply terminal punctuation when |quote= is set
	end
	
	-- We check length of PostScript here because it will have been nuked by
	-- the quote parameters. We'd otherwise emit a message even if there wasn't
	-- a displayed postscript.
	-- TODO: Should the max size (1) be configurable?
	-- TODO: Should we check a specific pattern?
	if utilities.is_set(PostScript) and mw.ustring.len(PostScript) > 1 then
		utilities.set_message ('maint_postscript')
	end
	
	local Archived;
	if utilities.is_set (ArchiveURL) then
		if not utilities.is_set (ArchiveDate) then								-- ArchiveURL set but ArchiveDate not set
			utilities.set_message ('err_archive_missing_date');					-- emit an error message
			ArchiveURL = '';													-- empty string for concatenation
			ArchiveDate = '';													-- empty string for concatenation
		end
	else														
		if utilities.is_set (ArchiveDate) then									-- ArchiveURL not set but ArchiveDate is set
			utilities.set_message ('err_archive_date_missing_url');				-- emit an error message
			ArchiveURL = '';													-- empty string for concatenation
			ArchiveDate = '';													-- empty string for concatenation
		end
	end

	if utilities.is_set (ArchiveURL) then
		local arch_text;
		local status, result = pcall(formatDate, ArchiveDate)					-- РУВИКИ: человекочитаемые даты
			if status then
				ArchiveDate = string.format("<span class='date'>%s</span>", result)
			else 
				ArchiveDate = string.format("<span class='error'>(Строка «%s» не является верной датой, пожалуйста, укажите дату в формате <code>ГГГГ-ММ-ДД</code>)</span>", ArchiveDate)
		end
		if "live" == UrlStatus or "" == UrlStatus then
			arch_text = cfg.messages['archived'];
			if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
			if utilities.is_set (ArchiveDate) then
				Archived = sepc .. ' ' .. utilities.substitute ( cfg.messages['archived-live'],
					{external_link( ArchiveURL, arch_text, A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL'), nil) .. ArchiveFormat, ArchiveDate } );
			else
				Archived = '';
			end
			if not utilities.is_set (OriginalURL) then
				utilities.set_message ('err_archive_missing_url');
				Archived = '';													-- empty string for concatenation
			end
		elseif utilities.is_set (OriginalURL) then								-- UrlStatus is empty, 'dead', 'unfit', 'usurped', 'bot: unknown'
			if utilities.in_array (UrlStatus, {'unfit', 'usurped', 'bot: unknown'}) then
				arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-unfit'];
				if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
				Archived = sepc .. ' ' .. arch_text .. ArchiveDate;				-- format already styled
				if 'bot: unknown' == UrlStatus then
					utilities.set_message ('maint_bot_unknown');				-- and add a category if not already added
				else
					utilities.set_message ('maint_unfit');						-- and add a category if not already added
				end
			else																-- UrlStatus is empty, 'dead'
				arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-dead'];
				if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
				if utilities.is_set (ArchiveDate) then
					Archived = sepc .. " " .. utilities.substitute ( arch_text,
						{ external_link( OriginalURL, cfg.messages['original'], OriginalURL_origin, OriginalAccess ) .. OriginalFormat, ArchiveDate } );	-- format already styled
				else
					Archived = '';												-- unset for concatenation
				end
			end	
		else																	-- OriginalUrl not set
			utilities.set_message ('err_archive_missing_url');
			Archived = '';														-- empty string for concatenation
		end
	elseif utilities.is_set (ArchiveFormat) then
		Archived = ArchiveFormat;												-- if set and ArchiveURL not set ArchiveFormat has error message
	else
		Archived = '';
	end

	local TranscriptURL = A['TranscriptURL']
	local TranscriptFormat = A['TranscriptFormat'];
	TranscriptFormat = style_format (TranscriptFormat, TranscriptURL, 'transcript-format', 'transcripturl');
	local Transcript = A['Transcript'];
	local TranscriptURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('TranscriptURL');						-- get name of parameter that holds TranscriptURL
	if utilities.is_set (Transcript) then
		if utilities.is_set (TranscriptURL) then
			Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, Transcript, TranscriptURL_origin, nil );
		end
		Transcript = sepc .. ' ' .. Transcript .. TranscriptFormat;
	elseif utilities.is_set (TranscriptURL) then
		Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, nil, TranscriptURL_origin, nil );
	end

	local Publisher;
	if utilities.is_set (PublicationDate) then
		PublicationDate = wrap_msg ('published', PublicationDate);
	end
	if utilities.is_set (PublisherName) then
		if utilities.is_set (PublicationPlace) then
			Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. ": " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate;
		else
			Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate;
		end			
	elseif utilities.is_set (PublicationPlace) then 
		Publisher= sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. PublicationDate;
	else 
		Publisher = PublicationDate;
	end
	
	-- Several of the above rely upon detecting this as nil, so do it last.
	if (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical) or utilities.is_set (TransPeriodical)) then
		if utilities.is_set (Title) or utilities.is_set (TitleNote) then 
			Periodical = sepc .. " " .. format_periodical (ScriptPeriodical, ScriptPeriodical_origin, Periodical, TransPeriodical, TransPeriodical_origin);
		else 
			Periodical = format_periodical (ScriptPeriodical, ScriptPeriodical_origin, Periodical, TransPeriodical, TransPeriodical_origin);
		end
	end
	
	local Language = A['Language'];
	if utilities.is_set (Language) then
		Language = language_parameter (Language);								-- format, categories, name from ISO639-1, etc.
	else
		Language='';															-- language not specified so make sure this is an empty string;
	--[[ TODO: need to extract the wrap_msg from language_parameter
	so that we can solve parentheses bunching problem with Format/Language/TitleType
	]]
	end

	--[[
	Handle the oddity that is cite speech.  This code overrides whatever may be the value assigned to TitleNote (through |department=) and forces it to be " (Speech)" so that
	the annotation directly follows the |title= parameter value in the citation rather than the |event= parameter value (if provided).
	]]
	if "speech" == config.CitationClass then									-- cite speech only
		TitleNote = TitleType;													-- move TitleType to TitleNote so that it renders ahead of |event=
		TitleType = '';															-- and unset

		if utilities.is_set (Periodical) then									-- if Periodical, perhaps because of an included |website= or |journal= parameter 
			if utilities.is_set (Conference) then								-- and if |event= is set
				Conference = Conference .. sepc .. " ";							-- then add appropriate punctuation to the end of the Conference variable before rendering
			end
		end
	end

	-- Piece all bits together at last.  Here, all should be non-nil.
	-- We build things this way because it is more efficient in LUA
	-- not to keep reassigning to the same string variable over and over.

	local tcommon;
	local tcommon2;																-- used for book cite when |contributor= is set
	
	if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"book", "citation"}) and not utilities.is_set (Periodical) then		-- special cases for book cites
		if utilities.is_set (Contributors) then									-- when we are citing foreword, preface, introduction, etc.
			tcommon = safe_join ({Title, TitleNote}, sepc);						-- author and other stuff will come after this and before tcommon2
			tcommon2 = safe_join ({TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher}, sepc);
		else
			tcommon = safe_join ({Title, TitleNote, TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher}, sepc);
		end

	elseif 'map' == config.CitationClass then									-- special cases for cite map
		if utilities.is_set (Chapter) then										-- map in a book; TitleType is part of Chapter
			tcommon = safe_join ({Title, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc);
		elseif utilities.is_set (Periodical) then								-- map in a periodical
			tcommon = safe_join ({Title, TitleType, Periodical, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc);
		else																	-- a sheet or stand-alone map
			tcommon = safe_join ({Title, TitleType, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher}, sepc);
		end
		
	elseif 'episode' == config.CitationClass then								-- special case for cite episode
		tcommon = safe_join ({Title, TitleNote, TitleType, Series, Language, Edition, Publisher}, sepc);

	else																		-- all other CS1 templates
		tcommon = safe_join ({Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc);
	end
	
	if #ID_list > 0 then
		ID_list = safe_join( { sepc .. " ",  table.concat( ID_list, sepc .. " " ), ID }, sepc );
	else
		ID_list = ID;
	end
	
	local Via = A['Via'];
	Via = utilities.is_set (Via) and  wrap_msg ('via', Via) or '';
	local idcommon;
	if 'audio-visual' == config.CitationClass or 'episode' == config.CitationClass then	-- special case for cite AV media & cite episode position transcript
		idcommon = safe_join( { ID_list, URL, Archived, Transcript, AccessDate, Via, Quote }, sepc );
	else
		idcommon = safe_join( { ID_list, URL, Archived, AccessDate, Via, Quote }, sepc );
	end
	
	local text;
	local pgtext = Position .. Sheet .. Sheets .. Page .. Pages .. At;
	
	local OrigDate = A['OrigDate'];
	OrigDate = utilities.is_set (OrigDate) and wrap_msg ('origdate', OrigDate) or '';
	if utilities.is_set (Date) then
		if utilities.is_set (Authors) or utilities.is_set (Editors) then		-- date follows authors or editors when authors not set
			Date = " (" .. Date .. ")" .. OrigDate .. sepc .. " ";				-- in parentheses
		else																	-- neither of authors and editors set
			if (string.sub(tcommon, -1, -1) == sepc) then						-- if the last character of tcommon is sepc
				Date = " " .. Date .. OrigDate;									-- Date does not begin with sepc
			else
				Date = sepc .. " " .. Date .. OrigDate;							-- Date begins with sepc
			end
		end
	end

	if utilities.is_set (Authors) then
		if (not utilities.is_set (Date)) then									-- when date is set it's in parentheses; no Authors termination
			Authors = terminate_name_list (Authors, sepc);						-- when no date, terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
		end
		if utilities.is_set (Editors) then
			local in_text = '';
			local post_text = '';
			if utilities.is_set (Chapter) and 0 == #c then
				in_text = cfg.messages['in'] .. ' ';
				if (sepc ~= '.') then
					in_text = in_text:lower();									-- lowercase for cs2
				end
			end
			if EditorCount <= 1 then
				post_text = ' (' .. cfg.messages['editor'] .. ')';				-- be consistent with no-author, no-date case
			else
				post_text = ' (' .. cfg.messages['editors'] .. ')';
			end
			Editors = terminate_name_list (in_text .. Editors .. post_text, sepc);	-- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
		end
		if utilities.is_set (Contributors) then									-- book cite and we're citing the intro, preface, etc.
			local by_text = sepc .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['by'] .. ' ';
			if (sepc ~= '.') then by_text = by_text:lower() end					-- lowercase for cs2
			Authors = by_text .. Authors;										-- author follows title so tweak it here
			if utilities.is_set (Editors) and utilities.is_set (Date) then		-- when Editors make sure that Authors gets terminated
				Authors = terminate_name_list (Authors, sepc);					-- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
			end
			if (not utilities.is_set (Date)) then								-- when date is set it's in parentheses; no Contributors termination
				Contributors = terminate_name_list (Contributors, sepc);		-- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
			end
			text = safe_join( {Contributors, Date, Chapter, tcommon, Authors, Place, Editors, tcommon2, pgtext, idcommon }, sepc );
		else
			text = safe_join( {Authors, Date, Chapter, Place, Editors, tcommon, pgtext, idcommon }, sepc );
		end
	elseif utilities.is_set (Editors) then
		if utilities.is_set (Date) then
			if EditorCount <= 1 then
				Editors = Editors .. cfg.presentation['sep_name'] .. cfg.messages['editor'];
			else
				Editors = Editors .. cfg.presentation['sep_name'] .. cfg.messages['editors'];
			end
		else
			if EditorCount <= 1 then
				Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages['editor'] .. ")" .. sepc .. " "
			else
				Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages['editors'] .. ")" .. sepc .. " "
			end
		end
		text = safe_join( {Editors, Date, Chapter, Place, tcommon, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );
	else
		if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"journal", "citation"}) and utilities.is_set (Periodical) then
			text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon, pgtext, Date, idcommon}, sepc );
		else
			text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon, Date, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );
		end
	end

	if utilities.is_set (PostScript) and PostScript ~= sepc then
		text = safe_join( {text, sepc}, sepc ); 								-- Deals with italics, spaces, etc.
		if '.' == sepc then														-- remove final seperator if present
			text = text:gsub ('%' .. sepc .. '$', '');							-- dot must be escaped here
		else
			text = mw.ustring.gsub (text, sepc .. '$', '');						-- using ustring for non-dot sepc (likely a non-Latin character)
		end
	end
	
	text = safe_join( {text, PostScript}, sepc );

	-- Now enclose the whole thing in a <cite> element
	local options_t = {};
	options_t.class = cite_class_attribute_make (config.CitationClass, Mode);

	local Ref = is_valid_parameter_value (A['Ref'], A:ORIGIN('Ref'), cfg.keywords_lists['ref'], nil, true);	-- nil when |ref=harv; A['Ref'] else

	-- Если указан параметр ref, то формируем ref-якорь по логике из рувики
	-- Если параметр не указан или ref=harv, то формируем якорь по енвики
	-- После зачистки всех ref=harv (~350), можно будет убрать код внутри utilities.is_set(Ref)
	if 'none' ~= cfg.keywords_xlate[(Ref and Ref:lower()) or ''] then
		local citeref_id = Ref
		local year = first_set ({Year, anchor_year}, 2);						-- Year first for legacy citations and for YMD dates that require disambiguation
		if not utilities.is_set(Ref) then
			local namelist_t = {};												-- holds selected contributor, author, editor name list
	
			if #c > 0 then														-- if there is a contributor list
				namelist_t = c;													-- select it
			elseif #a > 0 then													-- or an author list
				namelist_t = a;
			elseif #e > 0 then													-- or an editor list
				namelist_t = e;
			end
			if #namelist_t > 0 then												-- if there are names in namelist_t
				citeref_id = make_citeref_id (namelist_t, year);				-- go make the CITEREF anchor
				if mw.uri.anchorEncode (citeref_id) == ((Ref and mw.uri.anchorEncode (Ref)) or '') then	-- Ref may already be encoded (by {{sfnref}}) so citeref_id must be encoded before comparison
					utilities.set_message ('maint_ref_duplicates_default');
				end
			else
				citeref_id = '';												-- unset
			end
		elseif mw.ustring.sub(Ref, 0, 7) ~= 'CITEREF' then                      -- для рувики: иная генерация ref-якорей
			if mw.ustring.match(citeref_id, '%d%d%d%d') then
				citeref_id = 'CITEREF' .. citeref_id
			else
				local yearForRef = nil
				if year and mw.ustring.match(year, '^%d%d%d%d$') then
					yearForRef = mw.ustring.match(year, '^%d%d%d%d$')
				elseif Date and mw.ustring.match(Date, '%d%d%d%d') then
					yearForRef = mw.ustring.match(Date, '%d%d%d%d')
				end
				if yearForRef then
					citeref_id = 'CITEREF' .. citeref_id .. yearForRef
				else
					citeref_id = '' -- TODO: для рувики: выдавать ошибку?
				end
			end
		end
		options_t.id = citeref_id or '';
	end

	if string.len (text:gsub('%b<>', '')) <= 2 then								-- remove html and html-like tags; then get length of what remains; 
		z.error_cats_t = {};													-- blank the categories list
		z.error_msgs_t = {};													-- blank the error messages list
		OCinSoutput = nil;														-- blank the metadata string
		text = '';																-- blank the the citation
		utilities.set_message ('err_empty_citation');							-- set empty citation message and category
	end
	
	local render_t = {};														-- here we collect the final bits for concatenation into the rendered citation

	if utilities.is_set (options_t.id) then										-- here we wrap the rendered citation in <cite ...>...</cite> tags
		table.insert (render_t, utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['cite-id'], {mw.uri.anchorEncode(options_t.id), mw.text.nowiki(options_t.class), text}));	-- when |ref= is set or when there is a namelist
	else
		table.insert (render_t, utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['cite'], {mw.text.nowiki(options_t.class), text}));	-- when |ref=none or when namelist_t empty and |ref= is missing or is empty
	end		

	if OCinSoutput then															-- blanked when citation is 'empty' so don't bother to add boilerplate metadata span
		table.insert (render_t, utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['ocins'], OCinSoutput));	-- format and append metadata to the citation
	end

	local template_name = ('citation' == config.CitationClass) and 'citation' or 'cite ' .. (cfg.citation_class_map_t[config.CitationClass] or config.CitationClass);
	local template_link = '[[Template:' .. template_name .. '|' .. template_name .. ']]';
	local msg_prefix = '<code class="cs1-code">{{' .. template_link .. '}}</code>: ';

	if 0 ~= #z.error_msgs_t then
		mw.addWarning (utilities.substitute (cfg.messages.warning_msg_e, template_link));

		table.insert (render_t, ' ');											-- insert a space between citation and its error messages
		table.sort (z.error_msgs_t);											-- sort the error messages list; sorting includes wrapping <span> and <code> tags; hidden-error sorts ahead of visible-error

		local hidden = true;													-- presume that the only error messages emited by this template are hidden
		for _, v in ipairs (z.error_msgs_t) do									-- spin through the list of error messages
			if v:find ('cs1-visible-error', 1, true) then						-- look for the visible error class name
				hidden = false;													-- found one; so don't hide the error message prefix
				break;															-- and done because no need to look further
			end
		end

		z.error_msgs_t[1] = table.concat ({utilities.error_comment (msg_prefix, hidden), z.error_msgs_t[1]});	-- add error message prefix to first error message to prevent extraneous punctuation
		table.insert (render_t, table.concat (z.error_msgs_t, '; '));			-- make a big string of error messages and add it to the rendering
	end

	if 0 ~= #z.maint_cats_t then
		mw.addWarning (utilities.substitute (cfg.messages.warning_msg_m, template_link));

		table.sort (z.maint_cats_t);											-- sort the maintenance messages list

		local maint_msgs_t = {};												-- here we collect all of the maint messages

		if 0 == #z.error_msgs_t then											-- if no error messages
			table.insert (maint_msgs_t, msg_prefix);							-- insert message prefix in maint message livery
		end
		
		for _, v in ipairs( z.maint_cats_t ) do									-- append maintenance categories
			table.insert (maint_msgs_t, 										-- assemble new maint message and add it to the maint_msgs_t table
				table.concat ({v, ' (', utilities.substitute (cfg.messages[':cat wikilink'], v), ')'})
				);
		end
		table.insert (render_t, utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['hidden-maint'], table.concat (maint_msgs_t, ' ')));	-- wrap the group of maint messages with proper presentation and save
	end

	if not no_tracking_cats then
		local sort_key;
		local cat_wikilink = 'cat wikilink';
		if cfg.enable_sort_keys then											-- when namespace sort keys enabled
			local namespace_number = mw.title.getCurrentTitle().namespace;		-- get namespace number for this wikitext
			sort_key = (0 ~= namespace_number and (cfg.name_space_sort_keys[namespace_number] or cfg.name_space_sort_keys.other)) or nil;	-- get sort key character; nil for mainspace
			cat_wikilink = (not sort_key and 'cat wikilink') or 'cat wikilink sk';	-- make <cfg.messages> key
		end				

		for _, v in ipairs (z.error_cats_t) do									-- append error categories
			table.insert (render_t, utilities.substitute (cfg.messages[cat_wikilink], {v, sort_key}));
		end
		for _, v in ipairs (z.maint_cats_t) do									-- append maintenance categories
			table.insert (render_t, utilities.substitute (cfg.messages[cat_wikilink], {v, sort_key}));
		end

--		for _, v in ipairs (z.prop_cats_t) do									-- append properties categories
--			table.insert (render_t, utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['cat wikilink'], v));	-- no sort keys
--		end
	end

	return table.concat (render_t);												-- make a big string and done
end


--[[--------------------------< V A L I D A T E >--------------------------------------------------------------

Looks for a parameter's name in one of several whitelists.

Parameters in the whitelist can have three values:
	true - active, supported parameters
	false - deprecated, supported parameters
	nil - unsupported parameters
	
]]

local function validate (name, cite_class, empty)
	local name = tostring (name);
	local enum_name;															-- parameter name with enumerator (if any) replaced with '#'
	local state;
	local function state_test (state, name)										-- local function to do testing of state values
		if true == state then return true; end									-- valid actively supported parameter
		if false == state then
			if empty then return nil; end										-- empty deprecated parameters are treated as unknowns
			deprecated_parameter (name);										-- parameter is deprecated but still supported
			return true;
		end
		if 'tracked' == state then
			local base_name = name:gsub ('%d', '');								-- strip enumerators from parameter names that have them to get the base name
			utilities.add_prop_cat ('tracked-param', {base_name}, base_name);	-- add a properties category; <base_name> modifies <key>
			return true;
		end
		return nil;
	end		

	if name:find ('#') then														-- # is a cs1|2 reserved character so parameters with # not permitted
		return nil;
	end
																				-- replace enumerator digit(s) with # (|last25= becomes |last#=) (mw.ustring because non-Western 'local' digits)
	enum_name = mw.ustring.gsub (name, '%d+$', '#');							-- where enumerator is last charaters in parameter name (these to protect |s2cid=)
	enum_name = mw.ustring.gsub (enum_name, '%d+([%-l])', '#%1');				-- where enumerator is in the middle of the parameter name; |author#link= is the oddity

	if 'document' == cite_class then											-- special case for {{cite document}}
		state = whitelist.document_parameters_t[enum_name];						-- this list holds enumerated and nonenumerated parameters
		if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end
		
		return false;
	end

	if utilities.in_array (cite_class, whitelist.preprint_template_list_t) then	-- limited parameter sets allowed for these templates
		state = whitelist.limited_parameters_t[enum_name];						-- this list holds enumerated and nonenumerated parameters
		if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end

		state = whitelist.preprint_arguments_t[cite_class][name];				-- look in the parameter-list for the template identified by cite_class
		if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end

		return false;															-- not supported because not found or name is set to nil
	end																			-- end limited parameter-set templates

	if utilities.in_array (cite_class, whitelist.unique_param_template_list_t) then 	-- template-specific parameters for templates that accept parameters from the basic argument list
		state = whitelist.unique_arguments_t[cite_class][name];					-- look in the template-specific parameter-lists for the template identified by cite_class
		if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end
	end																			-- if here, fall into general validation

	state = whitelist.common_parameters_t[enum_name];							-- all other templates; all normal parameters allowed; this list holds enumerated and nonenumerated parameters
	if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end

	return false;																-- not supported because not found or name is set to nil
end


--[=[-------------------------< I N T E R _ W I K I _ C H E C K >----------------------------------------------

check <value> for inter-language interwiki-link markup.  <prefix> must be a MediaWiki-recognized language
code.  when these values have the form (without leading colon):
	[[<prefix>:link|label]] return label as plain-text
	[[<prefix>:link]] return <prefix>:link as plain-text

return value as is else

]=]

local function inter_wiki_check (parameter, value)
	local prefix = value:match ('%[%[(%a+):');									-- get an interwiki prefix if one exists
	local _;
	
	if prefix and cfg.inter_wiki_map[prefix:lower()] then						-- if prefix is in the map, needs preceding colon so
		utilities.set_message ('err_bad_paramlink', parameter);					-- emit an error message
		_, value, _ = utilities.is_wikilink (value);							-- extract label portion from wikilink
	end
	return value;
end


--[[--------------------------< M I S S I N G _ P I P E _ C H E C K >------------------------------------------

Look at the contents of a parameter. If the content has a string of characters and digits followed by an equal
sign, compare the alphanumeric string to the list of cs1|2 parameters.  If found, then the string is possibly a
parameter that is missing its pipe.  There are two tests made:
	{{cite ... |title=Title access-date=2016-03-17}}	-- the first parameter has a value and whitespace separates that value from the missing pipe parameter name
	{{cite ... |title=access-date=2016-03-17}}			-- the first parameter has no value (whitespace after the first = is trimmed by MediaWiki)
cs1|2 shares some parameter names with XML/HTML attributes: class=, title=, etc.  To prevent false positives XML/HTML
tags are removed before the search.

If a missing pipe is detected, this function adds the missing pipe maintenance category.

]]

local function missing_pipe_check (parameter, value)
	local capture;
	value = value:gsub ('%b<>', '');											-- remove XML/HTML tags because attributes: class=, title=, etc.

	capture = value:match ('%s+(%a[%w%-]+)%s*=') or value:match ('^(%a[%w%-]+)%s*=');	-- find and categorize parameters with possible missing pipes
	if capture and validate (capture) then										-- if the capture is a valid parameter name
		utilities.set_message ('err_missing_pipe', parameter);
	end
end


--[[--------------------------< H A S _ E X T R A N E O U S _ P U N C T >--------------------------------------

look for extraneous terminal punctuation in most parameter values; parameters listed in skip table are not checked

]]

local function has_extraneous_punc (param, value)
	if 'number' == type (param) then
		return;
	end
	
	param = param:gsub ('%d+', '#');											-- enumerated name-list mask params allow terminal punct; normalize 
	if cfg.punct_skip[param] then
		return;																	-- parameter name found in the skip table so done
	end
	
	if value:match ('[,;:]$') then
		utilities.set_message ('maint_extra_punct');							-- has extraneous punctuation; add maint cat
	end
	if value:match ('^=') then													-- sometimes an extraneous '=' character appears ...
		utilities.set_message ('maint_extra_punct');							-- has extraneous punctuation; add maint cat
	end
end


--[[--------------------------< H A S _ E X T R A N E O U S _ U R L >------------------------------------------

look for extraneous url parameter values; parameters listed in skip table are not checked

]]

local function has_extraneous_url (url_param_t)
	local url_error_t = {};
	
	check_for_url (url_param_t, url_error_t);									-- extraneous url check
	if 0 ~= #url_error_t then													-- non-zero when there are errors
		table.sort (url_error_t);
		utilities.set_message ('err_param_has_ext_link', {utilities.make_sep_list (#url_error_t, url_error_t)});	-- add this error message
	end
end


--[[--------------------------< C I T A T I O N >--------------------------------------------------------------

This is used by templates such as {{cite book}} to create the actual citation text.

]]

local function citation(frame)
	Frame = frame;																-- save a copy in case we need to display an error message in preview mode

	local config = {};															-- table to store parameters from the module {{#invoke:}}
	for k, v in pairs( frame.args ) do											-- get parameters from the {{#invoke}} frame
		config[k] = v;
	--	args[k] = v;															-- crude debug support that allows us to render a citation from module {{#invoke:}}; skips parameter validation; TODO: keep?
	end	
																				-- i18n: set the name that your wiki uses to identify sandbox subpages from sandbox template invoke (or can be set here)
	local sandbox = ((config.SandboxPath and '' ~= config.SandboxPath) and config.SandboxPath) or '/sandbox';	-- sandbox path from {{#invoke:Citation/CS1/sandbox|citation|SandboxPath=/...}}
	is_sandbox = nil ~= string.find (frame:getTitle(), sandbox, 1, true);		-- is this invoke the sandbox module?
	sandbox = is_sandbox and sandbox or '';										-- use i18n sandbox to load sandbox modules when this module is the sandox; live modules else

	local pframe = frame:getParent()
	local styles;
	
	cfg = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration' .. sandbox);			-- load sandbox versions of support modules when {{#invoke:Citation/CS1/sandbox|...}}; live modules else
	whitelist = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist' .. sandbox);
	utilities = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities' .. sandbox);
	validation = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation' .. sandbox);
	identifiers = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers' .. sandbox);
	metadata = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/COinS' .. sandbox);
	styles = 'Module:Citation/CS1' .. sandbox .. '/styles.css';

	utilities.set_selected_modules (cfg);										-- so that functions in Utilities can see the selected cfg tables
	identifiers.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities);							-- so that functions in Identifiers can see the selected cfg tables and selected Utilities module
	validation.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities);							-- so that functions in Date validataion can see selected cfg tables and the selected Utilities module
	metadata.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities);								-- so that functions in COinS can see the selected cfg tables and selected Utilities module

	z = utilities.z;															-- table of error and category tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities

	is_preview_mode = not utilities.is_set (frame:preprocess ('{{REVISIONID}}'));

	local args = {};															-- table where we store all of the template's arguments
	local suggestions = {};														-- table where we store suggestions if we need to loadData them
	local error_text;															-- used as a flag

	local capture;																-- the single supported capture when matching unknown parameters using patterns
	local empty_unknowns = {};													-- sequence table to hold empty unknown params for error message listing
	for k, v in pairs( pframe.args ) do											-- get parameters from the parent (template) frame
		v = mw.ustring.gsub (v, '^%s*(.-)%s*$', '%1');							-- trim leading/trailing whitespace; when v is only whitespace, becomes empty string
		if v ~= '' then
			if ('string' == type (k)) then
				k = mw.ustring.gsub (k, '%d', cfg.date_names.local_digits);		-- for enumerated parameters, translate 'local' digits to Western 0-9
			end
			if not validate( k, config.CitationClass ) then			
				if type (k) ~= 'string' then									-- exclude empty numbered parameters
					if v:match("%S+") ~= nil then
						error_text = utilities.set_message ('err_text_ignored', {v});
					end
				elseif validate (k:lower(), config.CitationClass) then 
					error_text = utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, k:lower()});	-- suggest the lowercase version of the parameter
				else
					if nil == suggestions.suggestions then						-- if this table is nil then we need to load it
						suggestions = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Suggestions' .. sandbox);	--load sandbox version of suggestion module when {{#invoke:Citation/CS1/sandbox|...}}; live module else
					end
					for pattern, param in pairs (suggestions.patterns) do		-- loop through the patterns to see if we can suggest a proper parameter
						capture = k:match (pattern);							-- the whole match if no capture in pattern else the capture if a match
						if capture then											-- if the pattern matches 
							param = utilities.substitute (param, capture);		-- add the capture to the suggested parameter (typically the enumerator)
							if validate (param, config.CitationClass) then		-- validate the suggestion to make sure that the suggestion is supported by this template (necessary for limited parameter lists)
								error_text = utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, param});	-- set the suggestion error message
							else
								error_text = utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored', {k});	-- suggested param not supported by this template
								v = '';											-- unset
							end
						end
					end
					if not utilities.is_set (error_text) then					-- couldn't match with a pattern, is there an explicit suggestion?						
						if (suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ] ~= nil) and validate (suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ], config.CitationClass) then
							utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ]});
						else
							utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored', {k});
							v = '';												-- unset value assigned to unrecognized parameters (this for the limited parameter lists)
						end
					end
				end				  
			end

			args[k] = v;														-- save this parameter and its value

		elseif not utilities.is_set (v) then									-- for empty parameters
			if not validate (k, config.CitationClass, true) then				-- is this empty parameter a valid parameter
				k = ('' == k) and '(empty string)' or k;						-- when k is empty string (or was space(s) trimmed to empty string), replace with descriptive text
				table.insert (empty_unknowns, utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', k));	-- format for error message and add to the list
			end
																				-- crude debug support that allows us to render a citation from module {{#invoke:}} TODO: keep?
	--	elseif args[k] ~= nil or (k == 'postscript') then						-- when args[k] has a value from {{#invoke}} frame (we don't normally do that)
	--		args[k] = v;														-- overwrite args[k] with empty string from pframe.args[k] (template frame); v is empty string here
		end																		-- not sure about the postscript bit; that gets handled in parameter validation; historical artifact?
	end	

	if 0 ~= #empty_unknowns then												-- create empty unknown error message
		utilities.set_message ('err_param_unknown_empty', {
			1 == #empty_unknowns and '' or 's',
			utilities.make_sep_list (#empty_unknowns, empty_unknowns)
			});
	end

	local url_param_t = {};

	for k, v in pairs( args ) do
		if 'string' == type (k) then											-- don't evaluate positional parameters
			has_invisible_chars (k, v);											-- look for invisible characters
		end
		has_extraneous_punc (k, v);												-- look for extraneous terminal punctuation in parameter values
		missing_pipe_check (k, v);												-- do we think that there is a parameter that is missing a pipe?
		args[k] = inter_wiki_check (k, v);										-- when language interwiki-linked parameter missing leading colon replace with wiki-link label

		if 'string' == type (k) and not cfg.url_skip[k] then					-- when parameter k is not positional and not in url skip table
			url_param_t[k] = v;													-- make a parameter/value list for extraneous url check
		end
	end

	has_extraneous_url (url_param_t);											-- look for url in parameter values where a url does not belong

	return table.concat ({
		frame:extensionTag ('templatestyles', '', {src=styles}),
		citation0( config, args)
	});
end


--[[--------------------------< E X P O R T E D   F U N C T I O N S >------------------------------------------
]]

return {citation = citation};